FortiGate 100A
Administration Guide
INTERNAL
PWR
STATUS
WAN
1
WAN
2
DMZ
1
DMZ
2
1
2
3
4
LINK 100 LINK 100
LINK 100
LINK 100
LINK 100
LINK 100
LINK 100 LINK 100
A
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
Version 2.80 MR7
3 December 2004
01-28007-0068-20041203
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
Table of Contents
Introduction.......................................................................................................... 13
About FortiGate Antivirus Firewalls................................................................................... 13
Antivirus protection ....................................................................................................... 14
Web content filtering ..................................................................................................... 14
Spam filtering................................................................................................................ 15
VLANs and virtual domains........................................................................................... 16
Intrusion Prevention System (IPS)................................................................................ 17
High availability............................................................................................................. 18
Secure installation, configuration, and management.................................................... 18
Document conventions ..................................................................................................... 19
FortiGate documentation .................................................................................................. 21
Fortinet Knowledge Center ........................................................................................... 21
Comments on Fortinet technical documentation........................................................... 21
Related documentation..................................................................................................... 22
FortiManager documentation........................................................................................ 22
FortiClient documentation............................................................................................. 22
FortiMail documentation................................................................................................ 22
FortiLog documentation ................................................................................................ 23
Customer service and technical support........................................................................... 23
System status....................................................................................................... 25
Console access................................................................................................................. 25
Viewing system status .................................................................................................. 26
Changing unit information............................................................................................. 29
Session list........................................................................................................................ 32
Changing the FortiGate firmware...................................................................................... 33
Upgrading to a new firmware version ........................................................................... 33
Reverting to a previous firmware version...................................................................... 35
Installing firmware images from a system reboot using the CLI ................................... 38
Testing a new firmware image before installing it......................................................... 41
Installing and using a backup firmware image.............................................................. 43
System network ................................................................................................... 47
Interface............................................................................................................................ 47
Interface settings........................................................................................................... 48
Configuring interfaces................................................................................................... 53
Zone settings ................................................................................................................ 58
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
Management..................................................................................................................... 59
DNS .................................................................................................................................. 61
Routing table (Transparent Mode).................................................................................... 62
Routing table list ........................................................................................................... 62
Transparent mode route settings.................................................................................. 62
VLAN overview ................................................................................................................. 63
FortiGate units and VLANs ........................................................................................... 64
VLANs in NAT/Route mode .............................................................................................. 64
Rules for VLAN IDs....................................................................................................... 64
Rules for VLAN IP addresses ....................................................................................... 64
Adding VLAN subinterfaces.......................................................................................... 65
VLANs in Transparent mode............................................................................................. 66
Rules for VLAN IDs....................................................................................................... 68
Transparent mode virtual domains and VLANs ............................................................ 68
Transparent mode VLAN list......................................................................................... 69
Transparent mode VLAN settings................................................................................. 69
FortiGate IPv6 support...................................................................................................... 71
System DHCP....................................................................................................... 73
Service.............................................................................................................................. 73
DHCP service settings.................................................................................................. 74
Server ............................................................................................................................... 75
DHCP server settings ................................................................................................... 76
Exclude range................................................................................................................... 77
DHCP exclude range settings....................................................................................... 78
IP/MAC binding................................................................................................................. 78
DHCP IP/MAC binding settings .................................................................................... 79
Dynamic IP........................................................................................................................ 79
System config ...................................................................................................... 81
System time ...................................................................................................................... 81
HA..................................................................................................................................... 84
HA configuration ........................................................................................................... 85
Configuring an HA cluster............................................................................................. 90
Managing an HA cluster................................................................................................ 94
Configuring SNMP ........................................................................................................ 98
SNMP community ......................................................................................................... 99
FortiGate MIBs............................................................................................................ 101
FortiGate traps............................................................................................................ 102
Fortinet MIB fields....................................................................................................... 103
4
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
Replacement messages ................................................................................................. 106
Replacement messages list........................................................................................ 106
Changing replacement messages .............................................................................. 107
System administration ...................................................................................... 109
Administrators................................................................................................................. 109
Administrators list........................................................................................................ 110
Administrators options ................................................................................................ 110
Access profiles................................................................................................................ 111
Access profile list ........................................................................................................ 112
Access profile options................................................................................................. 112
System maintenance ......................................................................................... 115
Backup and restore......................................................................................................... 115
Backing up and Restoring........................................................................................... 116
Update center ................................................................................................................. 118
Updating antivirus and attack definitions .................................................................... 120
Enabling push updates ............................................................................................... 123
Support ........................................................................................................................... 125
Sending a bug report .................................................................................................. 126
Registering a FortiGate unit........................................................................................ 127
Shutdown........................................................................................................................ 129
System virtual domain....................................................................................... 131
Virtual domain properties................................................................................................ 132
Exclusive virtual domain properties ............................................................................ 132
Shared configuration settings ..................................................................................... 133
Administration and management ................................................................................ 134
Virtual domains ............................................................................................................... 134
Adding a virtual domain .............................................................................................. 135
Selecting a virtual domain........................................................................................... 135
Selecting a management virtual domain..................................................................... 135
Configuring virtual domains ............................................................................................ 136
Configuring routing for a virtual domain...................................................................... 138
Configuring firewall policies for a virtual domain......................................................... 138
Configuring IPSec VPN for a virtual domain............................................................... 140
Router ................................................................................................................. 141
Static............................................................................................................................... 141
Static route list ............................................................................................................ 143
Static route options ..................................................................................................... 144
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
Policy .............................................................................................................................. 145
Policy route list............................................................................................................ 145
Policy route options..................................................................................................... 146
RIP.................................................................................................................................. 146
General ....................................................................................................................... 147
Networks list................................................................................................................ 148
Networks options ........................................................................................................ 149
Interface list................................................................................................................. 149
Interface options ......................................................................................................... 150
Distribute list ............................................................................................................... 151
Distribute list options................................................................................................... 152
Offset list..................................................................................................................... 153
Offset list options ........................................................................................................ 153
Router objects................................................................................................................. 154
Access list................................................................................................................... 154
New access list ........................................................................................................... 154
New access list entry .................................................................................................. 155
Prefix list ..................................................................................................................... 155
New Prefix list ............................................................................................................. 156
New prefix list entry..................................................................................................... 157
Route-map list............................................................................................................. 157
New Route-map.......................................................................................................... 158
Route-map list entry.................................................................................................... 159
Key chain list............................................................................................................... 160
New key chain............................................................................................................. 160
Key chain list entry...................................................................................................... 161
Monitor............................................................................................................................ 162
Routing monitor list ..................................................................................................... 162
CLI configuration............................................................................................................. 163
get router info ospf...................................................................................................... 163
get router info protocols .............................................................................................. 163
get router info rip......................................................................................................... 164
config router ospf ....................................................................................................... 164
config router static6..................................................................................................... 187
Policy .............................................................................................................................. 190
How policy matching works......................................................................................... 190
Policy list..................................................................................................................... 190
Policy options.............................................................................................................. 191
Advanced policy options ............................................................................................. 194
Configuring firewall policies ........................................................................................ 196
Policy CLI configuration .............................................................................................. 197
6
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
Address list ................................................................................................................. 199
Address options .......................................................................................................... 199
Configuring addresses................................................................................................ 200
Address group list ....................................................................................................... 201
Address group options................................................................................................ 201
Configuring address groups........................................................................................ 202
Service............................................................................................................................ 203
Predefined service list................................................................................................. 203
Custom service list...................................................................................................... 206
Custom service options............................................................................................... 207
Configuring custom services....................................................................................... 208
Service group list ........................................................................................................ 209
Service group options ................................................................................................. 209
Configuring service groups ......................................................................................... 210
Schedule......................................................................................................................... 211
One-time schedule list ................................................................................................ 211
One-time schedule options ......................................................................................... 212
Configuring one-time schedules ................................................................................. 212
Recurring schedule list................................................................................................ 213
Recurring schedule options ........................................................................................ 213
Configuring recurring schedules ................................................................................. 214
Virtual IP ......................................................................................................................... 214
Virtual IP list................................................................................................................ 215
Virtual IP options......................................................................................................... 215
Configuring virtual IPs................................................................................................. 216
IP pool............................................................................................................................. 219
IP pool list ................................................................................................................... 220
IP pool options ............................................................................................................ 220
Configuring IP pools.................................................................................................... 220
IP Pools for firewall policies that use fixed ports......................................................... 221
IP pools and dynamic NAT ......................................................................................... 221
Protection profile............................................................................................................. 222
Protection profile list.................................................................................................... 222
Default protection profiles ........................................................................................... 223
Protection profile options ............................................................................................ 223
Configuring protection profiles .................................................................................... 228
Profile CLI configuration.............................................................................................. 229
Users and authentication.................................................................................. 233
Setting authentication timeout......................................................................................... 234
Local ............................................................................................................................... 234
Local user list.............................................................................................................. 234
Local user options....................................................................................................... 234
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
RADIUS .......................................................................................................................... 235
RADIUS server list...................................................................................................... 235
RADIUS server options............................................................................................... 236
LDAP server list .......................................................................................................... 237
LDAP server options................................................................................................... 237
User group ...................................................................................................................... 239
User group list............................................................................................................. 239
User group options...................................................................................................... 240
CLI configuration............................................................................................................. 241
Phase 1........................................................................................................................... 246
Phase 1 list ................................................................................................................. 246
Phase 1 basic settings................................................................................................ 247
Phase 1 advanced settings......................................................................................... 249
Phase 2........................................................................................................................... 250
Phase 2 list ................................................................................................................. 251
Phase 2 basic settings................................................................................................ 251
Phase 2 advanced options.......................................................................................... 252
Manual key...................................................................................................................... 253
Manual key list ............................................................................................................ 254
Manual key options..................................................................................................... 255
Concentrator ................................................................................................................... 256
Concentrator list.......................................................................................................... 256
Concentrator options................................................................................................... 257
Ping Generator................................................................................................................ 257
Ping generator options................................................................................................ 258
Monitor............................................................................................................................ 258
Dialup monitor............................................................................................................. 259
Static IP and dynamic DNS monitor............................................................................ 259
PPTP range ................................................................................................................ 260
L2TP range ................................................................................................................. 261
Certificates...................................................................................................................... 262
Local certificate list...................................................................................................... 262
Certificate request....................................................................................................... 263
Importing signed certificates ...................................................................................... 264
CA certificate list ......................................................................................................... 265
Importing CA certificates............................................................................................. 265
8
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
VPN configuration procedures........................................................................................ 266
IPSec configuration procedures.................................................................................. 266
PPTP configuration procedures.................................................................................. 268
L2TP configuration procedures................................................................................... 268
CLI configuration............................................................................................................. 269
ipsec phase1............................................................................................................... 269
ipsec phase2............................................................................................................... 271
ipsec vip...................................................................................................................... 272
IPS ....................................................................................................................... 277
Anomaly.......................................................................................................................... 284
Anomaly CLI configuration.......................................................................................... 287
Configuring IPS logging and alert email.......................................................................... 288
Default fail open setting .................................................................................................. 288
Antivirus ............................................................................................................. 289
File block......................................................................................................................... 290
File block list ............................................................................................................... 291
Configuring the file block list ....................................................................................... 292
Quarantine ...................................................................................................................... 292
Quarantined files list ................................................................................................... 292
Quarantined files list options....................................................................................... 293
AutoSubmit list............................................................................................................ 294
AutoSubmit list options ............................................................................................... 294
Configuring the AutoSubmit list................................................................................... 294
Virus list ...................................................................................................................... 296
Grayware .................................................................................................................... 297
Grayware options........................................................................................................ 297
CLI configuration............................................................................................................. 299
config antivirus heuristic.............................................................................................. 299
config antivirus quarantine.......................................................................................... 300
config antivirus service http......................................................................................... 300
config antivirus service ftp........................................................................................... 302
config antivirus service pop3....................................................................................... 304
config antivirus service imap....................................................................................... 305
config antivirus service smtp....................................................................................... 307
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
Web filter............................................................................................................. 309
Content block.................................................................................................................. 311
Web content block list................................................................................................. 311
Web content block options.......................................................................................... 311
Configuring the web content block list ........................................................................ 312
URL block ....................................................................................................................... 312
Web URL block list...................................................................................................... 313
Web URL block options .............................................................................................. 313
Configuring the web URL block list............................................................................. 314
Web pattern block list.................................................................................................. 314
Web pattern block options .......................................................................................... 315
Configuring web pattern block .................................................................................... 315
URL exempt.................................................................................................................... 315
URL exempt list........................................................................................................... 316
URL exempt list options.............................................................................................. 316
Configuring URL exempt............................................................................................. 316
Category block................................................................................................................ 317
FortiGuard managed web filtering service .................................................................. 317
Category block configuration options.......................................................................... 318
Configuring web category block.................................................................................. 319
Category block reports................................................................................................ 319
Category block reports options ................................................................................... 320
Generating a category block report............................................................................. 320
Category block CLI configuration................................................................................ 320
Script filter....................................................................................................................... 321
Web script filter options............................................................................................... 322
Spam filter .......................................................................................................... 323
FortiShield options ...................................................................................................... 326
Configuring the FortiShield cache............................................................................... 326
IP address....................................................................................................................... 327
IP address list ............................................................................................................. 327
IP address options ...................................................................................................... 327
Configuring the IP address list.................................................................................... 328
RBL & ORDBL ................................................................................................................ 328
RBL & ORDBL list....................................................................................................... 329
RBL & ORDBL options................................................................................................ 329
Configuring the RBL & ORDBL list ............................................................................. 329
Email address ................................................................................................................. 330
Email address list........................................................................................................ 330
Email address options................................................................................................. 330
Configuring the email address list............................................................................... 331
10
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
MIME headers................................................................................................................. 331
MIME headers list ....................................................................................................... 332
MIME headers options................................................................................................ 332
Configuring the MIME headers list.............................................................................. 333
Banned word................................................................................................................... 333
Banned word list ......................................................................................................... 334
Banned word options .................................................................................................. 334
Configuring the banned word list ................................................................................ 335
Using Perl regular expressions....................................................................................... 335
Log & Report ...................................................................................................... 339
Log config ....................................................................................................................... 340
Log Setting options ..................................................................................................... 340
Alert E-mail options..................................................................................................... 344
Log filter options.......................................................................................................... 345
Configuring log filters .................................................................................................. 348
Enabling traffic logging................................................................................................ 348
Log access...................................................................................................................... 349
Viewing log messages ................................................................................................ 349
Searching log messages............................................................................................. 351
CLI configuration............................................................................................................. 352
fortilog setting.............................................................................................................. 352
syslogd setting ............................................................................................................ 354
FortiGuard categories ....................................................................................... 357
Glossary ............................................................................................................. 363
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
12
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide Version 2.80 MR7
Introduction
FortiGate Antivirus Firewalls support network-based deployment of application-level
services, including antivirus protection and full-scan content filtering. FortiGate
Antivirus Firewalls improve network security, reduce network misuse and abuse, and
help you use communications resources more efficiently without compromising the
performance of your network. FortiGate Antivirus Firewalls are ICSA-certified for
firewall, IPSec, and antivirus services.
This chapter introduces you to FortiGate Antivirus Firewalls and the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
About FortiGate Antivirus Firewalls
The FortiGate Antivirus Firewall is a dedicated easily managed security device that
delivers a full suite of capabilities that include:
•
•
application-level services such as virus protection and content filtering,
network-level services such as firewall, intrusion detection, VPN, and traffic
shaping.
The FortiGate Antivirus Firewall uses Fortinet’s Accelerated Behavior and Content
Analysis System (ABACAS™) technology, which leverages breakthroughs in chip
design, networking, security, and content analysis. The unique ASIC-based
architecture analyzes content and behavior in real-time, enabling key applications to
be deployed right at the network edge, where they are most effective at protecting
your networks. The FortiGate series complements existing solutions, such as host-
based antivirus protection, and enables new applications and services while greatly
lowering costs for equipment, administration, and maintenance.
The FortiGate-100A model is an easy-to-
deploy and easy-to-administer solution that
INTERNAL
PWR
STATUS
WAN
1
WAN
2
DMZ
1
DMZ
2
1
2
3
4
delivers exceptional value and performance
for small office, home office, and branch
office applications. The FortiGate
LINK 100 LINK 100
LINK 100
LINK 100
LINK 100
LINK 100
LINK 100 LINK 100
A
installation wizard guides users through a simple process that enables most
installations to be up and running in minutes.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Antivirus protection
Introduction
The FortiGate-100A also supports advanced features such as multiple WAN and DMZ
interfaces, 802.1Q VLAN, virtual domains, high availability (HA), and the RIP and
OSPF routing protocols.
Antivirus protection
FortiGate ICSA-certified antivirus protection scans web (HTTP), file transfer (FTP),
and email (SMTP, POP3, and IMAP) content as it passes through the FortiGate unit.
FortiGate antivirus protection uses pattern matching and heuristics to find viruses. If a
virus is found, antivirus protection removes the file containing the virus from the
content stream and forwards a replacement message to the intended recipient.
For extra protection, you can configure antivirus protection to block specified file types
from passing through the FortiGate unit. You can use the feature to stop files that
might contain new viruses.
FortiGate antivirus protection can also identify and remove known grayware
programs. Grayware programs are usually unsolicited commercial software programs
that get installed on PCs, often without the user’s consent or knowledge. Grayware
programs are generally considered an annoyance, but these programs can cause
system performance problems or be used for malicious means.
If the FortiGate unit contains a hard disk, infected or blocked files and grayware files
can be quarantined. The FortiGate administrator can download quarantined files so
that they can be virus scanned, cleaned, and forwarded to the intended recipient. You
can also configure the FortiGate unit to automatically delete quarantined files after a
specified time.
The FortiGate unit can send email alerts to system administrators when it detects and
removes a virus from a content stream. The web and email content can be in normal
network traffic or encrypted IPSec VPN traffic.
ICSA Labs has certified that FortiGate Antivirus Firewalls:
•
•
•
•
•
detect 100% of the viruses listed in the current In The Wild List (www.wildlist.org),
detect viruses in compressed files using the PKZip format,
detect viruses in email that has been encoded using uuencode format,
detect viruses in email that has been encoded using MIME encoding,
log all actions taken while scanning.
Web content filtering
FortiGate web content filtering can scan all HTTP content protocol streams for URLs,
URL patterns, and web page content. If there is a match between a URL on the URL
block list, or a web page contains a word or phrase that is in the content block list, the
FortiGate unit blocks the web page. The blocked web page is replaced with a
message that you can edit using the FortiGate web-based manager.
FortiGate web content filtering also supports FortiGuard web category blocking. Using
web category blocking you can restrict or allow access to web pages based on
content ratings of web pages.
You can configure URL blocking to block all or some of the pages on a web site. Using
this feature, you can deny access to parts of a web site without denying access to it
completely.
14
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction
Spam filtering
To prevent unintentionally blocking legitimate web pages, you can add URLs to an
exempt list that overrides the URL blocking and content blocking lists. The exempt list
also exempts web traffic this address from virus scanning.
Web content filtering also includes a script filter feature that can block unsecure web
content such as Java applets, cookies, and ActiveX.
Spam filtering
FortiGate spam filtering can scan all POP3, SMTP, and IMAP email content for spam.
You can configure spam filtering to filter mail according to IP address, email address,
mime headers, and content. Mail messages can be identified as spam or clear.
You can also add the names of known Real-time Blackhole List (RBL) and Open
Relay Database List (ORDBL) servers. These services contain lists of known spam
sources.
If an email message is found to be spam, the FortiGate adds an email tag to the
subject line of the email. The recipient can use the mail client software to filter
messages based on the email tag. Spam filtering can also be configured to delete
SMTP email messages identified as spam.
Firewall
The FortiGate ICSA-certified firewall protects your computer networks from Internet
threats. ICSA has granted FortiGate firewalls version 4.0 firewall certification,
providing assurance that FortiGate firewalls successfully screen and secure corporate
networks against a range of threats from public or other untrusted networks.
After basic installation of the FortiGate unit, the firewall allows users on the protected
network to access the Internet while blocking Internet access to internal networks.
You can configure the firewall to put controls on access to the Internet from the
protected networks and to allow controlled access to internal networks.
FortiGate policies include a range of options that:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
control all incoming and outgoing network traffic,
control encrypted VPN traffic,
apply antivirus protection and web content filtering,
block or allow access for all policy options,
control when individual policies are in effect,
accept or deny traffic to and from individual addresses,
control standard and user defined network services individually or in groups,
require users to authenticate before gaining access,
include traffic shaping to set access priorities and guarantee or limit bandwidth for
each policy,
•
•
•
include logging to track connections for individual policies,
include Network Address Translation (NAT) mode and Route mode policies,
include mixed NAT and Route mode policies.
The FortiGate firewall can operate in NAT/Route mode or Transparent mode.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VLANs and virtual domains
Introduction
NAT/Route mode
In NAT/Route mode, the FortiGate unit is a Layer 3 device. This means that each of its
interfaces is associated with a different IP subnet and that it appears to other devices
as a router. This is how a firewall is normally deployed.
In NAT/Route mode, you can create NAT mode policies and Route mode policies.
•
NAT mode policies use network address translation to hide the addresses in a
more secure network from users in a less secure network.
•
Route mode policies accept or deny connections between networks without
performing address translation.
Transparent mode
In Transparent mode, the FortiGate unit does not change the Layer 3 topology. This
means that all of its interfaces are on the same IP subnet and that it appears to other
devices as a bridge. Typically, the FortiGate unit is deployed in Transparent mode to
provide antivirus and content filtering behind an existing firewall solution.
Transparent mode provides the same basic firewall protection as NAT mode. The
FortiGate unit passes or blocks the packets it receives according to firewall policies.
The FortiGate unit can be inserted in the network at any point without having to make
changes to your network or its components. However, some advanced firewall
features are available only in NAT/Route mode.
VLANs and virtual domains
Fortigate Antivirus Firewalls support IEEE 802.1Q-compliant virtual LAN (VLAN) tags.
Using VLAN technology, a single FortiGate unit can provide security services to, and
control connections between, multiple security domains according to the VLAN IDs
added to VLAN packets. The FortiGate unit can recognize VLAN IDs and apply
security policies to secure network and IPSec VPN traffic between each security
domain. The FortiGate unit can also apply authentication, content filtering, and
antivirus protection to VLAN-tagged network and VPN traffic.
The FortiGate unit supports VLANs in NAT/Route and Transparent mode. In
NAT/Route mode, you enter VLAN subinterfaces to receive and send VLAN packets.
FortiGate virtual domains provide multiple logical firewalls and routers in a single
FortiGate unit. Using virtual domains, one FortiGate unit can provide exclusive firewall
and routing services to multiple networks so that traffic from each network is
effectively separated from every other network.
You can develop and manage interfaces, VLAN subinterfaces, zones, firewall policies,
routing, and VPN configuration for each virtual domain separately. For these
configuration settings, each virtual domain is functionally similar to a single FortiGate
unit. This separation simplifies configuration because you do not have to manage as
many routes or firewall policies at one time.
16
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction
Intrusion Prevention System (IPS)
Intrusion Prevention System (IPS)
The FortiGate Intrusion Prevention System (IPS) combines signature and anomaly
based intrusion detection and prevention. The FortiGate unit can record suspicious
traffic in logs, can send alert email to system administrators, and can log, pass, drop,
reset, or clear suspicious packets or sessions. Both the IPS predefined signatures and
the IPS engine are upgradeable through the FortiProtect Distribution Network (FDN).
You can also create custom signatures.
VPN
Using FortiGate virtual private networking (VPN), you can provide a secure
connection between widely separated office networks or securely link telecommuters
or travellers to an office network.
FortiGate VPN features include the following:
•
Industry standard and ICSA-certified IPSec VPN, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
IPSec VPN in NAT/Route and Transparent mode,
IPSec, ESP security in tunnel mode,
DES, 3DES (triple-DES), and AES hardware accelerated encryption,
HMAC MD5 and HMAC SHA1 authentication and data integrity,
AutoIKE key based on pre-shared key tunnels,
IPSec VPN using local or CA certificates,
Manual Keys tunnels,
Diffie-Hellman groups 1, 2, and 5,
Aggressive and Main Mode,
Replay Detection,
Perfect Forward Secrecy,
XAuth authentication,
Dead peer detection,
DHCP over IPSec,
Secure Internet browsing.
•
•
PPTP for easy connectivity with the VPN standard supported by the most popular
operating systems.
L2TP for easy connectivity with a more secure VPN standard, also supported by
many popular operating systems.
•
•
Firewall policy based control of IPSec VPN traffic.
IPSec NAT traversal so that remote IPSec VPN gateways or clients behind a NAT
can connect to an IPSec VPN tunnel.
•
•
VPN hub and spoke using a VPN concentrator to allow VPN traffic to pass from
one tunnel to another through the FortiGate unit.
IPSec Redundancy to create a redundant AutoIKE key IPSec VPN connection to a
remote network.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
High availability
Introduction
High availability
Fortinet achieves high availability (HA) using redundant hardware and the FortiGate
Clustering Protocol (FGCP). Each FortiGate unit in an HA cluster enforces the same
overall security policy and shares the same configuration settings. You can add up to
32 FortiGate units to an HA cluster. Each FortiGate unit in an HA cluster must be the
same model and must be running the same FortiOS firmware image.
FortiGate HA supports link redundancy and device redundancy.
FortiGate units can be configured to operate in active-passive (A-P) or active-active
(A-A) HA mode. Active-active and active-passive clusters can run in either NAT/Route
or Transparent mode.
An active-passive (A-P) HA cluster, also referred to as hot standby HA, consists of a
primary FortiGate unit that processes traffic, and one or more subordinate FortiGate
units. The subordinate FortiGate units are connected to the network and to the
primary FortiGate unit but do not process traffic.
Active-active (A-A) HA load balances virus scanning among all the FortiGate units in
the cluster. An active-active HA cluster consists of a primary FortiGate unit that
processes traffic and one or more secondary units that also process traffic. The
primary FortiGate unit uses a load balancing algorithm to distribute virus scanning to
all the FortiGate units in the HA cluster.
Secure installation, configuration, and management
The first time you power on the FortiGate unit, it is already configured with default IP
addresses and security policies. Connect to the web-based manager, set the
operating mode, and use the Setup wizard to customize FortiGate IP addresses for
your network, and the FortiGate unit is ready to protect your network. You can then
use the web-based manager to customize advanced FortiGate features.
Web-based manager
Using HTTP or a secure HTTPS connection from any computer running Internet
Explorer, you can configure and manage the FortiGate unit. The web-based manager
supports multiple languages. You can configure the FortiGate unit for HTTP and
HTTPS administration from any FortiGate interface.
You can use the web-based manager to configure most FortiGate settings. You can
also use the web-based manager to monitor the status of the FortiGate unit.
Configuration changes made using the web-based manager are effective immediately
without resetting the firewall or interrupting service. Once you are satisfied with a
configuration, you can download and save it. The saved configuration can be restored
at any time.
Command line interface
You can access the FortiGate command line interface (CLI) by connecting a
management computer serial port to the FortiGate RS-232 serial console connector.
You can also use Telnet or a secure SSH connection to connect to the CLI from any
network that is connected to the FortiGate unit, including the Internet.
18
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction
Secure installation, configuration, and management
The CLI supports the same configuration and monitoring functionality as the
web-based manager. In addition, you can use the CLI for advanced configuration
options that are not available from the web-based manager.
This Administration Guide contains information about basic and advanced CLI
commands. For a more complete description about connecting to and using the
FortiGate CLI, see the FortiGate CLI Reference Guide.
Logging and reporting
The FortiGate unit supports logging for various categories of traffic and configuration
changes. You can configure logging to:
•
•
•
•
•
report traffic that connects to the firewall,
report network services used,
report traffic that was permitted by firewall policies,
report traffic that was denied by firewall policies,
report events such as configuration changes and other management events,
IPSec tunnel negotiation, virus detection, attacks, and web page blocking,
•
•
report attacks detected by the IPS,
send alert email to system administrators to report virus incidents, intrusions, and
firewall or VPN events or violations.
Logs can be sent to a remote syslog server or a WebTrends NetIQ Security Reporting
Center and Firewall Suite server using the WebTrends enhanced log format. Some
models can also save logs to an optional internal hard drive. If a hard drive is not
installed, you can configure most FortiGate units to log the most recent events and
attacks detected by the IPS to the system memory.
Document conventions
This guide uses the following conventions to describe CLI command syntax.
•
Angle brackets < > to indicate variables.
For example:
execute restore config <filename_str>
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Secure installation, configuration, and management
Introduction
You enter:
execute restore config myfile.bak
<xxx_str>indicates an ASCII string that does not contain new-lines or carriage
returns.
<xxx_integer>indicates an integer string that is a decimal (base 10) number.
<xxx_octet>indicates a hexadecimal string that uses the digits 0-9 and letters
A-F.
<xxx_ipv4>indicates a dotted decimal IPv4 address.
<xxx_v4mask>indicates a dotted decimal IPv4 netmask.
<xxx_ipv4mask>indicates a dotted decimal IPv4 address followed by a dotted
decimal IPv4 netmask.
<xxx_ipv6>indicates a dotted decimal IPv6 address.
<xxx_v6mask>indicates a dotted decimal IPv6 netmask.
<xxx_ipv6mask>indicates a dotted decimal IPv6 address followed by a dotted
decimal IPv6 netmask.
•
•
Vertical bar and curly brackets {|}to separate alternative, mutually exclusive
required keywords.
For example:
set opmode {nat | transparent}
You can enter set opmode nator set opmode transparent.
Square brackets [ ]to indicate that a keyword or variable is optional.
For example:
show system interface [<name_str>]
To show the settings for all interfaces, you can enter show system interface.
To show the settings for the internal interface, you can enter show system
interface internal.
•
A space to separate options that can be entered in any combination and must be
separated by spaces.
For example:
set allowaccess {ping https ssh snmp http telnet}
You can enter any of the following:
set allowaccess ping
set allowaccess ping https ssh
set allowaccess https ping ssh
set allowaccess snmp
In most cases to make changes to lists that contain options separated by spaces,
you need to retype the whole list including all the options you want to apply and
excluding all the options you want to remove.
20
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction
Fortinet Knowledge Center
FortiGate documentation
Information about FortiGate products is available from the following guides:
•
•
FortiGate QuickStart Guide
Provides basic information about connecting and installing a FortiGate unit.
FortiGate Installation Guide
Describes how to install a FortiGate unit. Includes a hardware reference, default
configuration information, installation procedures, connection procedures, and
basic configuration procedures. Choose the guide for your product model number.
•
•
FortiGate Administration Guide
Provides basic information about how to configure a FortiGate unit, including how
to define FortiGate protection profiles and firewall policies; how to apply intrusion
prevention, antivirus protection, web content filtering, and spam filtering; and how
to configure a VPN.
FortiGate online help
Provides a context-sensitive and searchable version of the Administration Guide in
HTML format. You can access online help from the web-based manager as you
work.
•
•
•
•
•
FortiGate CLI Reference Guide
Describes how to use the FortiGate CLI and contains a reference to all FortiGate
CLI commands.
FortiGate Log Message Reference Guide
Describes the structure of FortiGate log messages and provides information about
the log messages that are generated by FortiGate units.
FortiGate High Availability Guide
Contains in-depth information about the FortiGate high availability feature and the
FortiGate clustering protocol.
FortiGate IPS Guide
Describes how to configure the FortiGate Intrusion Prevention System settings and
how the FortiGate IPS deals with some common attacks.
FortiGate VPN Guide
Explains how to configure VPNs using the web-based manager.
Fortinet Knowledge Center
The most recent Fortinet technical documentation is available from the Fortinet
Knowledge Center. The knowledge center contains short how-to articles, FAQs,
technical notes, product and feature guides, and much more. Visit the Fortinet
Comments on Fortinet technical documentation
Please send information about any errors or omissions in this document, or any
Fortinet technical documentation, to techdoc@fortinet.com.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiManager documentation
Introduction
Related documentation
Additional information about Fortinet products is available from the following related
documentation.
FortiManager documentation
•
FortiManager QuickStart Guide
Explains how to install the FortiManager Console, set up the FortiManager Server,
and configure basic settings.
•
•
FortiManager System Administration Guide
Describes how to use the FortiManager System to manage FortiGate devices.
FortiManager System online help
Provides a searchable version of the Administration Guide in HTML format. You
can access online help from the FortiManager Console as you work.
FortiClient documentation
•
FortiClient Host Security User Guide
Describes how to use FortiClient Host Security software to set up a VPN
connection from your computer to remote networks, scan your computer for
viruses, and restrict access to your computer and applications by setting up firewall
policies.
•
FortiClient Host Security online help
Provides information and procedures for using and configuring the FortiClient
software.
FortiMail documentation
•
FortiMail Administration Guide
Describes how to install, configure, and manage a FortiMail unit in gateway mode
and server mode, including how to configure the unit; create profiles and policies;
configure antispam and antivirus filters; create user accounts; and set up logging
and reporting.
•
FortiMail online help
Provides a searchable version of the Administration Guide in HTML format. You
can access online help from the web-based manager as you work.
•
FortiMail Web Mail Online Help
Describes how to use the FortiMail web-based email client, including how to send
and receive email; how to add, import, and export addresses; and how to configure
message display preferences.
22
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction
FortiLog documentation
FortiLog documentation
•
FortiLog Administration Guide
Describes how to install and configure a FortiLog unit to collect FortiGate and
FortiMail log files. It also describes how to view FortiGate and FortiMail log files,
generate and view log reports, and use the FortiLog unit as a NAS server.
•
FortiLog online help
Provides a searchable version of the Administration Guide in HTML format. You
can access online help from the web-based manager as you work.
Customer service and technical support
For antivirus and attack definition updates, firmware updates, updated product
documentation, technical support information, and other resources, please visit the
Fortinet Technical Support web site at http://support.fortinet.com.
You can also register Fortinet products and service contracts from
http://support.fortinet.com and change your registration information at any time.
Technical support is available through email from any of the following addresses.
Choose the email address for your region:
amer_support@fortinet.com For customers in the United States, Canada, Mexico, Latin
America and South America.
apac_support@fortinet.com For customers in Japan, Korea, China, Hong Kong, Singapore,
Malaysia, all other Asian countries, and Australia.
eu_support@fortinet.com
For customers in the United Kingdom, Scandinavia, Mainland
Europe, Africa, and the Middle East.
For information about our priority support hotline (live support), see
http://support.fortinet.com.
When requesting technical support, please provide the following information:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
your name
your company’s name and location
your email address
your telephone number
your support contract number (if applicable)
the product name and model number
the product serial number (if applicable)
the software or firmware version number
a detailed description of the problem
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiLog documentation
Introduction
24
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide Version 2.80 MR7
System status
You can connect to the web-based manager and view the current system status of the
FortiGate unit. The status information that is displayed includes the system status, unit
information, system resources, and session log.
This chapter includes:
•
•
•
•
Console access
An alternative to the web-based manager discussed in this manual is text-based
Console Access, using the FortiGate command line interface (CLI). You can get
console access by selecting Console Access button in the upper right corner of the
web-based manager. The management computer must have Java version 1.3 or
higher installed.
For information on how to use the CLI, see the FortiGate CLI Reference Guide.
Figure 1: Console access
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Viewing system status
System status
Connect
Select Connect to connect to the CLI.
Select Disconnect to disconnect from the CLI.
Select Clear screen to start a new page.
Disconnect
Clear screen
Status
View the system status page, also known as the system dashboard, for a snap shot of
the current operating status of the FortiGate unit. All FortiGate administrators with
read access to system configuration can view system status information.
On HA clusters, the Status page shows the status of the primary unit. To view status
information for all members of the cluster, go to System > Config > HA and select
FortiGate administrators whose access profiles contain system configuration write
privileges can change or update FortiGate unit information. For information on access
•
•
Viewing system status
Figure 2: System status
26
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System status
Viewing system status
Automatic Refresh Select to control how often the web-based manager updates the system
status display.
Interval
Go
Select to set the selected automatic refresh interval.
Select to manually update the system status display.
Refresh
System status
UP Time
The time in days, hours, and minutes since the FortiGate unit was last
started.
System Time
Log Disk
The current time according to the FortiGate unit internal clock.
Displays hard disk capacity and free space if the FortiGate unit contains a
hard disk or Not Available if no hard disk is installed. The FortiGate unit uses
the hard disk to store log messages and quarantine files infected with a virus
or blocked by antivirus file blocking.
Notification
Contains reminders such as “Change Password” or “Product Registration”.
Select the reminder to see the detailed reminder message.
Unit Information
Admin users and administrators whose access profiles contain system configuration
read and write privileges can change or update the unit information. For information
Host Name
The host name of the current FortiGate unit.
Firmware Version
The version of the firmware installed on the current FortiGate unit.
Antivirus Definitions The current installed version of the FortiGate Antivirus Definitions.
Attack Definitions
The current installed version of the FortiGate Attack Definitions used by
the Intrusion Prevention System (IPS).
Serial Number
The serial number of the current FortiGate unit. The serial number is
specific to the FortiGate unit and does not change with firmware
upgrades.
Operation Mode
The operation mode of the current FortiGate unit.
Recent Virus Detections
Time
The time at which the recent virus was detected.
Src / Dst
Service
The source and destination addresses of the virus.
The service from which the virus was delivered; HTTP, FTP, IMAP,
POP3, or SMTP.
Virus Detected
The name of the virus detected.
Content Summary
The Content Summary shows information about Content Archiving, configured in
firewall protection profiles. The Details pages provide a link to either the FortiLog unit
or to the Log & Report > Log Config > Log Setting page where you can configure
logging to a FortiLog unit.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Viewing system status
System status
Reset
HTTP
Select to reset the count values in the table to zero.
The number of URLs visited. Select Details to see the list of URLs, the
time they were accessed and the IP address of the host that accessed
them.
Email
FTP
The number of email sent and received. Select Details to see the date
and time, the sender, the recipient and the subject of each email.
The number of URLs visited and the number of files uploaded and
downloaded. Select Details to see the FTP site URL, date, time, user
and lists of files uploaded and downloaded.
Interface Status
All interfaces in the FortiGate unit are listed in the table.
Interface
IP / Netmask
Status
The name of the interface.
The IP address and netmask of the interface (NAT/Route mode only).
The status of the interface; either up (green up arrow) or down (red
down arrow).
System Resources
CPU Usage
The current CPU status. The web-based manager displays CPU usage
for core processes only. CPU usage for management processes (for
example, for HTTPS connections to the web-based manager) is
excluded.
Memory Usage
Hard Disk Usage
Active Sessions
The current memory status. The web-based manager displays memory
usage for core processes only. Memory usage for management
processes (for example, for HTTPS connections to the web-based
manager) is excluded.
The current hard disk (local disk) status. The web-based manager
displays hard disk usage for core processes only. CPU usage for
management processes (for example, for HTTPS connections to the
web-based manager) is excluded.
The number of communications sessions being processed by the
FortiGate unit.
Network Utilization The total network bandwidth being used through all FortiGate interfaces
and the percentage of the maximum network bandwidth that can be
processed by the FortiGate unit.
History
Select History to view a graphical representation of the last minute of
CPU, memory, sessions, and network usage. This page also shows the
virus and intrusion detections over the last 20 hours.
28
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System status
Changing unit information
Figure 3: Sample system resources history
History
The history page displays 6 graphs representing the following system resources and
protection:
CPU Usage History
CPU usage for the previous minute.
Memory Usage History Memory usage for the previous minute.
Session History
Session history for the previous minute.
Network utilization for the previous minute.
Network Utilization
History
Virus History
The virus detection history over the last 20 hours.
The intrusion detection history over the last 20 hours.
Intrusion History
Recent Intrusion Detections
Time
The time at which the recent intrusion was detected.
Src / Dst
Service
The source and destination addresses of the attack.
The service from which the attack was delivered; HTTP, FTP, IMAP,
POP3, or SMTP.
Attack Name
The name of the attack.
Changing unit information
Administrators with system configuration write access can use the unit information
area of the System Status page:
•
•
•
•
•
•
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Changing unit information
System status
To change FortiGate host name
The FortiGate host name appears on the Status page and in the FortiGate CLI
prompt. The host name is also used as the SNMP system name. For information
The default host name is FortiGate-100A.
Note: If the FortiGate unit is part of an HA cluster, you should set a unique name to distinguish
the unit from others in the cluster.
1
2
3
4
Go to System > Status > Status.
In the Host Name field of the Unit Information section, select Change.
In the New Name field, type a new host name.
Select OK.
The new host name is displayed in the Host Name field, and in the CLI prompt, and is
added to the SNMP System Name.
To update the firmware version
For information on updating the firmware, see “Changing the FortiGate firmware” on
To update the antivirus definitions manually
Note: For information about configuring the FortiGate unit for automatic antivirus definitions
1
Download the latest antivirus definitions update file from Fortinet and copy it to the
computer that you use to connect to the web-based manager.
2
3
4
Start the web-based manager and go to System > Status > Status.
In the Antivirus Definitions field of the Unit Information section, select Update.
In the Update File field, type the path and filename for the antivirus definitions update
file, or select Browse and locate the antivirus definitions update file.
5
6
Select OK to copy the antivirus definitions update file to the FortiGate unit.
The FortiGate unit updates the antivirus definitions. This takes about 1 minute.
Go to System > Status to confirm that the Antivirus Definitions Version information
has updated.
To update the attack definitions manually
Note: For information about configuring the FortiGate unit for automatic attack definitions
1
2
Download the latest attack definitions update file from Fortinet and copy it to the
computer that you use to connect to the web-based manager.
Start the web-based manager and go to System > Status > Status.
30
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System status
Changing unit information
3
In the Attack Definitions field of the Unit Information section, select Update.
The Intrusion Detection System Definitions Update dialog box appears.
4
5
In the Update File field, type the path and filename for the attack definitions update
file, or select Browse and locate the attack definitions update file.
Select OK to copy the attack definitions update file to the FortiGate unit.
The FortiGate unit updates the attack definitions. This takes about 1 minute.
6
Go to System > Status > Status to confirm that the Attack Definitions Version
information has updated.
To change to Transparent mode
After you change the FortiGate unit from the NAT/Route mode to Transparent mode,
most of the configuration resets to Transparent mode factory defaults, except for HA
1
2
3
4
Go to System > Status > Status.
In the Operation Mode field of the Unit Information section, select Change.
In the Operation Mode field, select Transparent.
Select OK.
The FortiGate unit changes operation mode.
5
To reconnect to the web-based manager, connect to the interface configured for
Transparent mode management access and browse to https:// followed by the
Transparent mode management IP address.
By default in Transparent mode, you can connect to port1. The default Transparent
mode management IP address is 10.10.10.1.
Note: If the web-based manager IP address was on a different subnet in NAT/Route mode, you
may have to change the IP address of your computer to the same subnet as the management
IP address.
To change to NAT/Route mode
After you change the FortiGate unit from the NAT/Route mode to Transparent mode,
most of the configuration resets to Transparent mode factory defaults, except for HA
1
2
3
4
Go to System > Status > Status.
In the Operation Mode field of the Unit Information section, select Change.
In the Operation Mode field, select NAT/Route.
Select OK.
The FortiGate unit changes operation mode.
5
To reconnect to the web-based manager, you must connect to the interface
configured by default for management access.
By default in NAT/Route mode, you can connect to port1. The default port1 IP address
is 192.168.1.99.
Note: If the management IP address was on a different subnet in Transparent mode, you may
have to change the IP address of your computer to the same subnet as the interface configured
for management access.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Changing unit information
System status
Session list
The session list displays information about the communications sessions currently
being processed by the FortiGate unit. You can use the session list to view current
sessions.
Figure 4: Sample session list
From IP
From Port
To IP
Set source IP address for list filtering
Set source port for list filtering
Set destination IP address for list filtering
Set destination port for list filtering
Select to filter session list
To Port
Apply Filter
Virtual Domain Select a virtual domain to list the sessions being processed by that virtual
domain. Select All to view sessions being processed by all virtual domains.
Total Number of Total number of sessions currently being conducted through the FortiGate
unit.
Sessions
Refresh icon. Select to update the session list
Page up icon. Select to view previous page in the session list
Page down icon. Select to view the next page in the session list.
The service protocol of the connection, for example, udp, tcp, or icmp.
The source IP address of the connection.
Protocol
From IP
From Port
To IP
The source port of the connection.
The destination IP address of the connection.
To Port
Expire
The destination port of the connection.
The time, in seconds, before the connection expires.
Delete icon. Select to stop an active communication session.
To view the session list
1
Go to System > Status > Session.
The web-based manager displays the total number of active sessions in the FortiGate
unit session table and lists the top 16.
2
3
4
To navigate the list of sessions, select Page Up or Page Down.
Select Refresh to update the session list.
If you are logged in as an administrative user with read and write privileges or as the
admin user, you can select Delete to stop an active session.
32
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System status
Upgrading to a new firmware version
Changing the FortiGate firmware
FortiGate administrators whose access profiles contain system configuration read and
write privileges and the FortiGate admin user can change the FortiGate firmware.
After you download a FortiGate firmware image from Fortinet, you can use the
procedures listed in Table 1 to install the firmware image on your FortiGate unit.
Table 1: Firmware upgrade procedures
Procedure
Description
Use the web-based manager or CLI procedure to upgrade to a new
FortiOS firmware version or to a more recent build of the same
firmware version.
Use the web-based manager or CLI procedure to revert to a
previous firmware version. This procedure reverts the FortiGate
unit to its factory default configuration.
Use this procedure to install a new firmware version or revert to a
previous firmware version. To use this procedure you must connect
to the CLI using the FortiGate console port and a null-modem
cable. This procedure reverts the FortiGate unit to its factory
default configuration.
Use this procedure to test a new firmware image before installing it.
To use this procedure you must connect to the CLI using the
FortiGate console port and a null-modem cable. This procedure
temporarily installs a new firmware image using your current
configuration. You can test the firmware image before installing it
permanently. If the firmware image works correctly you can use
one of the other procedures listed in this table to install it
permanently.
backup firmware image. Once the backup firmware image is
installed you can switch to this backup image when required.
Upgrading to a new firmware version
Use the following procedures to upgrade the FortiGate unit to a newer firmware
version.
Upgrading the firmware using the web-based manager
Note: Installing firmware replaces the current antivirus and attack definitions with the definitions
included with the firmware release that you are installing. After you install new firmware, use the
and attack definitions are up to date.
To upgrade the firmware using the web-based manager
Copy the firmware image file to your management computer.
Log into the web-based manager as the admin administrative user.
1
2
Note: To use this procedure you must login using the admin administrator account, or an
administrator account that has system configuration read and write privileges.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Upgrading to a new firmware version
System status
3
4
5
Go to System > Status.
Under Unit Information > Firmware Version, select Update.
Type the path and filename of the firmware image file, or select Browse and locate the
file.
6
Select OK.
The FortiGate unit uploads the firmware image file, upgrades to the new firmware
version, restarts, and displays the FortiGate login. This process takes a few minutes.
7
8
Log into the web-based manager.
Go to System > Status and check the Firmware Version to confirm that the firmware
upgrade is successfully installed.
9
Update antivirus and attack definitions. For information about updating antivirus and
Upgrading the firmware using the CLI
To use the following procedure you must have a TFTP server that the FortiGate unit
can connect to.
Note: Installing firmware replaces your current antivirus and attack definitions with the
definitions included with the firmware release that you are installing. After you install new
sure that antivirus and attack definitions are up to date. You can also use the CLI command
execute update_nowto update the antivirus and attack definitions.
To upgrade the firmware using the CLI
Make sure that the TFTP server is running.
Copy the new firmware image file to the root directory of the TFTP server.
Log into the CLI.
1
2
3
Note: To use this procedure you must login using the admin administrator account, or an
administrator account that has system configuration read and write privileges.
4
5
Make sure the FortiGate unit can connect to the TFTP server.
You can use the following command to ping the computer running the TFTP server.
For example, if the IP address of the TFTP server is 192.168.1.168:
execute ping 192.168.1.168
Enter the following command to copy the firmware image from the TFTP server to the
FortiGate unit:
execute restore image <name_str> <tftp_ipv4>
34
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System status
Reverting to a previous firmware version
Where <name_str>is the name of the firmware image file and <tftp_ip>is the IP
address of the TFTP server. For example, if the firmware image file name is
FGT_300-v280-build183-FORTINET.out and the IP address of the TFTP server
is 192.168.1.168, enter:
execute restore image FGT_300-v280-build183-FORTINET.out
192.168.1.168
The FortiGate unit responds with the message:
This operation will replace the current firmware version!
Do you want to continue? (y/n)
6
Type y.
The FortiGate unit uploads the firmware image file, upgrades to the new firmware
version, and restarts. This process takes a few minutes.
7
8
Reconnect to the CLI.
To confirm that the new firmware image is successfully installed, enter:
get system status
9
antivirus and attack definitions, or from the CLI, enter:
execute update_now
Reverting to a previous firmware version
Use the following procedures to revert your FortiGate unit to a previous firmware
version.
Reverting to a previous firmware version using the web-based
manager
The following procedures revert the FortiGate unit to its factory default configuration
and deletes IPS custom signatures, web content lists, email filtering lists, and changes
to replacement messages.
Before beginning this procedure you can:
•
•
•
Back up the FortiGate unit configuration.
Back up the IPS custom signatures.
Back up web content and email filtering lists.
If you are reverting to a previous FortiOS version (for example, reverting from FortiOS
v2.80 to FortiOS v2.50), you might not be able to restore the previous configuration
from the backup configuration file.
Note: Installing firmware replaces the current antivirus and attack definitions with the definitions
included with the firmware release that you are installing. After you install new firmware, use the
and attack definitions are up to date.
To revert to a previous firmware version using the web-based manager
1
Copy the firmware image file to the management computer.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Reverting to a previous firmware version
System status
2
Log into the FortiGate web-based manager.
Note: To use this procedure you must login using the admin administrator account, or an
administrator account that has system configuration read and write privileges.
3
4
5
Go to System > Status.
Under Unit Information > Firmware Version, select Update.
Type the path and filename of the firmware image file, or select Browse and locate the
file.
6
Select OK.
The FortiGate unit uploads the firmware image file, reverts to the old firmware version,
resets the configuration, restarts, and displays the FortiGate login. This process takes
a few minutes.
7
8
Log into the web-based manager.
Go to System > Status and check the Firmware Version to confirm that the firmware
is successfully installed.
9
Restore your configuration.
For information about restoring your configuration, see “Backup and restore” on
10
Update antivirus and attack definitions.
Reverting to a previous firmware version using the CLI
This procedure reverts the FortiGate unit to its factory default configuration and
deletes IPS custom signatures, web content lists, email filtering lists, and changes to
replacement messages.
Before beginning this procedure you can:
•
•
•
Back up the FortiGate unit system configuration using the command execute
backup config.
Back up the IPS custom signatures using the command execute backup
ipsuserdefsig
Back up web content and email filtering lists.
If you are reverting to a previous FortiOS version (for example, reverting from FortiOS
v2.80 to FortiOS v2.50), you might not be able to restore your previous configuration
from the backup configuration file.
Note: Installing firmware replaces the current antivirus and attack definitions with the definitions
included with the firmware release that you are installing. After you install new firmware, use the
and attack definitions are up to date. You can also use the CLI command execute
update_nowto update the antivirus and attack definitions.
36
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System status
Reverting to a previous firmware version
To use the following procedure you must have a TFTP server that the FortiGate unit
can connect to.
To revert to a previous firmware version using the CLI
Make sure that the TFTP server is running.
1
2
3
Copy the firmware image file to the root directory of the TFTP server.
Log into the FortiGate CLI.
Note: To use this procedure you must login using the admin administrator account, or an
administrator account that has system configuration read and write privileges.
4
5
Make sure the FortiGate unit can connect to the TFTP server.
You can use the following command to ping the computer running the TFTP server.
For example, if the TFTP server's IP address is 192.168.1.168:
execute ping 192.168.1.168
Enter the following command to copy the firmware image from the TFTP server to the
FortiGate unit:
execute restore image <name_str> <tftp_ipv4>
Where <name_str>is the name of the firmware image file and <tftp_ip>is the IP
address of the TFTP server. For example, if the firmware image file name is
FGT_300-v280-build158-FORTINET.outand the IP address of the TFTP server
is 192.168.1.168, enter:
execute restore image FGT_300-v280-build158-FORTINET.out
192.168.1.168
The FortiGate unit responds with the message:
This operation will replace the current firmware version!
Do you want to continue? (y/n)
6
7
Type y.
The FortiGate unit uploads the firmware image file. After the file uploads, a message
similar to the following is displayed:
Get image from tftp server OK.
Check image OK.
This operation will downgrade the current firmware version!
Do you want to continue? (y/n)
Type y.
The FortiGate unit reverts to the old firmware version, resets the configuration to
factory defaults, and restarts. This process takes a few minutes.
8
9
Reconnect to the CLI.
To confirm that the new firmware image has been loaded, enter:
get system status
10
To restore your previous configuration if needed, use the command:
execute restore config <name_str> <tftp_ipv4>
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installing firmware images from a system reboot using the CLI
System status
11
Update antivirus and attack definitions.
the CLI, enter:
execute update_now
Installing firmware images from a system reboot using the CLI
This procedure installs a specified firmware image and resets the FortiGate unit to
default settings. You can use this procedure to upgrade to a new firmware version,
revert to an older firmware version, or re-install the current firmware version.
Note: This procedure varies for different FortiGate BIOS versions. These variations are
explained in the procedure steps that are affected. The version of the BIOS running on the
FortiGate unit is displayed when you restart the FortiGate unit using the CLI through a console
connection.
For this procedure you:
•
access the CLI by connecting to the FortiGate console port using a null-modem
cable,
•
install a TFTP server that you can connect to from port1. The TFTP server should
be on the same subnet as port1.
Before beginning this procedure you can:
•
Back up the FortiGate unit configuration.
Back up the IPS custom signatures.
•
For information, see “Backing up and restoring custom signature files” on
•
Back up web content and email filtering lists.
If you are reverting to a previous FortiOS version (for example, reverting from FortiOS
v2.80 to FortiOS v2.50), you might not be able to restore your previous configuration
from the backup configuration file.
Note: Installing firmware replaces the current antivirus and attack definitions with the definitions
included with the firmware release that you are installing. After you install new firmware, use the
and attack definitions are up to date.
To install firmware from a system reboot
1
2
3
4
Connect to the CLI using the null-modem cable and FortiGate console port.
Make sure that the TFTP server is running.
Copy the new firmware image file to the root directory of the TFTP server.
Make sure that port1 is connected to the same network as the TFTP server.
38
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System status
Installing firmware images from a system reboot using the CLI
5
6
To confirm that the FortiGate unit can connect to the TFTP server, use the following
command to ping the computer running the TFTP server. For example, if the IP
address of the TFTP server is 192.168.1.168, enter:
execute ping 192.168.1.168
Enter the following command to restart the FortiGate unit:
execute reboot
The FortiGate unit responds with the following message:
This operation will reboot the system !
Do you want to continue? (y/n)
7
Type y.
As the FortiGate units starts, a series of system startup messages is displayed.
When one of the following messages appears:
•
FortiGate unit running v2.x BIOS
Press Any Key To Download Boot Image.
...
•
FortiGate unit running v3.x BIOS
Press any key to display configuration menu.....
......
Immediately press any key to interrupt the system startup.
Note: You have only 3 seconds to press any key. If you do not press a key soon enough, the
FortiGate unit reboots and you must log in and repeat the execute rebootcommand.
If you successfully interrupt the startup process, one of the following messages
appears:
•
FortiGate unit running v2.x BIOS
Enter TFTP Server Address [192.168.1.168]:
Go to step 9.
•
FortiGate unit running v3.x BIOS
[G]: Get firmware image from TFTP server.
[F]: Format boot device.
[B]: Boot with backup firmware and set as default.
[Q]: Quit menu and continue to boot with default firmware.
[H]: Display this list of options.
Enter G,F,B,Q,or H:
8
9
Type G to get the new firmware image from the TFTP server.
The following message appears:
Enter TFTP server address [192.168.1.168]:
Type the address of the TFTP server and press Enter.
The following message appears:
Enter Local Address [192.168.1.188]:
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installing firmware images from a system reboot using the CLI
System status
10
Type an IP address that the FortiGate unit can use to connect to the TFTP server.
The IP address can be any IP address that is valid for the network that the interface is
connected to. Make sure you do not enter the IP address of another device on this
network.
The following message appears:
Enter File Name [image.out]:
11
Enter the firmware image filename and press Enter.
The TFTP server uploads the firmware image file to the FortiGate unit and messages
similar to the following are displayed:
•
FortiGate unit running v2.x BIOS
Do You Want To Save The Image? [Y/n]
Type Y.
•
FortiGate unit running v3.x BIOS
Save as Default firmware/Run image without saving:[D/R]
or
Save as Default firmware/Backup firmware/Run image without
saving:[D/B/R]
12
Type D.
The FortiGate unit installs the new firmware image and restarts. The installation might
take a few minutes to complete.
Restoring the previous configuration
Change the internal interface address if required. You can do this from the CLI using
the command:
config system interface
edit internal
set ip <address_ipv4mask>
set allowaccess {ping https ssh telnet http}
end
After changing the interface address, you can access the FortiGate unit from the
web-based manager and restore the configuration.
•
•
•
•
•
If you are reverting to a previous firmware version (for example, reverting from
FortiOS v2.80 to FortiOS v2.50), you might not be able to restore your previous
configuration from the backup up configuration file.
40
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System status
Testing a new firmware image before installing it
Testing a new firmware image before installing it
You can test a new firmware image by installing the firmware image from a system
reboot and saving it to system memory. After completing this procedure the FortiGate
unit operates using the new firmware image with the current configuration. This new
firmware image is not permanently installed. The next time the FortiGate unit restarts,
it operates with the originally installed firmware image using the current configuration.
If the new firmware image operates successfully, you can install it permanently using
For this procedure you:
•
access the CLI by connecting to the FortiGate console port using a null-modem
cable,
•
install a TFTP server that you can connect to from port1. The TFTP server should
be on the same subnet as port1.
To test a new firmware image
1
2
3
4
Connect to the CLI using a null-modem cable and FortiGate console port.
Make sure the TFTP server is running.
Copy the new firmware image file to the root directory of the TFTP server.
Make sure that port1 is connected to the same network as the TFTP server.
You can use the following command to ping the computer running the TFTP server.
For example, if the TFTP server's IP address is 192.168.1.168:
execute ping 192.168.1.168
5
6
Enter the following command to restart the FortiGate unit:
execute reboot
As the FortiGate unit reboots, press any key to interrupt the system startup.
As the FortiGate units starts, a series of system startup messages are displayed.
When one of the following messages appears:
•
FortiGate unit running v2.x BIOS
Press Any Key To Download Boot Image.
...
•
FortiGate unit running v3.x BIOS
Press any key to display configuration menu.....
......
7
Immediately press any key to interrupt the system startup.
Note: You have only 3 seconds to press any key. If you do not press a key soon enough, the
FortiGate unit reboots and you must log in and repeat the execute rebootcommand.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Testing a new firmware image before installing it
System status
If you successfully interrupt the startup process, one of the following messages
appears:
•
FortiGate unit running v2.x BIOS
Enter TFTP Server Address [192.168.1.168]:
Go to step 9.
•
FortiGate unit running v3.x BIOS
[G]: Get firmware image from TFTP server.
[F]: Format boot device.
[Q]: Quit menu and continue to boot with default firmware.
[H]: Display this list of options.
Enter G,F,Q,or H:
8
9
Type G to get the new firmware image from the TFTP server.
The following message appears:
Enter TFTP server address [192.168.1.168]:
Type the address of the TFTP server and press Enter.
The following message appears:
Enter Local Address [192.168.1.188]:
10
Type an IP address that can be used by the FortiGate unit to connect to the FTP
server.
The IP address must be on the same network as the TFTP server, but make sure you
do not use the IP address of another device on this network.
The following message appears:
Enter File Name [image.out]:
11
Enter the firmware image file name and press Enter.
The TFTP server uploads the firmware image file to the FortiGate unit and messages
similar to the following appear.
•
FortiGate unit running v2.x BIOS
Do You Want To Save The Image? [Y/n]
Type N.
•
FortiGate unit running v3.x BIOS
Save as Default firmware/Run image without saving:[D/R]
or
Save as Default firmware/Backup firmware/Run image without
saving:[D/B/R]
12
Type R.
The FortiGate image is installed to system memory and the FortiGate unit starts
running the new firmware image but with its current configuration.
13
14
You can log into the CLI or the web-based manager using any administrative account.
To confirm that the new firmware image has been loaded, from the CLI enter:
get system status
You can test the new firmware image as required.
42
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System status
Installing and using a backup firmware image
Installing and using a backup firmware image
If the FortiGate unit is running BIOS version v3.x, you can install a backup firmware
image. Once the backup firmware image is installed you can switch to this backup
image when required.
•
•
•
Installing a backup firmware image
To run this procedure you:
•
access the CLI by connecting to the FortiGate console port using a null-modem
cable,
•
install a TFTP server that you can connect to from the FortiGate as described in
To install a backup firmware image
1
2
3
4
Connect to the CLI using the null-modem cable and FortiGate console port.
Make sure that the TFTP server is running.
Copy the new firmware image file to the root directory of your TFTP server.
To confirm that the FortiGate unit can connect to the TFTP server, use the following
command to ping the computer running the TFTP server. For example, if the IP
address of the TFTP server is 192.168.1.168:
execute ping 192.168.1.168
5
6
Enter the following command to restart the FortiGate unit:
execute reboot
As the FortiGate unit starts, a series of system startup messages are displayed.
When of the following message appears:
Press any key to enter configuration menu.....
......
Immediately press any key to interrupt the system startup.
Note: You have only 3 seconds to press any key. If you do not press a key soon enough, the
FortiGate unit reboots and you must log in and repeat the execute rebootcommand.
If you successfully interrupt the startup process, the following message appears:
[G]: Get firmware image from TFTP server.
[F]: Format boot device.
[B]: Boot with backup firmware and set as default.
[Q]: Quit menu and continue to boot with default firmware.
[H]: Display this list of options.
Enter G,F,B,Q,or H:
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installing and using a backup firmware image
System status
7
8
9
Type G to get the new firmware image from the TFTP server.
The following message appears:
Enter TFTP server address [192.168.1.168]:
Type the address of the TFTP server and press Enter.
The following message appears:
Enter Local Address [192.168.1.188]:
Type an IP address that can be used by the FortiGate unit to connect to the FTP
server.
The IP address can be any IP address that is valid for the network that the interface is
connected to. Make sure you do not enter the IP address of another device on this
network.
The following message appears:
Enter File Name [image.out]:
10
11
Enter the firmware image file name and press Enter.
The TFTP server uploads the firmware image file to the FortiGate unit and the
following message is displayed.
Save as Default firmware/Backup firmware/Run image without
saving:[D/B/R]
Type B.
The FortiGate unit saves the backup firmware image and restarts. When the FortiGate
unit restarts it is running the previously installed firmware version.
Switching to the backup firmware image
Use this procedure to switch the FortiGate unit to operating with a backup firmware
image that you previously installed. When you switch the FortiGate unit to the backup
firmware image, the FortiGate unit operates using the configuration that was saved
with that firmware image.
If you install a new backup image from a reboot, the configuration saved with this
firmware image is the factory default configuration. If you use the procedure
“Switching back to the default firmware image” on page 45 to switch to a backup
firmware image that was previously running as the default firmware image, the
configuration saved with this firmware image is restored.
To switch to the backup firmware image
1
2
Connect to the CLI using the null-modem cable and FortiGate console port.
Enter the following command to restart the FortiGate unit:
execute reboot
As the FortiGate units starts, a series of system startup messages are displayed.
When the following message appears:
Press any key to enter configuration menu.....
......
3
Immediately press any key to interrupt the system startup.
44
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System status
Installing and using a backup firmware image
Note: You have only 3 seconds to press any key. If you do not press a key soon enough, the
FortiGate unit reboots and you must log in and repeat the execute rebootcommand.
If you successfully interrupt the startup process, the following message appears:
[G]: Get firmware image from TFTP server.
[F]: Format boot device.
[B]: Boot with backup firmware and set as default.
[Q]: Quit menu and continue to boot with default firmware.
[H]: Display this list of options.
Enter G,F,B,Q,or H:
4
Type B to load the backup firmware image.
The FortiGate unit loads the backup firmware image and restarts. When the FortiGate
unit restarts, it is running the backup firmware version and the configuration is set to
factory default.
Switching back to the default firmware image
Use this procedure to switch the FortiGate unit to operating with the backup firmware
image that had been running as the default firmware image. When you switch to this
backup firmware image, the configuration saved with this firmware image is restored.
To switch back to the default firmware image
1
2
Connect to the CLI using the null-modem cable and FortiGate console port.
Enter the following command to restart the FortiGate unit:
execute reboot
As the FortiGate units starts, a series of system startup messages are displayed.
When the following message appears:
Press any key to enter configuration menu.....
......
3
Immediately press any key to interrupt the system startup.
Note: You have only 3 seconds to press any key. If you do not press a key soon enough, the
FortiGate unit reboots and you must log in and repeat the execute rebootcommand.
If you successfully interrupt the startup process, the following message appears:
[G]: Get firmware image from TFTP server.
[F]: Format boot device.
[B]: Boot with backup firmware and set as default.
[Q]: Quit menu and continue to boot with default firmware.
[H]: Display this list of options.
Enter G,F,B,Q,or H:
4
Type B to load the backup firmware image.
The FortiGate unit loads the backup firmware image and restarts. When the FortiGate
unit restarts it is running the backup firmware version with a restored configuration.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installing and using a backup firmware image
System status
46
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide Version 2.80 MR7
System network
System network settings control how the FortiGate unit connects to and interacts with
your network. Basic network settings start with configuring FortiGate interfaces to
connect to your network and configuring the FortiGate DNS settings.
More advanced network settings include adding VLAN subinterfaces and zones to the
FortiGate network configuration.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Interface
In NAT/Route mode, go to System > Network > Interface to configure FortiGate
interfaces and to add and configure VLAN subinterfaces.
Note: Unless stated otherwise, in this section the term interface can refer to a physical
FortiGate interface or to a FortiGate VLAN subinterface.
•
•
For information about VLANs in NAT/Route mode, see “VLANs in NAT/Route
For information about VLANs in Transparent mode, see “VLANs in Transparent
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interface settings
System network
Figure 5: Interface list
Create New
Select Create New to create a VLAN.
Virtual Domain Select a virtual domain to display the interfaces added to this virtual domain.
Only available if you have added a virtual domain.
Name
The names of the physical interfaces available to your FortiGate unit.
Interface names indicate the default function of the interface (For
•
example, internal, dmz1, dmz2, wan1 and wan2)
If you have added VLAN subinterfaces, they also appear in the name list,
below the physical interface that they have been added to. See “VLAN
IP
The current IP address of the interface.
The netmask of the interface.
Netmask
Access
The administrative access configuration for the interface.
Status
The administrative status for the interface.
If the administrative status is a green arrow, the interface is up and can
accept network traffic. If the administrative status is a red arrow, the
interface is administratively down and cannot accept traffic. To change the
administrative status, select Bring Down or Bring Up. For more information,
Delete, edit, and view icons.
Interface settings
Interface settings displays the current configuration of a selected FortiGate interface
or VLAN subinterface. Use interface settings to configure a new VLAN subinterface or
to change the configuration of a FortiGate interface or VLAN subinterface.
48
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System network
Interface settings
Figure 6: Interface settings
See the following procedures for configuring interfaces:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Name
The name of the Interface.
Interface
Select the name of the physical interface to add the VLAN subinterface to. All VLAN
subinterfaces must be associated with a physical interface. Once created, the VLAN is
listed below its physical interface in the Interface list.
VLAN ID
Enter the VLAN ID that matches the VLAN ID of the packets to be received by this
VLAN subinterface. You cannot change the VLAN ID of an existing VLAN
subinterface.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
49
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interface settings
System network
The VLAN ID can be any number between 1 and 4096 and must match the VLAN ID
added by the IEEE 802.1Q-compliant router or switch connected to the VLAN
subinterface.
Virtual Domain
Select a virtual domain to add the interface or VLAN subinterface to this virtual
domain. Virtual domain is only available if you have added a virtual domain.
Addressing mode
Select Manual, DHCP, or PPPoE to set the addressing mode for this interface.
Manual
Select Manual and enter an IP address and netmask for the interface. The IP address
of the interface must be on the same subnet as the network the interface is connecting
to.
Note: Where you can enter both an IP address and a netmask in the same field, you can use
the short form of the netmask. For example, 192.168.1.100/255.255.255.0 can also be entered
as 192.168.1.100/24.
Two interfaces cannot have the same IP address and cannot have IP addresses on
the same subnet.
DHCP
If you configure the interface to use DHCP, the FortiGate unit automatically
broadcasts a DHCP request. You can disable Connect to server if you are configuring
the FortiGate unit offline and you do not want the FortiGate unit to send the DHCP
request.
Distance
Enter the administrative distance for the default gateway retrieved from
the DHCP server. The administrative distance, an integer from 1-255,
specifies the relative priority of a route when there are multiple routes
to the same destination. A lower administrative distance indicates a
more preferred route. The default distance for the default gateway is 1.
Retrieve default
gateway from server
Enable Retrieve default gateway from server to retrieve a default
gateway IP address from the DHCP server. The default gateway is
added to the static routing table.
Override internal DNS Enable Override internal DNS to use the DNS addresses retrieved
from the DHCP server instead of the DNS server IP addresses on the
DNS page.
You should also enable Obtain DNS server address automatically in
Connect to server
Status
Enable Connect to Server so that the interface automatically attempts
to connect to a DHCP server. Disable this option if you are configuring
the interface offline.
Displays DHCP status messages as the FortiGate unit connects to the
DHCP server and gets addressing information. Select Status to refresh
the addressing mode status message.
50
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System network
Interface settings
initializing No activity.
connecting The interface is attempting to connect to the DHCP server.
connected The interface retrieves an IP address, netmask, and other settings
from the DHCP server.
failed
The interface was unable to retrieve an IP address and other
information from the DHCP server.
PPPoE
If you configure the interface to use PPPoE, the FortiGate unit automatically
broadcasts a PPPoE request. You can disable connect to server if you are configuring
the FortiGate unit offline and you do not want the FortiGate unit to send the PPPoE
request.
FortiGate units support many of the PPPoE RFC features (RFC 2516) including
unnumbered IPs, initial discovery timeout that times and PPPoE Active Discovery
Terminate (PADT).
Figure 7: PPPoE settings
User Name
Password
The PPPoE account user name.
The PPPoE account password.
Unnumbered IP Specify the IP address for the interface. If your ISP has assigned you a
block of IP addresses, use one of them. Otherwise, this IP address can be
the same as the IP address of another interface or can be any IP address.
Initial Disc
Timeout
Initial discovery timeout. The time to wait before retrying to start a PPPoE
discovery. Set Initial Disc to 0 to disable.
Initial PADT
timeout
Initial PPPoE Active Discovery Terminate (PADT) timeout in seconds. Use
this timeout to shut down the PPPoE session if it is idle for this number of
seconds. PADT must be supported by your ISP. Set initial PADT timeout to
0 to disable.
Distance
Enter the administrative distance for the default gateway retrieved from the
PPPoE server. The administrative distance, an integer from 1-255,
specifies the relative priority of a route when there are multiple routes to the
same destination. A lower administrative distance indicates a more
preferred route. The default distance for the default gateway is 1.
Retrieve default Enable Retrieve default gateway from server to retrieve a default gateway
IP address from a PPPoE server. The default gateway is added to the static
routing table.
gateway from
server
Override internal Enable Override internal DNS to replace the DNS server IP addresses on
the DNS page with the DNS addresses retrieved from the PPPoE server.
DNS
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
51
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interface settings
System network
Connect to server Enable Connect to Server so that the interface automatically attempts to
connect to a PPPoE server. Disable this option if you are configuring the
interface offline.
Status
Displays PPPoE status messages as the FortiGate unit connects to the
PPPoE server and gets addressing information. Select Status to refresh the
addressing mode status message.
initializing No activity.
connecting The interface is attempting to connect to the PPPoE server.
connected The interface retrieves an IP address, netmask, and other settings from the
PPPoE server.
failed
The interface was unable to retrieve an IP address and other information
from the PPPoE server.
DDNS
Enable or disable updates to a Dynamic DNS (DDNS) service. When the FortiGate
unit has a static domain name and a dynamic public IP address, select DDNS Enable
to force the unit to update the DDNS server each time the address changes. In turn,
the DDNS service updates Internet DNS servers with the new IP address for the
domain.
Dynamic DNS is available only in NAT/Route mode.
Server
Select a DDNS server to use. The client software for these services is built into the
FortiGate firmware. The FortiGate unit can only connect automatically to a DDNS
server for the supported clients.
Domain
The domain name to use for the DDNS service.
Username The user name to use when connecting to the DDNS server.
Password The password to use when connecting to the DDNS server.
Ping server
Add a ping server to an interface if you want the FortiGate unit to confirm connectivity
with the next hop router on the network connected to the interface. Adding a ping
The FortiGate unit uses dead gateway detection to ping the Ping Server IP address to
make sure that the FortiGate unit can connect to this IP address. To configure dead
Administrative access
Configure administrative access to an interface to control how administrators access
the FortiGate unit and the FortiGate interfaces to which administrators can connect.
You can select the following administrative access options:
HTTPS
PING
To allow secure HTTPS connections to the web-based manager through this
interface.
If you want this interface to respond to pings. Use this setting to verify your
installation and for testing.
HTTP
To allow HTTP connections to the web-based manager through this interface.
HTTP connections are not secure and can be intercepted by a third party.
52
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System network
Configuring interfaces
SSH
To allow SSH connections to the CLI through this interface.
SNMP
To allow a remote SNMP manager to request SNMP information by connecting to
TELNET To allow Telnet connections to the CLI through this interface. Telnet connections
are not secure and can be intercepted by a third party.
MTU
To improve network performance, you can change the maximum transmission unit
(MTU) of the packets that the FortiGate unit transmits from any interface. Ideally, this
MTU should be the same as the smallest MTU of all the networks between the
FortiGate unit and the destination of the packets. If the packets that the FortiGate unit
sends are larger, they are broken up or fragmented, which slows down transmission.
Experiment by lowering the MTU to find an MTU size for best network performance.
To change the MTU, select Override default MTU value (1500) and enter the
maximum packet size. For manual and DHCP addressing mode the MTU size can be
from 576 to 1500 bytes. For PPPoE addressing mode the MTU size can be from 576
to 1492 bytes.
Note: In Transparent mode, if you change the MTU of an interface, you must change the MTU
of all interfaces to match the new MTU.
Log
Select Log to record logs for any traffic to or from the interface. To record logs you
must also enable traffic log for a logging location and set the logging severity level to
Notification or lower. Go to Log & Report > Log Config to configure logging locations
Configuring interfaces
Use the following procedures to configure FortiGate interfaces and VLAN
subinterfaces.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
53
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Configuring interfaces
System network
To add a VLAN subinterface
To bring down an interface that is administratively up
You can bring down physical interfaces or VLAN subinterfaces. Bringing down a
physical interface also brings down the VLAN subinterfaces associated with it.
1
2
Go to System > Network > Interface.
The interface list is displayed.
Select Bring Down for the interface that you want to stop.
To start up an interface that is administratively down
You can start up physical interfaces and VLAN subinterfaces. Starting a physical
interface does not start the VLAN subinterfaces added to it.
1
2
Go to System > Network > Interface.
The interface list is displayed.
Select Bring Up for the interface that you want to start.
To add interfaces to a zone
If you have added zones to the FortiGate unit, you can use this procedure to add
page 59. You cannot add an interface to a zone if you have added firewall policies for
the interface. Delete firewall policies for the interface and then add the interface to the
zone.
1
2
3
4
Go to System > Network > Zone.
Choose the zone to add the interface or VLAN subinterface to and select Edit.
Select the names of the interfaces or VLAN subinterfaces to add to the zone.
Select OK to save the changes.
To add an interface to a virtual domain
If you have added virtual domains to the FortiGate unit, you can use this procedure to
add an interface or VLAN subinterface to a virtual domain. To add a virtual domain,
domain if you have added firewall policies for the interface. Delete firewall policies for
the interface and then add the interface to the virtual domain.
1
2
3
Go to System > Network > Interface.
Choose the interface or VLAN subinterface to add to a virtual domain and select Edit.
From the Virtual Domain list, select the virtual domain that you want to add the
interface to.
4
5
Select OK to save the changes.
Repeat these steps to add more interfaces or VLAN subinterfaces to virtual domains.
54
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System network
Configuring interfaces
To change the static IP address of an interface
You can change the static IP address of any FortiGate interface.
Go to System > Network > Interface.
1
2
3
4
5
Choose an interface and select Edit.
Set Addressing Mode to Manual.
Change the IP address and Netmask as required.
Select OK to save your changes.
If you changed the IP address of the interface to which you are connecting to manage
the FortiGate unit, you must reconnect to the web-based manager using the new
interface IP address.
To configure an interface for DHCP
You can configure any FortiGate interface to use DHCP.
Go to System > Network > Interface.
1
2
3
4
Choose an interface and select Edit.
In the Addressing Mode section, select DHCP.
Select the Retrieve default gateway and DNS from server check box if you want the
FortiGate unit to obtain a default gateway IP address and DNS server IP addresses
from the DHCP server.
5
6
Select the Connect to Server check box if you want the FortiGate unit to connect to
the DHCP server.
Select Apply.
The FortiGate unit attempts to contact the DHCP server from the interface to set the
IP address, netmask, and optionally the default gateway IP address, and DNS server
IP addresses.
7
8
Select Status to refresh the addressing mode status message.
Select OK.
To configure an interface for PPPoE
Use this procedure to configure any FortiGate interface to use PPPoE. See “PPPoE”
on page 51 for information on PPPoE settings.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Go to System > Network > Interface.
Choose an interface and select Edit.
In the Addressing Mode section, select PPPoE.
Enter your PPPoE account User Name and Password.
Enter an Unnumbered IP if required by your PPPoE service.
Set the Initial Disc Timeout and Initial PADT Timeout if supported by your ISP.
Select the Retrieve default gateway from server check box if you want the FortiGate
unit to obtain a default gateway IP address from the PPPoE server.
8
Select the Override Internal DNS check box if you want the FortiGate unit to obtain a
DNS server IP address from the PPPoE server.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
55
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Configuring interfaces
System network
9
Select the Connect to Server check box if you want the FortiGate unit to connect to
the PPPoE server.
10
Select Apply.
The FortiGate unit attempts to contact the PPPoE server from the interface to set the
IP address, netmask, and optionally default gateway IP address and DNS server IP
addresses.
11
12
Select Status to refresh the addressing mode status message.
Select OK.
To add a secondary IP address
You can use the CLI to add a secondary IP address to any FortiGate interface. The
secondary IP address cannot be the same as the primary IP address but it can be on
the same subnet.
From the FortiGate CLI, enter the following commands:
config system interface
edit <intf_str>
config secondaryip
edit 0
set ip <second_ip> <netmask_ip>
Optionally, you can also configure management access and add a ping server to the
secondary IP address:
set allowaccess ping https ssh snmp http telnet
set gwdetect enable
Save the changes:
end
To configure support for dynamic DNS services
Go to System > Network > Interface.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Select the interface to the Internet and then select Edit.
Select DDNS Enable.
From the Server list, select one of the supported dynamic DNS services.
In the Domain field, type the fully qualified domain name of the FortiGate unit.
In the Username field, type the user name that the FortiGate unit must send when it
connects to the dynamic DNS server.
7
8
In the Password field, type the associated password.
Select OK.
To add a ping server to an interface
Go to System > Network > Interface.
Choose an interface and select Edit.
1
2
56
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System network
Configuring interfaces
3
Set Ping Server to the IP address of the next hop router on the network connected to
the interface.
4
5
Select the Enable check box.
Select OK to save the changes.
To control administrative access to an interface
For a FortiGate unit running in NAT/Route mode, you can control administrative
access to an interface to control how administrators access the FortiGate unit and the
FortiGate interfaces to which administrators can connect.
Controlling administrative access for an interface connected to the Internet allows
remote administration of the FortiGate unit from any location on the Internet. However,
allowing remote administration from the Internet could compromise the security of
your FortiGate unit. You should avoid allowing administrative access for an interface
connected to the Internet unless this is required for your configuration. To improve the
security of a FortiGate unit that allows remote administration from the Internet:
•
•
•
•
Use secure administrative user passwords,
Change these passwords regularly,
Enable secure administrative access to this interface using only HTTPS or SSH,
1
2
3
4
Go to System > Network > Interface.
Choose an interface and select Edit.
Select the Administrative Access methods for the interface.
Select OK to save the changes.
To change the MTU size of the packets leaving an interface
Go to System > Network > Interface.
Choose an interface and select Edit.
Select Override default MTU value (1500).
Set the MTU size.
1
2
3
4
Note: You cannot set the MTU of a VLAN larger than the MTU of its physical interface. Nor can
you set the MTU of a physical interface smaller than the MTU of any VLAN on that interface.
To configure traffic logging for connections to an interface
Go to System > Network > Interface.
1
2
3
Choose an interface and select Edit.
Select the Log check box to record log messages whenever a firewall policy accepts a
connection to this interface.
4
Select OK to save the changes.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
57
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Zone settings
System network
Zone
You can use zones to group related interfaces and VLAN subinterfaces. Grouping
interfaces and VLAN subinterfaces into zones simplifies policy creation. If you group
interfaces and VLAN subinterfaces into a zone, you can configure policies for
connections to and from this zone, rather than to and from each interface and VLAN
subinterface.
You can add zones, rename and edit zones, and delete zones from the zone list.
When you add a zone, you select the names of the interfaces and VLAN subinterfaces
to add to the zone.
Zones are added to virtual domains. If you have added multiple virtual domains to
your FortiGate configuration, make sure you are configuring the correct virtual domain
before adding or editing zones.
Figure 8: Zone list
Create New
Name
Select Create New to create a zone.
The names of the zones that you have added.
Block intra-zone
traffic
Displays Yes if traffic between interfaces in the same zone is blocked and
No if traffic between interfaces in the same zone is not blocked.
Interface Members The names of the interfaces added to the zone.
Edit/View icons. Select to edit or view a zone.
Delete icon. Select to remove a zone.
Zone settings
Figure 9: Zone options
Name
Enter the name to identify the zone.
Block intra-zone
traffic
Select Block intra-zone traffic to block traffic between interfaces or VLAN
subinterfaces in the same zone.
Interface members Enable check boxes to select the interfaces that are part of this zone.
58
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System network
Zone settings
To add a zone
1
If you have added a virtual domain, go to System > Virtual Domain > Current
Virtual Domain and select the virtual domain to which you want to add the zone.
2
3
4
5
Go to System > Network > Zone.
Select Create New.
In the New Zone dialog box, type a name for the zone.
Select the Block intra-zone traffic check box if you want to block traffic between
interfaces or VLAN subinterfaces in the same zone.
6
7
Select the names of the interfaces or VLAN subinterfaces to add to the zone.
Select OK.
To delete a zone
You can only delete zones that have the Delete icon beside them in the zone list.
1
If you have added a virtual domain, go to System > Virtual Domain > Current
Virtual Domain and select the virtual domain from which to delete the zone.
2
3
4
Go to System > Network > Zone.
Select Delete to remove a zone from the list.
Select OK to delete the zone.
To edit a zone
1
If you have added a virtual domain, go to System > Virtual Domain > Current
Virtual Domain and select the virtual domain in which to edit the zone.
2
3
4
5
6
Go to System > Network > Zone.
Select Edit to modify a zone.
Select or deselect Block intra-zone traffic.
Select the names of the interfaces or VLAN subinterfaces to add to the zone.
Clear the check box for the names of the interfaces or VLAN subinterfaces to remove
from the zone.
7
Select OK.
Management
Configure the management interface in Transparent mode to set the management IP
address of the FortiGate unit. Administrators connect to this IP address to administer
the FortiGate unit. The FortiGate also uses this IP address to connect to the FDN for
You can also configure interfaces to control how administrators connect to the
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
59
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Zone settings
System network
Controlling administrative access to a FortiGate interface connected to the Internet
allows remote administration of the FortiGate unit from any location on the Internet.
However, allowing remote administration from the Internet could compromise the
security of the FortiGate unit. You should avoid allowing administrative access for an
interface connected to the Internet unless this is required for your configuration. To
improve the security of a FortiGate unit that allows remote administration from the
Internet:
•
•
•
•
Use secure administrative user passwords,
Change these passwords regularly,
Enable secure administrative access to this interface using only HTTPS or SSH,
Figure 10: Management
Management Enter the management IP address and netmask. This must be a valid IP
address for the network that you want to manage the FortiGate unit
from.
IP/Netmask
Default
Enter the default gateway address.
Gateway
Management Select the virtual domain from which you want to perform system
management.
Virtual Domain
To configure the management interface
Go to System > Network > Management.
Enter the Management IP/Netmask.
Enter the Default Gateway.
1
2
3
4
5
Select the Management Virtual Domain.
Select Apply.
The FortiGate unit displays the following message:
Management IP address was changed. Click here to redirect.
6
Click on the message to connect to the new Management IP.
60
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System network
Zone settings
DNS
Several FortiGate functions, including Alert E-mail and URL blocking, use DNS. You
can add the IP addresses of the DNS servers to which your FortiGate unit can
connect. DNS server IP addresses are usually supplied by your ISP.
You can configure primary and secondary DNS server addresses, or you can
configure the FortiGate unit to obtain DNS server addresses automatically. To obtain
addresses automatically, at least one interface must use the DHCP or PPPoE
If you enable DNS Forwarding on an interface, hosts on the attached network can use
the interface IP address as their DNS server. DNS requests sent to the interface are
forwarded to the DNS server addresses you configured or that the FortiGate unit
obtained automatically.
Figure 11: DNS
Obtain DNS server
address automatically
When DHCP is used on an interface, also obtain the DNS server IP
address. Available only in NAT/Route mode. You should also enable
Override internal DNS in the DHCP settings of the interface. See
Primary DNS Server
Enter the primary DNS server IP address.
Secondary DNS Server Enter the secondary DNS server IP address.
Enable DNS
forwarding from
Enable the check boxes of the interfaces to which DNS Forwarding
applies. Available only in NAT/Route mode.
To add DNS server IP addresses
1
2
3
Go to System > Network > DNS.
Change the primary and secondary DNS server IP addresses as required.
Select Apply to save the changes.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
61
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Routing table list
System network
Routing table (Transparent Mode)
In Transparent mode, you can configure routing to add static routes from the FortiGate
unit to local routers.
Routing table list
Figure 12: Routing table
Create New Select Create New to add a new route.
#
Route number.
IP
The destination IP address for this route.
The netmask for this route.
Mask
Gateway
Distance
The IP address of the next hop router to which this route directs traffic.
The the relative preferability of this route. 1 is most preferred.
Delete icon. Select to remove a route.
View/edit icon. Select to view or edit a route.
Move To icon. Select to change the order of a route in the list.
Transparent mode route settings
Figure 13: Transparent mode route options
Destination IP Enter the destination IP address and netmask for this route.
/Mask
Gateway
Distance
Enter the IP address of the next hop router to which this route directs traffic
The the relative preferability of this route. 1 is most preferred.
To add a Transparent mode route
1
2
3
Go to System > Network > Routing Table.
Select Create New to add a new route.
Set the Destination IP and Mask to 0.0.0.0.
For the default route, set the Destination IP and Mask to 0.0.0.0.
Note: Only one default route can be active at a time. If two default routes are added to the
routing table, only the default route closest to the top of the routing table is active.
62
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System network
Transparent mode route settings
4
5
Set Gateway to the IP address of the next hop routing gateway.
For an Internet connection, the next hop routing gateway routes traffic to the Internet.
Select OK to save the route.
VLAN overview
A VLAN is group of PCs, servers, and other network devices that communicate as if
they were on the same LAN segment, even though they may not be. For example, the
workstations and servers for an accounting department could be scattered throughout
an office, connected to numerous network segments, but they can still belong to the
same VLAN.
A VLAN segregates devices logically instead of physically. Each VLAN is treated as a
broadcast domain. Devices in VLAN 1 can connect with other devices in VLAN 1, but
cannot connect with devices in other VLANs. The communication among devices on a
VLAN is independent of the physical network.
A VLAN segregates devices by adding 802.1Q VLAN tags to all of the packets sent
and received by the devices in the VLAN. VLAN tags are 4-byte frame extensions that
contain a VLAN identifier as well as other information.
VLANs allow highly flexible, efficient network segmentation, enabling users and
resources to be grouped logically, regardless of physical locations.
Figure 14: Basic VLAN topology
Internet
Untagged
packets
Firewall or
Router
Esc
Enter
VLAN trunk
VLAN 1
VLAN 2
POWER
VLAN Switch or router
VLAN 2
VLAN 1
VLAN 1 network
VLAN 2 network
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
63
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGate units and VLANs
System network
FortiGate units and VLANs
In a typical VLAN configuration, 802.1Q-compliant VLAN layer-2 switches or layer-3
routers or firewalls add VLAN tags to packets. Packets passing between devices in
the same VLAN can be handled by layer 2 switches. Packets passing between
devices in different VLANs must be handled by a layer 3 device such as router,
firewall, or layer 3 switch.
Using VLANs, a single FortiGate unit can provide security services and control
connections between multiple security domains. Traffic from each security domain is
given a different VLAN ID. The FortiGate unit can recognize VLAN IDs and apply
security policies to secure network and IPSec VPN traffic between security domains.
The FortiGate unit can also apply authentication, protection profiles, and other firewall
policy features for network and VPN traffic that is allowed to pass between security
domains.
VLANs in NAT/Route mode
Operating in NAT/Route mode, the FortiGate unit functions as a layer 3 device to
control the flow of packets between VLANs. The FortiGate unit can also remove VLAN
tags from incoming VLAN packets and forward untagged packets to other networks,
such as the Internet.
In NAT/Route mode, the FortiGate units support VLANs for constructing VLAN trunks
between an IEEE 802.1Q-compliant switch (or router) and the FortiGate unit. Normally
the FortiGate unit internal interface connects to a VLAN trunk on an internal switch,
and the external interface connects to an upstream Internet router untagged. The
FortiGate unit can then apply different policies for traffic on each VLAN that connects
to the internal interface.
In this configuration, you add VLAN subinterfaces to the FortiGate internal interface
that have VLAN IDs that match the VLAN IDs of packets in the VLAN trunk. The
FortiGate unit directs packets with VLAN IDs, to subinterfaces with matching VLAN
IDs.
You can also define VLAN subinterfaces on all FortiGate interfaces. The FortiGate
unit can add VLAN tags to packets leaving a VLAN subinterface or remove VLAN tags
from incoming packets and add a different VLAN tags to outgoing packets.
Rules for VLAN IDs
In NAT/Route mode, two VLAN subinterfaces added to the same physical interface
cannot have the same VLAN ID. However, you can add two or more VLAN
subinterfaces with the same VLAN IDs to different physical interfaces. There is no
internal connection or link between two VLAN subinterfaces with same VLAN ID. Their
relationship is the same as the relationship between any two FortiGate network
interfaces.
Rules for VLAN IP addresses
IP addresses of all FortiGate interfaces cannot overlap. That is, the IP addresses of all
interfaces must be on different subnets. This rule applies to both physical interfaces
and to VLAN subinterfaces.
64
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System network
Adding VLAN subinterfaces
Note: If you are unable to change your existing configurations to prevent IP overlap, enter the
CLI command config system globaland set ip-overlap enableto allow IP address
overlap. If you enter this command, multiple VLAN interfaces can have an IP address that is
part of a subnet used by another interface. This command is recommended for advanced users
only.
Figure 15 shows a simplified NAT/Route mode VLAN configuration. In this example,
FortiGate internal interface connects to a VLAN switch using an 802.1Q trunk and is
configured with two VLAN subinterfaces (VLAN 100 and VLAN 200). The external
interface connects to the Internet. The external interface is not configured with VLAN
subinterfaces.
When the VLAN switch receives packets from VLAN 100 and VLAN 200, it applies
VLAN tags and forwards the packets to local ports and across the trunk to the
FortiGate unit. The FortiGate unit is configured with policies that allow traffic to flow
between the VLANs and from the VLANs to the external network.
Figure 15: FortiGate unit in Nat/Route mode
VLAN switch
FortiGate
Esc
Enter
POWER
Internal
192.168.110.126
External
172.16.21.2
Fa0/3
Fa0/9
Fa0/24
802.1Q Trunk
VLAN 100
VLAN 200
VLAN 100 network
10.1.1.0
VLAN 200 network
10.1.2.0
Internet
10.1.1.2
10.1.2.2
Adding VLAN subinterfaces
The VLAN ID of each VLAN subinterface must match the VLAN ID added by the IEEE
802.1Q-compliant router. The VLAN ID can be any number between 1 and 4096.
Each VLAN subinterface must also be configured with its own IP address and
netmask.
Note: A VLAN must not have the same name as a virtual domain or zone.
You add VLAN subinterfaces to the physical interface that receives VLAN-tagged
packets.
To add a VLAN subinterface in NAT/Route mode
Go to System > Network > Interface.
1
2
3
4
Select Create New to add a VLAN subinterface.
Enter a Name to identify the VLAN subinterface.
Select the physical interface that receives the VLAN packets intended for this VLAN
subinterface.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
65
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Adding VLAN subinterfaces
System network
5
6
Enter the VLAN ID that matches the VLAN ID of the packets to be received by this
VLAN subinterface.
Select the virtual domain to which to add this VLAN subinterface.
7
Select the name of a zone if you want this VLAN subinterface to belong to a zone.
You can only select a zone that has been added to the virtual domain selected in the
8
9
Configure the VLAN subinterface settings as you would for any FortiGate interface.
Select OK to save your changes.
The FortiGate unit adds the new VLAN subinterface to the interface that you selected
in step 4.
To add firewall policies for VLAN subinterfaces
Once you have added VLAN subinterfaces you can add firewall policies for
connections between VLAN subinterfaces or from a VLAN subinterface to a physical
interface.
1
2
Go to Firewall > Address.
Select Create New to add firewall addresses that match the source and destination IP
addresses of VLAN packets.
3
4
Go to Firewall > Policy.
Add firewall policies as required.
VLANs in Transparent mode
In Transparent mode, the FortiGate unit can apply firewall policies and services, such
as authentication, protection profiles, and other firewall features, to traffic on an IEEE
802.1 VLAN trunk. You can insert the FortiGate unit operating in Transparent mode
into the trunk without making changes to your network. In a typical configuration, the
FortiGate internal interface accepts VLAN packets on a VLAN trunk from a VLAN
switch or router connected to internal VLANs. The FortiGate external interface
forwards tagged packets through the trunk to an external VLAN switch or router which
could be connected to the Internet. The FortiGate unit can be configured to apply
different policies for traffic on each VLAN in the trunk.
For VLAN traffic to be able to pass between the FortiGate Internal and external
interface you would add a VLAN subinterface to the internal interface and another
VLAN subinterface to the external interface. If these VLAN subinterfaces have the
same VLAN IDs, the FortiGate unit applies firewall policies to the traffic on this VLAN.
If these VLAN subinterfaces have different VLAN IDs, or if you add more than two
VLAN subinterfaces, you can also use firewall policies to control connections between
VLANs.
66
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System network
Adding VLAN subinterfaces
If the network uses IEEE 802.1 VLAN tags to segment your network traffic, you can
configure a FortiGate unit operating in Transparent mode to provide security for
network traffic passing between different VLANs. To support VLAN traffic in
Transparent mode, you add virtual domains to the FortiGate unit configuration. A
virtual domain consists of two or more VLAN subinterfaces or zones. In a virtual
domain, a zone can contain one or more VLAN subinterfaces.
When the FortiGate unit receives a VLAN tagged packet at an interface, the packet is
directed to the VLAN subinterface with matching VLAN ID. The VLAN subinterface
removes the VLAN tag and assigns a destination interface to the packet based on its
destination MAC address. The firewall policies for this source and destination VLAN
subinterface pair are applied to the packet. If the packet is accepted by the firewall,
the FortiGate unit forwards the packet to the destination VLAN subinterface. The
destination VLAN ID is added to the packet by the FortiGate unit and the packet is
sent to the VLAN trunk.
Figure 16: FortiGate unit with two virtual domains in Transparent mode
VLAN Switch or router
FortiGate unit
VLAN1
External
VLAN1
root virtual domain
VLAN1
Internal
VLAN1
VLAN2
VLAN3
VLAN2
VLAN3
VLAN1
VLAN Switch
or router
Internet
VLAN2
VLAN3
VLAN trunk
New virtual domain
VLAN2
VLAN3
VLAN trunk
VLAN2
VLAN3
Figure 17 shows a FortiGate unit operating in Transparent mode and configured with
three VLAN subinterfaces. In this configuration the FortiGate unit could be added to
this network to provide virus scanning, web content filtering, and other services to
each VLAN.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
67
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Rules for VLAN IDs
System network
Figure 17: FortiGate unit in Transparent mode
VLAN 1
VLAN 2
VLAN 3
VLAN ID = 100
VLAN ID = 200
VLAN ID = 300
POWER
VLAN
switch
VLAN 1
VLAN 2
VLAN 3
VLAN
Trunk
FortiGate unit
operating in
Transparent mode
Internal
Esc
Enter
External
VLAN 1
VLAN 2
VLAN 3
VLAN
Trunk
VLAN
switch
POWER
Untagged
packets
Router
Internet
Rules for VLAN IDs
In Transparent mode two VLAN subinterfaces added to the same physical interface
cannot have the same VLAN ID. However, you can add two or more VLAN
subinterfaces with the same VLAN IDs to different physical interfaces. There is no
internal connection or link between two VLAN subinterfaces with same VLAN ID. Their
relationship is the same as the relationship between any two FortiGate network
interfaces.
Transparent mode virtual domains and VLANs
VLAN subinterfaces are added to and associated with virtual domains. By default the
FortiGate configuration includes one virtual domain, named root, and you can add as
many VLAN subinterfaces as you require to this virtual domain.
You can add more virtual domains if you want to separate groups of VLAN
subinterfaces into virtual domains. For information on adding and configuring virtual
domains, see “System virtual domain” on page 131
68
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System network
Transparent mode VLAN list
Transparent mode VLAN list
In Transparent mode, go to System > Network > Interface to add VLAN
subinterfaces.
Figure 18: Sample Transparent mode VLAN list
Create New
Select Create New to add a VLAN subinterface to a FortiGate interface.
Virtual Domain Select a virtual domain to display the VLAN interfaces added to this virtual
domain.
Name
The name of the interface or VLAN subinterface.
Access
Status
The administrative status for the interface.
If the administrative status is a green arrow, the interface is up and can accept
network traffic. If the administrative status is a red arrow, the interface is
administratively down and cannot accept traffic. To change the administrative
Delete icon. Select to delete a VLAN subinterface.
View/Edit icon. Select to view or edit an interface or VLAN subinterface.
Transparent mode VLAN settings
VLAN settings displays the current configuration of a selected FortiGate interface or
VLAN subinterface. Use VLAN settings to configure a new VLAN subinterface or to
change the configuration of a FortiGate interface or VLAN subinterface.
Figure 19: VLAN settings
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
69
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Transparent mode VLAN settings
System network
To add a VLAN subinterface in Transparent mode
The VLAN ID of each VLAN subinterface must match the VLAN ID added by the IEEE
802.1Q-compliant router or switch. The VLAN ID can be any number between 1 and
4096. You add VLAN subinterfaces to the physical interface that receives VLAN-
tagged packets.
Note: A VLAN must not have the same name as a virtual domain or zone.
1
2
3
4
Go to System > Network > Interface.
Select Create New to add a VLAN subinterface.
Enter a Name to identify the VLAN subinterface.
Select the physical interface that receives the VLAN packets intended for this VLAN
subinterface.
5
6
Enter the VLAN ID that matches the VLAN ID of the packets to be received by this
VLAN subinterface.
Select the virtual domain to which to add this VLAN subinterface.
7
Enable or disable using a Dynamic DNS service (DDNS). If the FortiGate unit uses a
dynamic IP address, you can arrange with a DDNS service provider to use a domain
name to provide redirection of traffic to your network whenever the IP address
changes.
8
Configure the administrative access, MTU, and log settings as you would for any
FortiGate interface.
9
Select OK to save your changes.
The FortiGate unit adds the new subinterface to the interface that you selected.
10
Select Bring up to start the VLAN subinterface.
To add firewall policies for VLAN subinterfaces
Once you have added VLAN subinterfaces you can add firewall policies for
connections between VLAN subinterfaces or from a VLAN subinterface to a physical
interface.
1
2
Go to Firewall > Address.
Select Create New to add firewall addresses that match the source and destination IP
addresses of VLAN packets.
3
4
Go to Firewall > Policy.
Add firewall policies as required.
70
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System network
Transparent mode VLAN settings
FortiGate IPv6 support
You can assign both an IPv4 and an IPv6 address to any interface on a FortiGate unit.
The interface functions as two interfaces, one for IPv4-addressed packets and
another for IPv6-addressed packets.
FortiGate units support static routing, periodic router advertisements, and tunneling of
IPv6-addressed traffic over an IPv4-addressed network. All of these features must be
configured through the Command Line Interface (CLI). See the FortiGate CLI
Reference Guide for information on the following commands:
Table 2: IPv6 CLI commands
Feature
CLI Command
Interface configuration, including periodic config system interface
router advertisements
See the keywords beginning with “ip6”.
config ip6-prefix-list
Static routing
IPv6 tunneling
config router static6
config system ipv6_tunnel
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
71
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Transparent mode VLAN settings
System network
72
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide Version 2.80 MR7
System DHCP
You can configure DHCP server or DHCP relay agent functionality on any FortiGate
interface or VLAN subinterface.
A FortiGate interface can act as either a DHCP server or as a DHCP relay agent. An
interface cannot provide both functions at the same time.
Note: To configure DHCP server or DHCP relay functionality on an interface, the FortiGate unit
must be in NAT/Route mode and the interface must have a static IP address.
This section describes:
•
•
•
•
•
Service
Go to System > DHCP > Service to configure the DHCP service provided by each
FortiGate interface. You can configure each interface to be a DHCP relay or a DHCP
server or you can turn off DHCP services.
Figure 20: DHCP service list
Interface
Service
List of FortiGate interfaces.
The DHCP service provided by the interface (none, DHCP Relay, or DHCP
Server).
Edit/View icon. Select to view or modify the DHCP service configuration for
an interface.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
73
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
DHCP service settings
System DHCP
DHCP service settings
Go to System > DHCP > Service and select an edit or view icon to view to modify the
DHCP service configuration for an interface.
Figure 21: View or edit DHCP service settings for an interface
Interface
None
The name of the interface.
No DHCP services provided by the interface.
DHCP Relay Agent Select to configure the interface to be a DHCP relay agent.
Type
Select the type of DHCP relay agent.
Regular
IPSEC
Configure the interface to be a DHCP relay agent for computers on the
Configure the interface to be a DHCP relay agent only for remote VPN
clients with an IPSec VPN connection to this interface that uses DHCP
over IPSec.
DHCP Server IP
DHCP Server
If you select DHCP Relay Agent, enter the IP address of the DHCP server
used by the computers on the network connected to the interface.
Select DHCP Server if you want the FortiGate unit to be the DHCP server.
To configure an interface as a regular DHCP relay agent
In a DHCP relay configuration, the FortiGate interface configured for DHCP relay
forwards DHCP requests from DHCP clients through the FortiGate unit to a DHCP
server. The FortiGate unit also returns responses from the DHCP server to the DHCP
clients. The DHCP server must have a route to the FortiGate unit that is configured as
the DHCP relay so that the packets sent by the DHCP server to the DHCP client arrive
at the FortiGate performing DHCP relay.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Go to System > DHCP > Service.
Select Edit for the interface that you want to be a DHCP relay agent.
Select DHCP Relay Agent.
Set type to Regular.
Enter the DHCP Server IP address.
Select OK.
74
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System DHCP
DHCP service settings
To configure an interface to be a DHCP server
You can configure a DHCP server for any FortiGate interface. As a DHCP server, the
interface dynamically assigns IP addresses to hosts on the network connected to the
interface. You can also configure a DHCP server for more than one FortiGate
interface.
1
2
3
4
5
Go to System > DHCP > Service.
Select Edit beside the interface to which you want to add a DHCP server.
Select DHCP Server.
Select OK.
Add a DHCP server configuration for this interface.
Server
You can configure one or more DHCP servers for any FortiGate interface. As a DHCP
server, the interface dynamically assigns IP addresses to hosts on a network
connected to the interface.
You can add more than one DHCP server to a single interface to be able to provide
Figure 22: DHCP Server list
Create New
Name
Add a new DHCP server.
Name of the DHCP server.
Interface
The interface for which the DHCP server is configured.
The DHCP server configuration default gateway
Delete a DHCP server configuration.
View or modify a DHCP server configuration.
Default Gateway
Delete
Edit/View icon
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
75
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
DHCP server settings
System DHCP
DHCP server settings
Figure 23: Server options
Name
Enter a name for the DHCP server configuration.
Interface
Domain
Select the interface for which to configure the DHCP server.
Enter the domain that the DHCP server assigns to DHCP clients.
Default Gateway
Enter the IP address of the default gateway that the DHCP server
assigns to DHCP clients.
IP Range
Enter the starting IP and ending IP for the range of IP addresses that this
DHCP server assigns to DHCP clients.
Network Mask
Lease Time
Enter the netmask that the DHCP server assigns to DHCP clients.
Select Unlimited for an unlimited lease time or enter the interval in days,
hours, and minutes after which a DHCP client must ask the DHCP server
for new settings. The lease time can range from 5 minutes to 100 days.
DNS Server
WINS Server
Option
Enter the IP addresses of up to 3 DNS servers that the DHCP server
assigns to DHCP clients.
Add the IP addresses of one or two WINS servers that the DHCP server
assigns to DHCP clients.
Up to three custom DHCP options that can be sent by the DHCP server.
Code is the DHCP option code in the range 1 to 255. Option is an even
number of hexadecimal characters and is not required for some option
codes. For detailed information about DHCP options, see RFC 2132,
DHCP Options and BOOTP Vendor Extensions.
To configure a DHCP server for an interface
an interface to be a DHCP server” on page 75), you must configure a DHCP server for
the interface.
1
2
Go to System > DHCP > Server.
Select Create New.
76
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System DHCP
DHCP server settings
3
4
5
Add a name for the DHCP server.
Select the interface
Configure the DHCP server.
The IP range must match the subnet address of the network from which the DHCP
request was received. Usually this would be the subnet connected to the interface for
which you are added the DHCP server.
6
Select OK to save the DHCP server configuration.
To configure multiple DHCP servers for an interface
If an interface is connected to a network that includes routers connected to different
subnets, you can:
1
Configure computers on the subnets to get their IP configuration using DHCP.
The IP range of each DHCP server must match the subnet addresses.
2
3
Configure the routers for DHCP relay.
Add multiple DHCP servers to the interface, one for each subnet.
When a computer on one of the connected subnets sends a DHCP request it is
relayed to the FortiGate interface by the router, using DHCP relay. The FortiGate unit
selects the DHCP server configuration with an IP range that matches the subnet
address from which the DHCP request was received and uses this DHCP server to
assign an IP configuration to the computer that made the DHCP request. The DHCP
configuration packets are sent back to the router and the router relays them to the
DHCP client.
Exclude range
Add up to 16 exclude ranges of IP addresses that FortiGate DHCP servers cannot
assign to DHCP clients. Exclude ranges apply to all FortiGate DHCP servers.
Figure 24: Exclude range list
Create New
#
Select Create New to add an exclude range.
The ID number of each exclude range. ID numbers are assigned
sequentially by the web-based manager. When you add or edit exclude
ranges from the CLI you must specify the ID number.
Starting IP
Ending IP
Delete
The starting IP of the exclude range.
The ending IP of the exclude range.
Delete an exclude range.
Edit/View icon
View or modify an exclude range.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
77
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
DHCP exclude range settings
System DHCP
DHCP exclude range settings
The range cannot exceed 65536 IP addresses.
Figure 25: Exclude range settings
Starting IP
Ending IP
Enter the starting IP of an exclude range.
Enter the ending IP of an exclude range.
To add an exclusion range
1
2
3
4
Go to System > DHCP > Exclude Range.
Select Create New.
Add the starting IP and ending IP.
Select OK to save the exclusion range.
IP/MAC binding
If you have added DHCP servers, you can use DHCP IP/MAC binding to reserve an
IP address for a particular device on the network according to the MAC address of the
device. When you add the MAC address and an IP address to the IP/MAC binding list,
the DHCP server always assigns this IP address to the MAC address. IP/MAC binding
pairs apply to all FortiGate DHCP servers.
Figure 26: IP/MAC binding list
Create New
Select Create New to add a DHCP IP/MAC binding pair.
The name for the IP and MAC address pair.
Name
IP Address
The IP address for the IP and MAC address pair. The IP address must be
within the configured IP range.
MAC Address The MAC address of the device.
Delete icon. Delete an IP/MAC binding pair.
Edit/View icon. View or modify an IP/MAC binding pair.
78
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System DHCP
DHCP IP/MAC binding settings
DHCP IP/MAC binding settings
Figure 27: IP/MAC binding options
Name
Enter a name for the IP/MAC address pair.
IP Address
Enter the IP address for the IP and MAC address pair. The IP address must
be within the configured IP range.
MAC Address
Enter the MAC address of the device.
To add a DHCP IP/MAC binding pair
Go to System > DHCP > IP/MAC Binding.
Select Create New.
1
2
3
4
5
Add a name for the IP/MAC pair.
Add the IP address and MAC address.
Select OK to save the IP/MAC pair.
Dynamic IP
You can view the list of IP addresses that the DHCP server has assigned, their
corresponding MAC addresses, and the expiry time and date for these addresses.
Interface Select to display its dynamic IP list.
IP
The IP addresses that the DHCP server has assigned.
MAC
Expire
The corresponding MAC addresses for the dynamic IP addresses.
The expiry time and date for the dynamic IP addresses and their corresponding
MAC addresses.
To view the dynamic IP list
1
2
Go to System > DHCP > Dynamic IP.
Select the interface for which you want to view the list.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
79
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
DHCP IP/MAC binding settings
System DHCP
80
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide Version 2.80 MR7
System config
Use the System Config page to make any of the following changes to the FortiGate
system configuration:
•
•
•
•
•
•
System time
Go to System > Config > Time to set the FortiGate system time.
For effective scheduling and logging, the FortiGate system time must be accurate.
You can either manually set the FortiGate system time or you can configure the
FortiGate unit to automatically keep its system time correct by synchronizing with a
Network Time Protocol (NTP) server.
Figure 28: System time
System Time
Refresh
The current FortiGate system date and time.
Select Refresh to update the display of the current FortiGate system date
and time.
Time Zone
Select the current FortiGate system time zone.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
81
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System config
Automatically
adjust clock for
daylight saving
changes
Select the Automatically adjust clock for daylight saving changes check
box if you want the FortiGate system clock to be adjusted automatically
when your time zone changes to daylight saving time and back to
standard time.
Set Time
Select Set Time to set the FortiGate system date and time to the correct
date and time.
Synchronize with Select Synchronize with NTP Server to configure the FortiGate unit to
use NTP to automatically set the system date and time. For more
information about NTP and to find the IP address of an NTP server that
you can use, see http://www.ntp.org.
NTP Server
Server
Enter the IP address or domain name of the NTP server that the
FortiGate unit can use to set its time and date.
Syn Interval
Specify how often the FortiGate unit should synchronize its time with the
NTP server. A typical Syn Interval would be 1440 minutes for the
FortiGate unit to synchronize its time once a day.
To manually set the FortiGate date and time
Go to System > Config > Time.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Select Refresh to display the current FortiGate system date and time.
Select your Time Zone from the list.
Optionally, select Automatically adjust clock for daylight saving changes check box.
Select Set Time and set the FortiGate system date and time.
Set the hour, minute, second, month, day, and year as required.
Select Apply.
To use NTP to set the FortiGate date and time
1
2
Go to System > Config > Time.
Select Synchronize with NTP Server to configure the FortiGate unit to use NTP to
automatically set the system time and date.
3
Enter the IP address or domain name of the NTP server that the FortiGate unit can
use to set its time and date.
4
5
Specify how often the FortiGate unit should synchronize its time with the NTP server.
Select Apply.
Options
Go to System > Config > Options to set the following options:
•
•
•
Timeout settings including the idle timeout and authentication timeout
The language displayed by the web-based manager
Dead gateway detection interval and failover detection
82
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System config
Figure 29: System config options
Idle Timeout
Auth Timeout
Set the idle time out to control the amount of inactive time before the
administrator must log in again. The maximum admintimeoutis 480
minutes (8 hours). To improve security keep the idle timeout at the default
value of 5 minutes.
Set the firewall user authentication timeout to control how long an
authenticated connection can be idle before the user must authenticate
again. The maximum authtimeoutis 480 minutes (8 hours). The
default Auth Timeout is 15 minutes.
Language
Select a language for the web-based manager to use. Choose from
English, Simplified Chinese, Japanese, Korean, or French.
Detection Interval Set the dead gateway detection failover interval. Enter a number in
seconds to specify how often the FortiGate unit pings the target.
Fail-over Detection Set the ping server dead gateway detection failover number. Enter the
number of times that ping fails before the FortiGate unit assumes that the
gateway is no longer functioning.
To set the system idle timeout
Go to System > Config > Options.
For Idle Timeout, type a number in minutes.
Select Apply.
1
2
3
To set the Auth timeout
1
2
3
Go to System > Config > Options.
For Auth Timeout, type a number in minutes.
Select Apply.
To select a language for the web-based manager
Go to System > Config > Options.
1
2
3
From the Languages list, select a language for the web-based manager to use.
Select Apply.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
83
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System config
Note: You should select the language that the management computer operating system uses.
To modify the dead gateway detection settings
Modify dead gateway detection to control how the FortiGate unit confirms connectivity
with a ping server added to an interface configuration. For information about adding a
1
2
Go to System > Config > Options.
For Detection Interval, type a number in seconds to specify how often the FortiGate
unit tests the connection to the ping target.
3
4
For Fail-over Detection, type a number of times that the connection test fails before
the FortiGate unit assumes that the gateway is no longer functioning.
Select Apply.
HA
Fortinet achieves high availability (HA) using redundant hardware and the FortiGate
Clustering Protocol (FGCP). Each FortiGate unit in an HA cluster enforces the same
overall security policy and shares the same configuration settings. You can add up to
32 FortiGate units to an HA cluster. Each FortiGate unit in an HA cluster must be the
same model and must be running the same FortiOS firmware image.
The FortiGate units in the cluster use cluster ethernet interfaces to communicate
cluster session information, synchronize the cluster configuration, synchronize the
cluster routing table, and report individual cluster member status. The units in the
cluster are constantly communicating HA status information to make sure that the
cluster is operating properly. This communication is called the HA heartbeat.
FortiGate HA supports link failover, device failover, and HA heartbeat failover.
Link failover
If one of the links to a FortiGate unit in an HA cluster fails, all functions, all
a
established firewall connections, and all IPSec VPN sessions are maintained
by the other FortiGate units in the HA cluster. For information about link
Device failover If one of the FortiGate units in an HA cluster fails, all functions, all established
firewall connections, and all IPSec VPN sessions are maintained by the other
FortiGate units in the HA cluster.
HA heartbeat You can configure multiple interfaces to be HA heartbeat devices. If an
interface functioning as an HA heartbeat device fails, the HA heartbeat is
transferred to another interface also configured as an HA heartbeat device.
failover
a.HA does not provide session failover for PPPoE, DHCP, PPTP, and L2TP services.
FortiGate units can be configured to operate in active-passive (A-P) or active-active
(A-A) HA mode. Active-active and active-passive clusters can run in either NAT/Route
or Transparent mode.
84
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System config
HA configuration
An active-passive (A-P) HA cluster, also referred to as hot standby HA, consists of a
primary FortiGate unit that processes traffic, and one or more subordinate FortiGate
units. The subordinate FortiGate units are connected to the network and to the
primary FortiGate unit but do not process traffic.
Active-active (A-A) HA load balances network traffic all the FortiGate units in the
cluster. An active-active HA cluster consists of a primary FortiGate unit that processes
traffic and one or more subordinate units that also process traffic. The primary
FortiGate unit uses a load balancing algorithm to distribute virus scanning to all the
FortiGate units in the HA cluster.
By default the FortiGate unit load balances virus scanning among all of the FortiGate
units in the cluster. Using the CLI, you can configure the FortiGate unit to load balance
all network traffic among the FortiGate units in the cluster. See the FortiGate CLI
Reference Guide for more information.
For more information about FortiGate HA and the FGCP, see the FortiGate High
Availability Guide.
HA configuration
Go to System > Config > HA and use the options described below to configure HA.
Figure 30: HA configuration
Standalone Mode
Standalone mode is the default operation mode. If Standalone mode is selected the
FortiGate unit is not operating in HA mode.
Select Standalone Mode if you want to stop a cluster unit from operating in HA mode.
High Availability
Select High Availability to operate the FortiGate unit in HA mode. After selecting High
Availability, complete the remainder of the HA configuration.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
85
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
HA configuration
System config
Cluster Members
When the cluster is operating, you can select Cluster Members to view the status of all
FortiGate units in the cluster. Status information includes the cluster ID, status, up
time, weight, and monitor information. For more information, see “To view the status of
each cluster member” on page 95.
Mode
All members of the HA cluster must be set to the same HA mode.
Active-Active Load balancing and failover HA. Each cluster unit actively processes
connections and monitors the status of the other FortiGate units in the cluster.
The primary FortiGate unit in the cluster controls load balancing among all of
the cluster units.
Active-Passive Failover HA. The primary FortiGate unit in the cluster processes all
connections. All other FortiGate units in the cluster passively monitor the
cluster status and remain synchronized with the primary FortiGate unit.
Group ID
The group ID range is from 0 to 63. All members of the HA cluster must have the
same group ID.
When the FortiGate units in the cluster are switched to HA mode, all of the interfaces
of all of the units in the cluster acquire the same virtual MAC address. This virtual
MAC address is set according to the group ID. Table 3 lists the virtual MAC address
set for each group ID.
Table 3: HA group ID and MAC address
Group ID
MAC Address
0
00-09-0f-06-ff-00
00-09-0f-06-ff-01
00-09-0f-06-ff-02
00-09-0f-06-ff-03
...
1
2
3
…
63
00-09-0f-06-ff-3f
If you have more than one HA cluster on the same network, each cluster should have
a different group ID. If two clusters on the same network have the same group ID, the
duplicate MAC addresses cause addressing conflicts on the network.
Unit Priority
Optionally set the unit priority of the cluster unit. Each cluster unit can have a different
unit priority (the unit priority is not synchronized among cluster members). During HA
negotiation, the unit with the highest unit priority becomes the primary cluster unit. The
unit priority range is 0 to 255. The default unit priority is 128.
86
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System config
HA configuration
You can use the unit priority to control the order in which cluster units become the
primary cluster unit when a cluster unit fails. For example, if you have three
FortiGate-3600s in a cluster you can set the unit priorities as shown in Table 4. Cluster
unit A will always be the primary cluster unit because it has the highest priority. If
cluster unit A fails, cluster unit B becomes the primary cluster unit because cluster unit
B has a higher unit priority than cluster unit C.
Table 4: Example unit priorities for a cluster of three cluster units
Cluster unit
Unit priority
A
B
C
200
100
50
The unit priority is not synchronized to all cluster units. Each cluster unit can have a
different unit priority.
In a functioning cluster, if you change the unit priority of the current primary cluster
unit to a lower priority, when the cluster renegotiates a different cluster unit becomes
the primary cluster unit.
Override Master
Configure a cluster unit to always override the current primary cluster unit and become
the primary cluster unit. Enable override master for the cluster unit that you have given
the highest unit priority. Enabling Override Master means that this cluster unit always
becomes the primary cluster unit.
In a typical FortiGate cluster configuration, the primary unit is selected automatically.
In some situations, you might want to control which unit becomes the primary unit.
You can configure a FortiGate unit as the permanent primary unit by setting a high
unit priority and by selecting override master. With this configuration, the same cluster
unit always becomes the primary cluster unit.
If override master is enabled and the primary cluster unit fails another cluster unit
becomes the primary unit. When the cluster unit with override master enabled rejoins
the cluster it overrides the current primary unit and becomes the new primary unit.
When this override occurs, all communication sessions through the cluster are lost
and must be re-established.
Override master is not synchronized to all cluster units.
In a functioning cluster, if you select override master for a cluster unit the cluster
negotiates and may select a new primary cluster unit.
Password
Enter a password for the HA cluster. The password must be the same for all FortiGate
units in the HA cluster. The maximum password length is 15 characters.
If you have more than one FortiGate HA cluster on the same network, each cluster
should have a different password.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
87
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
HA configuration
System config
Schedule
If you are configuring an active-active cluster, select a load balancing schedule.
None
Hub
No load balancing. Select None when the cluster interfaces are connected
to load balancing switches.
Load balancing if the cluster interfaces are connected to a hub. Traffic is
distributed to cluster units based on the Source IP and Destination IP of the
packet.
Least-
Connection
Least connection load balancing. If the cluster units are connected using
switches, select Least Connection to distribute network traffic to the cluster
unit currently processing the fewest connections.
Round-Robin
Round robin load balancing. If the cluster units are connected using
switches, select Round-Robin to distribute network traffic to the next
available cluster unit.
Weighted
Round-Robin
Weighted round robin load balancing. Similar to round robin, but weighted
values are assigned to each of the units in a cluster based on their capacity
and on how many connections they are currently processing. For example,
the primary unit should have a lower weighted value because it handles
scheduling and forwards traffic. Weighted round robin distributes traffic more
evenly because units that are not processing traffic will be more likely to
receive new connections than units that are very busy.
Random
IP
Random load balancing. If the cluster units are connected using switches,
select Random to randomly distribute traffic to cluster units.
Load balancing according to IP address. If the cluster units are connected
using switches, select IP to distribute traffic to units in a cluster based on the
Source IP and Destination IP of the packet.
IP Port
Load balancing according to IP address and port. If the cluster units are
connected using switches, select IP Port to distribute traffic to units in a
cluster based on the source IP, source port, destination IP, and destination
port of the packet.
Priorities of Heartbeat Device
Enable or disable HA heartbeat communication and set the heartbeat priority for each
interface in the cluster.
By default HA heartbeat communication is set for two interfaces. You can disable HA
heartbeat communication for either of these interfaces or enable HA heartbeat for
other interfaces. In most cases you can maintain the default heartbeat device
configuration as long as you can connect the heartbeat device interfaces together.
To enable HA heartbeat communication for an interface, enter a priority for the
interface. To disable HA heartbeat communication for an interface, delete the priority
for the interface.
The HA heartbeat priority range is 0 to 512. The interface with the highest priority
handles all HA heartbeat traffic. If this interface fails or becomes disconnected, the
interface with the next highest priority handles all HA heartbeat traffic.
The cluster units use the ethernet interfaces configured with HA heartbeat priorities for
HA heartbeat communication. The HA heartbeat communicates cluster session
information, synchronizes the cluster configuration, synchronizes the cluster routing
table, and reports individual cluster member status. The HA heartbeat constantly
communicates HA status information to make sure that the cluster is operating
properly.
88
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System config
HA configuration
You can enable heartbeat communications for physical interfaces, but not for VLAN
subinterfaces.
Enabling the HA heartbeat for more interfaces increases reliability. If an interface fails,
the HA heartbeat can be diverted to another interface.
HA heartbeat traffic can use a considerable amount of network bandwidth. If possible,
enable HA heartbeat traffic on interfaces only used for HA heartbeat traffic or on
interfaces connected to less busy networks.
Table 5: Default heartbeat device configuration
FortiGate model
Default heartbeat device
External
Default priority
FortiGate-100A
50
DMZ 2
100
Change the heartbeat device priorities as required to control the interface that is used
for heartbeat traffic and the interface to which heartbeat traffic reverts if the interface
with the highest heartbeat priority fails or is disconnected.
Setting the heartbeat priority for more interfaces increases the reliability of the cluster.
To optimize bandwidth use, you can route most heartbeat traffic to interfaces that
handle less network traffic. You can also create a failover path by setting heartbeat
priorities so that you can control the order in which interfaces are used for heartbeat
traffic.
The heartbeat priority must be set for at least one cluster interface. If heartbeat
communication is interrupted the cluster stops processing traffic.
Heartbeat device IP addresses
You do not need to assign IP addresses to the heartbeat device interfaces for them to
be able to process heartbeat packets. In HA mode the cluster assigns virtual IP
addresses to the heartbeat device interfaces. The primary cluster unit heartbeat
device interface is assigned the IP address 10.0.0.1 and the subordinate unit is
assigned the IP address 10.0.0.2. A third cluster unit would be assigned the IP
address 10.0.0.3 and so on.
For best results, isolate each heartbeat device on its own network. Heartbeat packets
contain sensitive information about the cluster configuration. Also, heartbeat packets
may use a considerable amount of network bandwidth and it is preferable to isolate
this traffic from your user networks. The extra bandwidth used by heartbeat packets
could also reduce the capacity of the interface to process network traffic.
For most FortiGate models if you do not change the heartbeat device configuration,
you would isolate the HA interfaces of all of the cluster units by connecting them all to
the same switch. If the cluster consists of two FortiGate units you can connect the
heartbeat device interfaces directly using a crossover cable.
HA heartbeat and data traffic are supported on the same FortiGate interface. In
NAT/Route mode, if you decide to use the heartbeat device interfaces for processing
network traffic or for a management connection, you can assign the interface any IP
address. This IP address does not affect the heartbeat traffic. In Transparent mode,
you can connect the interface to your network.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
89
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Configuring an HA cluster
System config
Monitor priorities
Monitor priorities and link failover is not supported for the internal interface.
Enable or disable monitoring a FortiGate interface to verify that the interface is
functioning properly and connected to its network. If a monitored interface fails or is
disconnected from its network the interface leaves the cluster. The cluster reroutes
the traffic being processed by that interface to the same interface of another cluster
unit in the cluster that still has a connection to the network. This other cluster unit
becomes the new primary cluster unit.
If you can re-establish traffic flow through the interface (for example, if you re-connect
a disconnected network cable) the interface rejoins the cluster. If Override Master is
becomes the primary unit in the cluster again.
Note: Only monitor interfaces that are connected to networks.
Note: You can monitor physical interfaces, but not VLAN subinterfaces.
Increase the priority of interfaces connected to higher priority networks or networks
with more traffic. The monitor priority range is 0 to 512.
If a high priority interface on the primary cluster unit fails, one of the other units in the
cluster becomes the new primary unit to provide better service to the high priority
network.
If a low priority interface fails on one cluster unit and a high priority interface fails on
another cluster unit, a unit in the cluster with a working connection to the high priority
interface would, if it becomes necessary to negotiate a new primary unit, be selected
instead of a unit with a working connection to the low priority interface.
Configuring an HA cluster
Use the following procedures to create an HA cluster consisting of two or more
FortiGate units. These procedures describe how to configure each of the FortiGate
units for HA operation and then how to connect the FortiGate units to form a cluster.
Once the cluster is connected you can configure it in the same way as you would
configure a standalone FortiGate unit.
To configure a FortiGate unit for HA operation
Each FortiGate unit in the cluster must have the same HA configuration. Use the
following procedure to configure each FortiGate unit for HA operation.
Note: The following procedure does not include steps for configuring interface heartbeat
devices and interface monitoring. Both of these HA settings should be configured after the
cluster is up and running.
90
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System config
Configuring an HA cluster
Note: The following procedure does not include steps for configuring interface heartbeat
devices and interface monitoring. Interface monitoring should be configured after the cluster is
up and running.
1
2
3
Power on the FortiGate unit to be configured.
Connect to the web-based manager.
Give the FortiGate unit a unique host name.
individual cluster units.
4
5
6
7
Go to System > Config > HA.
Select HA.
Select the HA mode.
Select a Group ID for the cluster.
The Group ID must be the same for all FortiGate units in the HA cluster.
8
9
Optionally change the Unit Priority.
If required, select Override master.
10
11
Enter and confirm a password for the HA cluster.
If you are configuring Active-Active HA, select a schedule.
12
Select Apply.
The FortiGate unit negotiates to establish an HA cluster. When you select apply you
may temporarily lose connectivity with the FortiGate unit as the HA cluster negotiates.
13
14
If you are configuring a NAT/Route mode cluster, power off the FortiGate unit and
then repeat this procedure for all the FortiGate units in the cluster. Once all of the units
are configured, continue with “To connect a FortiGate HA cluster” on page 92.
If you are configuring a Transparent mode cluster, reconnect to the web-based
manager.
You may have to wait a few minutes before you can reconnect.
15
16
Go to System > Status.
Select Change to Transparent Mode and select OK to switch the FortiGate unit to
Transparent mode.
17
18
Power off the FortiGate unit.
Repeat this procedure for all of the FortiGate units in the cluster then continue with “To
connect a FortiGate HA cluster” on page 92.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
91
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Configuring an HA cluster
System config
To connect a FortiGate HA cluster
Use the following procedure to connect a cluster operating in NAT/Route mode or
Transparent mode. Connect the FortiGate units in the cluster to each other and to
your network. You must connect all matching interfaces in the cluster to the same hub
or switch. Then you must connect these interfaces to their networks using the same
hub or switch.
Fortinet recommends using switches for all cluster connections for the best
performance.
The FortiGate units in the cluster use cluster ethernet interfaces to communicate
cluster session information, synchronize the cluster configuration, and report
individual cluster member status. The units in the cluster are constantly
communicating HA status information to make sure that the cluster is operating
properly. This cluster communication is also called the cluster heartbeat.
Inserting an HA cluster into your network temporarily interrupts communications on
the network because new physical connections are being made to route traffic through
the cluster. Also, starting the cluster interrupts network traffic until the individual
FortiGate units in the cluster are functioning and the cluster completes negotiation.
Cluster negotiation normally takes just a few seconds. During system startup and
negotiation all network traffic is dropped.
1
Connect the cluster units.
•
•
•
Connect the internal interfaces of each FortiGate unit to a switch or hub connected
to your internal network.
Connect the WAN1 interfaces of each FortiGate unit to a switch or hub connected
to your external network.
Connect the DMZ2 interfaces of the FortiGate units to the same switch or hub. By
default the DMZ2 interfaces are used for HA heartbeat communication. These
interfaces should be connected together for the HA cluster to function.
•
•
Optionally connect the WAN2 interfaces of each FortiGate unit to a switch or hub
connected a second external network.
Optionally Connect the DMZ1 interfaces of the FortiGate units to another switch or
hub.
92
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System config
Configuring an HA cluster
Figure 31: HA network configuration
Internet
WAN1
Internal
INTERNAL
PWR
STATUS
WAN
1
WAN
2
DMZ
1
DMZ
2
1
2
3
4
LINK 100 LINK 100
LINK 100
LINK 100
LINK 100
LINK 100
LINK 100 LINK 100
A
DMZ 2
Hub or
Switch
Hub or
Switch
DMZ 2
INTERNAL
3
Router
PWR
STATUS
WAN
1
WAN
2
DMZ
1
DMZ
2
1
2
4
LINK 100 LINK 100
LINK 100
LINK 100
LINK 100
LINK 100
LINK 100 LINK 100
A
WAN1
Internal
Internal Network
2
Power on all the FortiGate units in the cluster.
As the units start, they negotiate to choose the primary cluster unit and the
subordinate units. This negotiation occurs with no user intervention and normally just
takes a few seconds.
You can now configure the cluster as if it is a single FortiGate unit.
To add a new unit to a functioning cluster
1
2
Configure the new FortiGate unit for HA operation with the same HA configuration as
the other units in the cluster.
If the cluster is running in Transparent mode, change the operating mode of the new
FortiGate unit to Transparent mode.
3
4
Connect the new FortiGate unit to the cluster.
Power on the new FortiGate unit.
When the unit starts it negotiates to join the cluster. After it joins the cluster, the cluster
synchronizes the new unit configuration with the configuration of the primary unit.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
93
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Managing an HA cluster
System config
To configure weighted-round-robin weights
By default, in active-active HA mode the weighted round-robin schedule assigns the
same weight to each FortiGate unit in the cluster. If you configure a cluster to use the
weighted round-robin schedule, from the CLI you can use config system ha
weightto configure a weight value for each cluster unit. The weight value sets the
maximum number of connections that are sent to a cluster unit before a connection
can be sent to the next cluster unit. You can set weight values to control the number of
connections processed by each cluster unit. For example, you might want to reduce
the number of connections processed by the primary cluster unit by increasing the
weight assigned to the subordinate cluster units.
Weight values are entered as two values; the priority order of the unit in the cluster (in
the range 0 to 31) followed by its weight (also in the range 0 to 31). For example, if you
have a cluster of three FortiGate units, you can enter the following command to
configure the weight values for each unit:
config system ha
set ha weight 0 1 1 3 2 3
end
This command has the following results:
•
•
The first connection is processed by the primary unit (priority 0, weight 1)
The next three connections are processed by the first subordinate unit (priority 1,
weight 3)
•
The next three connections are processed by the second subordinate unit (priority
2, weight 3)
The subordinate units process more connections than the primary unit, and both
subordinate units, on average, process the same number of connections.
Managing an HA cluster
The configurations of all of the FortiGate units in the cluster are synchronized so that
the FortiGate units can function as a cluster. Because of this synchronization, you
manage the HA cluster instead of managing the individual FortiGate units in the
cluster. You manage the cluster by connecting to the web-based manager using any
cluster interface configured for HTTPS administrative access. You can also manage
the cluster by connecting to the CLI using any cluster interface configured for SSH
administrative access.
You can also use SNMP to manage the cluster by configuring a cluster interface for
SNMP administrative access. Using an SNMP manager you can get cluster
configuration information and receive traps. For a list of HA MIB fields, see “HA MIB
You can change the cluster configuration by connecting to the cluster and changing
the configuration of the primary FortiGate unit. The cluster automatically synchronizes
all configuration changes to the subordinate units in the cluster as the changes are
made.
The only configuration change that is not synchronized is the FortiGate host name.
You can give each cluster unit a unique host name to help to identify cluster members.
94
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System config
Managing an HA cluster
You can use the web-based manager to monitor the status and logs of individual
cluster members. See “To view the status of each cluster member” on page 95 and “To
view and manage logs for individual cluster units” on page 96.
You can manage individual cluster units by using SSH to connect to the CLI of the
cluster. From the CLI you can use the execute ha managecommand to connect to
the CLI of each unit in the cluster. You can also manage individual cluster units by
using a null-modem cable to connect to the primary cluster unit. From there you can
also use the execute ha managecommand to connect to the CLI of each unit in the
cluster. See “To manage individual cluster units” on page 97 for more information.
To view the status of each cluster member
Connect to the cluster and log into the web-based manager.
Go to System > Config > HA.
1
2
3
Select Cluster Members.
A list of cluster members appears. The list includes the cluster ID of each cluster
member as well as status information for each cluster member.
Figure 32: Example cluster members list (active-active cluster)
Refresh every
Go
Select to control how often the web-based manager updates the system
status display.
Select to set the selected refresh interval.
Back to HA
Close the cluster members list and return to the HA configuration page.
configuration page
Cluster ID
Use the cluster ID to identify each FortiGate unit in the cluster. The
cluster ID matches the FortiGate unit serial number.
Status
Indicates the status of each cluster unit. A green check mark indicates
that the cluster unit is operating normally. A red X indicates that the
cluster unit cannot communicate with the primary unit.
Up Time
Monitor
The time in days, hours, minutes, and seconds since the cluster unit was
last started.
Displays system status information for each cluster unit.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
95
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Managing an HA cluster
System config
CPU Usage
The current CPU status of each cluster unit. The web-based manager
displays CPU usage for core processes only. CPU usage for
management processes (for example, for HTTPS connections to the
web-based manager) is excluded.
Memory Usage
The current memory status of each cluster unit. The web-based manager
displays memory usage for core processes only. Memory usage for
management processes (for example, for HTTPS connections to the
web-based manager) is excluded.
Active Sessions
Total Packets
The number of communications sessions being processed by the each
cluster unit.
The number of packets that have been processed by the cluster unit
since it last started up.
Virus Detected
The number of viruses detected by the cluster unit.
Network Utilization The total network bandwidth being used by all of the cluster unit
interfaces.
Total Bytes
The number of bytes that have been processed by the cluster unit since it
last started up.
Intrusion Detected The number of intrusions or attacks detected by the cluster unit.
To view and manage logs for individual cluster units
Connect to the cluster and log into the web-based manager.
Go to Log&Report > Log Access.
1
2
The Traffic log, Event log, Attack log, Antivirus log, Web Filter log, and Email Filter log
for the primary unit are displayed.
The HA Cluster pull-down list displays the serial number of the FortiGate unit for which
logs are displayed.
3
Select the serial number of one of the FortiGate units in the cluster to display the logs
for that FortiGate unit.
You can view, search and manage logs saved to memory or logs saved to the hard
disk, depending on the configuration of the cluster unit.
To monitor cluster units for failover
If the primary unit in the cluster fails, the units in the cluster renegotiate to select a new
primary unit. Failure of the primary unit results in the following:
•
If SNMP is enabled, the new primary FortiGate unit sends the trap message “HA
switch”. This trap indicates that the primary unit in an HA cluster has failed and has
been replaced with a new primary unit.
•
The cluster contains fewer FortiGate units. The failed primary unit no longer
appears on the Cluster Members list.
•
•
The host name and serial number of the primary cluster unit changes.
The new primary unit logs the following messages to the event log:
HA slave became master
Detected HA member dead
96
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System config
Managing an HA cluster
If a subordinate unit fails, the cluster continues to function normally. Failure of a
subordinate unit results in the following:
•
The cluster contains fewer FortiGate units. The failed unit no longer appears on the
Cluster Members list.
•
The master unit logs the following message to the event log:
Detected HA member dead
To manage individual cluster units
This procedure describes how to log into the primary unit CLI and from there to
connect to the CLI of subordinate cluster units. You log into the subordinate unit using
the ha_admin administrator account. This built-in administrator account gives you
read and write permission on the subordinate unit.
1
2
3
Use SSH to connect to the cluster and log into the CLI.
Connect to any cluster interface configured for SSH administrative access to log into
the cluster.
You can also use a direct cable connection to log into the primary unit CLI. To do this
you must know which unit is the primary unit.
Enter the following command followed by a space and type a question mark (?):
execute ha manage
The CLI displays a list of all the subordinate units in the cluster. Each cluster unit is
numbered, starting at 1. The information displayed for each cluster unit includes the
unit serial number and the host name of the unit.
Complete the command with the number of the subordinate unit to log into. For
example, to log into subordinate unit 1, enter the following command:
execute ha manage 1
Press Enter to connect to and log into the CLI of the selected subordinate unit. If this
subordinate unit has a different host name, the CLI prompt changes to this host name.
You can use CLI commands to manage this subordinate unit.
4
Enter the following command to return to the primary unit CLI:
exit
You can use the execute ha managecommand to log into the CLI of any of the
other subordinate units in the cluster.
SNMP
You can configure the FortiGate SNMP agent to report system information and send
traps (alarms or event messages) to SNMP managers. Using an SNMP manager, you
can access SNMP traps and data from any FortiGate interface or VLAN subinterface
configured for SNMP management access.
The FortiGate SNMP implementation is read-only. SNMP v1 and v2c compliant SNMP
managers have read-only access to FortiGate system information and can receive
FortiGate traps. To monitor FortiGate system information and receive FortiGate traps
you must compile Fortinet proprietary MIBs as well as Fortinet-supported standard
MIBs into your SNMP manager.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
97
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Configuring SNMP
System config
RFC support includes support for most of RFC 2665 (Ethernet-like MIB) and most of
This section describes:
•
•
•
•
•
Configuring SNMP
Go to System > Config > SNMP v1/v2c to configure the SNMP agent.
Figure 33: Configuring SNMP
SNMP Agent
Description
Enable the FortiGate SNMP agent.
Enter descriptive information about the FortiGate unit. The description
can be up to 35 characters long.
Location
Contact
Enter the physical location of the FortiGate unit. The system location
description can be up to 35 characters long.
Enter the contact information for the person responsible for this FortiGate
unit. The contact information can be up to 35 characters long.
Apply
Save changes made to the description, location, and contact information.
Select Create New to add a new SNMP community.
Create New
Communities
The list of SNMP communities added to the FortiGate configuration. You
can add up to 3 communities.
Name
The name of the SNMP community.
Queries
The status of SNMP queries for each SNMP community. The query
status can be enabled or disabled.
Traps
The status of SNMP traps for each SNMP community. The trap status
can be enabled or disabled.
Enable
Select Enable to activate an SNMP community.
Select Delete to remove an SNMP community.
View or modify an SNMP community.
Delete icon
Edit/View icon
98
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System config
SNMP community
SNMP community
An SNMP community is a grouping of equipment for network administration purposes.
Add SNMP communities so that SNMP managers can connect to the FortiGate unit to
view system information and receive SNMP traps. You can add up to three SNMP
communities. Each community can have a different configuration for SNMP queries
and traps. Each community can be configured to monitor the FortiGate unit for a
different set of events. You can also add the IP addresses of up to 8 SNMP managers
to each community.
Figure 34: SNMP community options (part 1)
Figure 35: SNMP community options (part 2)
Community Name Enter a name to identify the SNMP community.
Hosts
Identify the SNMP managers that can use the settings in this SNMP
community to monitor the FortiGate unit.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
99
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SNMP community
System config
IP Address
Interface
The IP address of an SNMP manager than can use the settings in this
SNMP community to monitor the FortiGate unit. You can also set the IP
address to 0.0.0.0 to so that any SNMP manager can use this SNMP
community.
Optionally select the name of the interface that this SNMP manager uses
to connect to the FortiGate unit. You only have to select the interface if
the SNMP manager is not on the same subnet as the FortiGate unit. This
can occur if the SNMP manager is on the Internet or behind a router.
Add
Select Add to add more SNMP managers. You can add up to 8 SNMP
managers to a single community. Select the Delete icon to remove an
SNMP manager.
Queries
Enter the Port number (161 by default) that the SNMP managers in this
community use for SNMP v1 and SNMP v2c queries to receive
configuration information from the FortiGate unit. Select the Enable
check box to activate queries for each SNMP version.
Traps
Enter the Local and Remote port numbers (162 by default) that the
FortiGate unit uses to send SNMP v1 and SNMP v2c traps to the SNMP
managers in this community. Select the Enable check box to activate
traps for each SNMP version.
SNMP Event
Enable each SNMP event for which the FortiGate unit should send traps
to the SNMP managers in this community.
To configure SNMP access to an interface in NAT/Route mode
Before a remote SNMP manager can connect to the FortiGate agent, you must
1
2
3
4
Go to System > Network > Interface.
Choose an interface that an SNMP manager connects to and select Edit.
For Administrative Access, select SNMP.
Select OK.
To configure SNMP access to an interface in Transparent mode
Before a remote SNMP manager can connect to the FortiGate agent, you must
1
2
3
Go to System > Network > Management.
Choose an interface that the SNMP manager connects to and select SNMP.
Select Apply.
To enable SNMP and configure basic SNMP settings
Go to System > Config > SNMP v1/v2c.
1
2
3
4
5
Select the Enable check box to enable the FortiGate SNMP Agent.
Configure the following SNMP settings: Description, Location, and Contact.
Select Apply.
Add one or more SNMP communities.
100
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System config
FortiGate MIBs
To add an SNMP community
1
2
3
4
5
Go to System > Config > SNMP v1/v2c.
Select Create New.
Enter a Community Name to identify the SNMP community.
Configure Hosts, Queries, Traps, and SNMP Events.
Select OK.
FortiGate MIBs
The FortiGate SNMP agent supports FortiGate proprietary MIBs as well as standard
RFC 1213 and RFC 2665 MIBs. RFC support includes support for the parts of RFC
2665 (Ethernet-like MIB) and the parts of RFC 1213 (MIB II) that apply to FortiGate
unit configuration.
The FortiGate MIBs are listed in Table 6. You can obtain these MIB files from Fortinet
technical support. To be able to communicate with the SNMP agent, you must compile
all of these MIBs into your SNMP manager.
Your SNMP manager might already include standard and private MIBs in a compiled
database that is ready to use. You must add the Fortinet proprietary MIBs to this
database. If the standard MIBs used by the Fortinet SNMP agent are already
compiled into your SNMP manager you do not have to compile them again.
Table 6: FortiGate MIBs
MIB file name or RFC Description
fortinet.2.80.mib
The Fortinet MIB is a proprietary MIB that includes detailed FortiGate
system configuration information. Add this MIB to your SNMP
manager to monitor all FortiGate configuration settings. For more
information about FortiGate MIB fields, see “FortiGate MIBs” on
fortinet.trap.2.80.mib The Fortinet trap MIB is a proprietary MIB that is required for your
SNMP manager to receive traps from the FortiGate SNMP agent. For
more information about FortiGate traps, see “FortiGate traps” on
RFC-1213 (MIB II)
The FortiGate SNMP agent supports MIB II groups with the following
exceptions.
No support for the EGP group from MIB II (RFC 1213, section 3.11
and 6.10).
Protocol statistics returned for MIB II groups (IP/ICMP/TCP/UDP/etc.)
do not accurately capture all FortiGate traffic activity. More accurate
information can be obtained from the information reported by the
Fortinet MIB.
RFC-2665 (Ethernet- The FortiGate SNMP agent supports Ethernet-like MIB information
with the following exception.
like MIB)
No support for the dot3Tests and dot3Errors groups.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
101
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGate traps
System config
FortiGate traps
The FortiGate agent can send traps to SNMP managers that you have added to
SNMP communities. For SNMP managers to receive traps, you must load and
compile the Fortinet trap MIB (file name fortinet.trap.2.80.mib) onto the SNMP
manager.
All traps include the trap message as well as the FortiGate unit serial number.
Table 7: Generic FortiGate traps
Trap message
Description
ColdStart
WarmStart
LinkUp
Standard traps as described in RFC 1215.
LinkDown
Table 8: FortiGate system traps
Trap message
Description
CPU usage high
(SysCpuHigh)
CPU usage exceeds 90%.
Disk low
On a FortiGate unit with a hard drive, hard drive usage exceeds
90%.
<FortiGate_serial_no> The configuration of an interface of a FortiGate unit changes. The
<interface_name>
trap message includes the name of the interface and the serial
number of the FortiGate unit.
HA state
HA state changes. The trap message includes the previous state, the
new state and a flag indicating whether the unit is the master.
HA switch
The primary unit in an HA cluster fails and is replaced with a new
primary unit.
Memory low
(SysMemLow)
Memory usage exceeds 90%.
The <interface_name> The IP address of an interface of a FortiGate unit changes. The trap
Interface IP is changed message includes the name of the interface, the new IP address of
to <new_IP>
(Serial No.:
the interface, and the serial number of the FortiGate unit. This trap
can be used to track interface IP address changes for interfaces
<FortiGate_serial_no>) configured with dynamic IP addresses set using DHCP or PPPoE.
(IntfIpChange)
Table 9: FortiGate VPN traps
Trap message
Description
VPN tunnel is up
(VpnTunnelUp)
An IPSec VPN tunnel starts up and begins processing network
traffic.
VPN tunnel down
(VpnTunnelDown)
An IPSec VPN tunnel shuts down.
102
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System config
Fortinet MIB fields
Table 10: FortiGate IPS traps
Trap message
Description
Syn flood attack.
(IdsSynFlood)
NIDS attack prevention detects and provides protection from a
syn flood attack.
Port scan attack.
(IdsPortScan)
NIDS attack prevention detects and provides protection from a
port scan attack.
Table 11: FortiGate antivirus traps
Trap message Description
Virus detected
(AvVirus)
The FortiGate unit detects a virus and removes the infected file from an
HTTP or FTP download or from an email message.
Table 12: FortiGate logging traps
Trap message Description
Log full
(SysLogFull)
On a FortiGate unit with a hard drive, hard drive usage exceeds 90%. On a
FortiGate unit without a hard drive, log to memory usage has exceeds 90%.
Table 13: FortiGate HA traps
Trap message Description
Primary unit
switch
(HaSwitch)
The different unit in the HA cluster became the primary unit.
Fortinet MIB fields
The Fortinet MIB contains fields reporting current FortiGate unit status information.
The tables below list the names of the MIB fields and describe the status information
available for each one. You can view more details about the information available
from all Fortinet MIB fields by compiling the fortinet.2.80.mib file into your SNMP
manager and browsing the Fortinet MIB fields.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
103
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Fortinet MIB fields
System config
Table 14: System MIB fields
MIB field
model
Description
FortiGate model number, for example, 400 for the FortiGate-400.
FortiGate unit serial number.
serial
version
The firmware version currently running on the FortiGate unit.
The antivirus definition version installed on the FortiGate unit.
The attack definition version installed on the FortiGate unit.
The current FortiGate High-Availability (HA) mode (standalone, A-A, A-P)
The FortiGate unit operation mode (NAT or Transparent).
The current CPU usage (as a percent).
versionAv
versionNids
haMode
opMode
cpuUsage
memUsage
sesCount
The current memory utilization (in MB).
The current IP session count.
Table 15: HA MIB fields
MIB field
groupId
priority
Description
HA group ID.
The clustering priority of the individual FortiGate unit in a cluster.
override
The master-override setting (enable or disable) for an individual FortiGate unit in
a cluster.
autoSync
schedule
stats
Auto config synchronization flag.
Load balancing schedule for A-A mode.
Statistics for all of the units in the HA cluster.
index
serial
The index number of the FortiGate unit.
The FortiGate unit serial number.
cpuUsage The current FortiGate unit CPU usage as a percent.
memUsage The current FortiGate unit memory usage (in MB).
netUsage
sesCount
The current FortiGate unit network utilization (in Mbps).
The number of active sessions being processed by the FortiGate
unit.
pktCount
The number of packets processed by the FortiGate unit.
byteCount The number of bytes processed by the FortiGate unit
idsCount
The number of attacks detected by the IPS running on the
FortiGate unit in the last 20 hours.
avCount
The number of viruses detected by the antivirus system running
on the FortiGate unit in the last 20 hours.
104
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System config
Fortinet MIB fields
Table 16: Administrator accounts
MIB field
index
name
addr
Description
The index number of the administrator account added to the FortiGate unit.
The user name of an administrator account added to the FortiGate unit.
Up to three trusted host IP addresses for the administrator account.
Up to three trusted host netmasks for the administrator account.
The access profile assigned to the account.
mask
perm
Table 17: Local users
MIB field
index
Description
The index number of the local user added to the FortiGate unit.
The user name of the local user added to the FortiGate unit.
name
auth
The authentication type of for the local user. Can be password, LDAP, or
RADIUS.
state
Whether the local user is enabled or disable.
Table 18: Virtual domains
MIB field
index
Description
The index number virtual domain added to the FortiGate unit.
name
The name of the virtual domain added to the FortiGate unit. Each FortiGate
unit includes at least one virtual domain named root.
auth
state
The authentication type of for the local user. Can be password, LDAP, or
RADIUS.
Whether the local user is enabled or disable.
Table 19: Active IP sessions
MIB field
index
Description
The index number of the active IP session.
The IP protocol (TCP, UDP, ICMP, and so on) of the IP session.
The source IP address of the active IP session.
The source port of the active IP session.
proto
fromAddr
fromPort
toPort
The destination IP address of the active IP session.
The destination port of the active IP session.
The expiry time or time-to-live in seconds for the session.
toAddr
expiry
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
105
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Replacement messages list
System config
Replacement messages
Change replacement messages to customize alert email and information that the
FortiGate unit adds to content streams such as email messages, web pages, and FTP
sessions. The FortiGate unit adds replacement messages to a variety of content
streams. For example, if a virus is found in an email message, the file is removed from
the email and replaced with a replacement message. The same applies to pages
blocked by web filtering and email blocked by spam filtering.
Replacement messages list
Figure 36: Replacement messages list
Name
The type of replacement message. You can change messages added to email,
web pages in http traffic, messages that are displayed to ftp users, alert mail
messages, messages added to smtp email, and messages added to web
pages blocked by web filter category blocking.
Description
Description of the replacement message type. The web-based manager
describes where each replacement message is used by the FortiGate unit.
Edit/View icon. Select to change a replacement message.
To change a replacement message
1
2
Go to System > Config > Replacement Messages.
Select the category of replacement message to edit by clicking on the blue triangle for
that category.
3
4
For the replacement message that you want to change, select Edit.
Edit the content of the message.
106
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System config
Changing replacement messages
Changing replacement messages
Figure 37: Sample HTTP virus replacement message
Replacement messages can be text or HTML messages. You can add HTML code to
HTML messages. In addition, replacement messages can include replacement
message tags. When users receive the replacement message, the replacement
message tag is replaced with content relevant to the message. Table 20 lists the
replacement message tags that you can add.
Table 20: Replacement message tags
Tag
Description
%%FILE%%
The name of a file that has been removed from a content stream.
This could be a file that contained a virus or was blocked by
antivirus file blocking. %%FILE%%can be used in virus and file block
messages.
%%VIRUS%%
The name of a virus that was found in a file by the antivirus system.
%%VIRUS%%can be used virus messages
%%QUARFILENAME%%
The name of a file that has been removed from a content stream
and added to the quarantine. This could be a file that contained a
virus or was blocked by antivirus file blocking.
%%QUARFILENAME%%can be used in virus and file block messages.
Quarantining is only available on FortiGate units with a local disk.
%%URL%%
The URL of a web page. This can be a web page that is blocked by
web filter content or URL blocking. %%URL%%can also be used in
http virus and file block messages to be the URL of the web page
from which a user attempted to download a file that is blocked.
%%CRITICAL_EVENT%% Added to alert email critical event email messages.
%%CRITICAL_EVENT%%is replaced with the critical event message
that triggered the alert email.
%%PROTOCOL%%
The protocol (http, ftp, pop3, imap, or smtp) in which a virus was
detected. %%PROTOCOL%%is added to alert email virus messages.
%%SOURCE_IP%%
The IP address of the request originator who would have received
the blocked file. For email this is the IP address of the user’s
computer that attempted to download the message from which the
file was removed.
%%DEST_IP%%
The IP address of the request destination from which a virus was
received. For email this is the IP address of the email server that
sent the email containing the virus. For HTTP this is the IP address
of web page that sent the virus.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
107
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Changing replacement messages
System config
Table 20: Replacement message tags (Continued)
Tag Description
%%EMAIL_FROM%%
%%EMAIL_TO%%
%%NIDSEVENT%%
The email address of the sender of the message from which the file
was removed.
The email address of the intended receiver of the message from
which the file was removed.
The IPS attack message. %%NIDSEVENT%%is added to alert email
intrusion messages.
%%SERVICE%%
%%CATEGORY%%
%%FORTINET%%
The name of the web filtering service.
The name of the content category of the web site.
The Fortinet logo.
FortiManager
Configure the FortiGate unit for IPSec communication between the FortiGate unit and
a FortiManager server. When you enable this feature, all communication between the
FortiGate unit and the FortiManager server takes place using VPN.
Figure 38: FortiManager configuration
Enable FortiManager Enable secure IPSec VPN communication between the FortiGate unit
and a FortiManager Server.
FortiManager ID
FortiManager IP
The remote ID of the FortiManager IPSec tunnel.
The IP Address of the FortiManager Server.
108
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide Version 2.80 MR7
System administration
When the FortiGate unit is first installed, it is configured with a single administrator
account with the user name admin. From this administrator account, you can add and
edit administrator accounts. You can also control the access level of each of these
administrator accounts and control the IP address from which the administrator
account can connect to the FortiGate unit.
Each administrator account belongs to an access profile. You can create access
profiles that deny access to or allow read only, write only, or both read and write
access to the following FortiGate features.
System
Configuration
Can access the system status, interface, virtual domain, HA, routing, option,
SNMP, time, and replacement message features.
Log & Report Can access the log setting, and log message features.
Security Policy Can access the firewall, VPN, IPS, and antivirus features.
Auth Users
Can access the authorized users feature.
Admin Users Can access the administrative users feature.
FortiProtect
Update
Can access the update options feature.
System
Can access the system shutdown, and system reboot functions.
Shutdown
This chapter describes:
•
•
Administrators
Use the admin account or an account with system configuration read and write
privileges to add new administrator accounts and control their permission levels.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
109
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Administrators list
System administration
Administrators list
Figure 39: Administrators list
Create New
Name
Add an administrator account.
The login name for an administrator account.
Trusted hosts The trusted host IP address and netmask from which the administrator can log
in.
Permission
The permission profile for the administrator.
The Delete, Edit/View, or Change Password icon.
The admin administrator account cannot be deleted.
Administrators options
Figure 40: Administrator account configuration
Administrator Enter the login name for the administrator account.
Password
Type a password for the administrator account.
For improved security, the password should be at least 6 characters long.
Confirm
Password
Type the password for the administrator account a second time to confirm
that you have typed it correctly.
Trusted Host #1 Optionally, type the trusted host IP address and netmask from which the
administrator can log in to the FortiGate unit. You can specify up to three
trusted hosts.
Setting trusted hosts for all of your administrators can enhance the security of
Trusted Host #2
Trusted Host #3
Access Profile The access profile for the administrator. For more information on access
To configure an administrator account
1
2
Go to System > Admin > Administrators.
Select Create New to add an administrator account or select the Edit icon to make
changes to an existing administrator account.
110
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System administration
Administrators options
3
4
5
Type a login name for the administrator account.
Type and confirm a password for the administrator account.
Optionally type a Trusted Host IP address and netmask from which the administrator
can log into the web-based manager.
6
7
Select the access profile for the administrator.
Select OK.
Figure 41: Change an administrator password
To change an administrator password
1
2
Go to System > Admin > Administrators.
Select the Change Password icon next to the administrator account you want to
change the password for.
3
4
Enter and confirm the new password.
Select OK.
Using trusted hosts
Setting trusted hosts for all of your administrators increases the security of your
network by further restricting administrative access. In addition to knowing the
password, an administrator must connect only through the subnet or subnets you
specify. You can even restrict an administrator to a single IP address if you define only
one trusted host IP address with a netmask of 255.255.255.255.
When you set trusted hosts for all administrators, the FortiGate unit does not respond
to administrative access attempts from any other hosts. This provides the highest
security. If you leave even one administrator unrestricted, the unit accepts
administrative access attempts on any interface that has administrative access
enabled, potentially exposing the unit to attempts to gain unauthorized access.
The trusted hosts you define apply both to the web-based manager and to the CLI
when accessed through telnet or SSH. CLI access through the console connector is
not affected.
Access profiles
Go to System > Admin > Access Profile to add access profiles for FortiGate
administrators. Each administrator account belongs to an access profile. You can
create access profiles that deny access to or allow read only, write only, or both read
and write access to FortiGate features.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
111
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Access profile list
System administration
Access profile list
Figure 42: Access profile list
Create New
Add a new access profile.
Profile Name The name of the access profile.
The Delete, and Edit icons.
You cannot delete the prof_admin access profile.
Access profile options
Figure 43: Access profile option
Profile Name
Enter the name of the access profile.
Access Control Access Control lists the items that can be controlled by the access profile.
Allow Read All Select Allow Read All to give an administrator read privilege on all the items
under Access Control.
Allow Write All Select Allow Write All to give an administrator write privilege on all the items
under Access Control.
System
Configuration
Allow or deny access to the system status, interface, virtual domain, HA,
routing, option, SNMP, time, and replacement message features.
Log & Report
Allow or deny access to the log setting, log access, and alert email features.
Security Policy Allow or deny access to the firewall, VPN, IPS, and antivirus features.
Auth Users
Allow or deny access to the authorized users feature.
Admin Users
Allow or deny access to the administrative users feature.
Allow or deny access to the FortiProtect Distribution Network update feature.
FortiProtect
Update
System
Allow or deny access to the system shutdown and reboot functionality.
Shutdown
112
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System administration
Access profile options
To configure an access profile
1
2
Go to System > Admin > Access Profile.
Select Create New to add an access profile, or select the edit icon to edit an existing
access profile.
3
4
5
Enter a name for the access profile.
Select or clear the Access Control check boxes as required.
Select OK.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
113
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Access profile options
System administration
114
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide Version 2.80 MR7
System maintenance
Use the web-based manager to maintain the FortiGate unit.
Backup and restore
You can back up system configuration, VPN certificate, web and spam filtering files to
the management computer. You can also restore system configuration, VPN
certificate, web and spam filtering files from previously downloaded backup files.
Figure 44: Backup and restore list
Category
The list of files that can be backed up and restored.
The date and time of the last backup.
Latest Backup
The Restore/Upload, Backup and Reset to factory default icons.
All Configuration Files Restore or back up all the configuration files.
System settings
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
115
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Backing up and Restoring
System maintenance
System
Restore or back up the FortiGate system configuration file.
Configuration
Reset the FortiGate unit to factory defaults. This procedure deletes
all changes that you have made to the FortiGate configuration and
reverts the system to its original configuration, including resetting
interface addresses. This procedure does not change the firmware
version or the antivirus or attack definitions.
Debug Log
Download debug log.
Web Filtering
Web Content
Block
Restore or back up the Web Content Block list.
Web URL Block Restore or back up the Web URL Block list.
List
Web URL
Restore or back up the Web URL Exempt list.
Exempt List
Spam Filtering
IP Address
Restore or back up the spam filter IP Address list.
RBL & ORDBL
Restore or back up the spam filter RBL and ORDBL list.
Email Address Restore or back up the spam filter Email Address list.
MIME Headers
Banned Word
Restore or back up the spam filter MIME Headers list.
Restore or back up the spam filter Banned word list.
IPS Signatures
IPS User-Defined Upload or download IPS signatures.
Signatures
VPN certificates
All Certificates Restore or back up all VPN certificates in a single password-
Backing up and Restoring
To back up all configuration files
Go to System > Maintenance > Backup & Restore.
For All Configuration Files, select the Backup icon.
Enter a password.
1
2
3
4
5
Select OK .
Save the file.
To restore all configuration files
1
2
3
4
Go to System > Maintenance > Backup & Restore.
For All Configuration Files, select the Restore icon.
Enter the password you used when backing up All Configuration Files.
Enter the path and filename of the configuration file, or select Browse and locate the
file.
116
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System maintenance
Backing up and Restoring
5
6
Select OK to restore all configuration files to the FortiGate unit.
The FortiGate unit restarts, loading the new configuration files.
Reconnect to the web-based manager and review your configuration to confirm that
the uploaded configuration files have taken effect.
To back up individual categories
1
2
3
Go to System > Maintenance > Backup & Restore.
Select the Backup icon for the type of file you want to back up.
Save the file.
To restore individual categories
1
2
3
4
Go to System > Maintenance > Backup & Restore.
Select the Restore icon for the type of file you want to restore.
Enter the path and filename of the file, or select Browse and locate the file.
Select OK.
If you restore the system configuration, the FortiGate unit restarts, loading the new
system settings. You should then reconnect to the web-based manager and review
your configuration to confirm that the uploaded system settings have taken effect.
5
Select Return. (This step does not apply if you restore the system configuration.)
To back up VPN certificates
1
2
3
Go to System > Maintenance > Backup & Restore.
For VPN Certificates, All Certificates, select the Backup icon.
Enter a password and select OK.
Retain the password. You will need it to restore the certificates.
4
Save the file.
To restore VPN certificates
1
2
3
4
5
Go to System > Maintenance > Backup & Restore.
For VPN Certificates, All Certificates, select the Restore icon.
Enter the password used when creating the backup file.
Enter the path and filename of the backup file, or select Browse and locate the file.
Select OK.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
117
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Backing up and Restoring
System maintenance
Update center
You can configure the FortiGate unit to connect to the FortiProtect Distribution
Network (FDN) to update the antivirus (including grayware), Spam Filter and attack
definitions and engines.
Before the FortiGate unit can receive antivirus and attack updates, it must be able to
connect to the FortiProtect Distribution Network (FDN). The FortiGate unit uses
HTTPS on port 8890 to connect to the FDN. The FortiGate unit must be able to route
packets to the Internet using port 8890. For information about configuring scheduled
You can also configure the FortiGate unit to allow push updates. Push updates are
provided to the FortiGate unit from the FDN using HTTPS on UDP port 9443. To
receive push updates, the FDN must be able to route packets to the FortiGate unit
The FDN is a world-wide network of FortiProtect Distribution Servers (FDSs). When
the FortiGate unit connects to the FDN it connects to the nearest FDS. To do this, all
FortiGate units are programmed with a list of FDS addresses sorted by nearest time
zone according to the time zone configured for the FortiGate unit.
The FortiGate unit supports the following antivirus and attack definition update
features:
•
•
User-initiated updates from the FDN,
Hourly, daily, or weekly scheduled antivirus and attack definition and antivirus
engine updates from the FDN,
•
•
Push updates from the FDN,
Update status including version numbers, expiry dates, and update dates and
times,
•
Push updates through a NAT device.
To receive scheduled updates and push updates, you must register the FortiGate unit
on the Fortinet support web page.
118
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System maintenance
Backing up and Restoring
Figure 45: Update center
FortiProtect
Distribution
Network
The status of the connection to the FortiProtect Distribution Network (FDN).
A green indicator means that the FortiGate unit can connect to the FDN. You
A red-yellow flashing indicator means that the FortiGate unit cannot connect
to the FDN. Check your configuration. For example, you may need to add
routes to the FortiGate routing table or configure your network to allow the
FortiGate unit to use HTTPS on port 8890 to connect to the Internet. You
may also have to connect to an override FortiProtect server to receive
Push Update
A green indicator means that the FDN can connect to the FortiGate unit to
send push updates. You can configure the FortiGate unit to receive push
FortiGate unit to send push updates. Push updates may not be available if
page 122).
Refresh
When you select Refresh, the FortiGate unit tests its connection to the FDN.
The test results are displayed at the top of the System Update page.
Use override
server address
If you cannot connect to the FDN or if your organization provides antivirus
and attack updates using their own FortiProtect server, you can configure an
override server.
Select the Use override server address check box and enter the IP address
of a FortiProtect server.
If after applying the override server address, the FortiProtect Distribution
Network setting changes to available, the FortiGate unit has successfully
connected to the override server. If the FortiProtect Distribution Network
stays set to not available, the FortiGate unit cannot connect to the override
server. Check the FortiGate configuration and the network configuration to
make sure you can connect to the override FortiProtect server from the
FortiGate unit.
Update
The antivirus (including grayware), Spam filter, and attack definitions and
engines for which update information is displayed.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
119
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Updating antivirus and attack definitions
System maintenance
Version
The version numbers of the definition files and engines currently installed on
the FortiGate unit.
Expiry date
The expiry date of your license for definition and engine updates.
Last update
attempt
The date and time on which the FortiGate unit last attempted to download
definition and engine updates.
Last update
status
The result of the last update attempt. No updates means the last update
attempt was successful but no new updates were available. Update
succeeded or similar messages mean the last update attempt was
successful and new updates were installed. Other messages can indicate
that the FortiGate was not able to connect to the FDN and other error
conditions.
Allow Push
Update
Select this check box to allow automatic updates of the FortiGate unit.
Use override
push IP
Select this check box and enter the override IP address and port number.
Override push IP addresses and ports are used when there is a NAT device
between the FortiGate Unit and the FDN.
The FortiGate unit sends the override push IP address and Port to the FDN.
The FDN will now use this IP address and port for push updates to the
FortiGate unit on the internal network. If the External IP Address or External
Service Port change, add the changes to the Use override push configuration
and select Apply to update the push information on the FDN. For more
Scheduled
Update
Select this check box to enable scheduled updates.
Every
Attempt to update once every 1 to 23 hours. Select the number of hours
between each update request.
Daily
Attempt to update once a day. You can specify the hour of the day to check
for updates. The update attempt occurs at a randomly determined time within
the selected hour.
Weekly
Attempt to update once a week. You can specify the day of the week and the
hour of the day to check for updates. The update attempt occurs at a
randomly determined time within the selected hour.
Update Now
Apply
Select Update Now to manually initiate an update.
Select Apply to save update settings.
Updating antivirus and attack definitions
Use the following procedures to configure the FortiGate unit to connect to the
FortiProtect Distribution Network (FDN) to update the antivirus (including grayware)
definitions, attack definitions and engines.
To make sure the FortiGate unit can connect to the FDN
1
Go to System > Config > Time and make sure the time zone is set to the time zone
for the region in which your FortiGate unit is located.
2
3
Go to System > Maintenance > Update center.
Select Refresh.
The FortiGate unit tests its connection to the FDN. The test results are displayed at
the top of the System Update page.
To update antivirus and attack definitions
1
Go to System > Maintenance > Update center.
120
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System maintenance
Updating antivirus and attack definitions
2
Select Update Now to update the antivirus and attack definitions and engines.
If the connection to the FDN or override server is successful, the web-based manager
displays a message similar to the following:
Your update request has been sent. Your database will be updated
in a few minutes. Please check your update page for the status
of the update.
After a few minutes, if an update is available, the System Update Center page lists
new version information for antivirus definitions, the antivirus engine, attack definitions
or the attack engine. The System Status page also displays new dates and version
numbers for antivirus and attack definitions. Messages are recorded to the event log
indicating whether the update was successful or not.
Note: Updating antivirus and attack definitions can cause a very short disruption in traffic
currently being scanned while the FortiGate unit applies the new signature database. To
minimize this possibility, schedule updates for times of light traffic.
To enable scheduled updates
1
2
3
Go to System > Maintenance > Update center.
Select the Scheduled Update check box.
Select one of the following to check for and download updates.
Every
Once every 1 to 23 hours. Select the number of hours and minutes between
each update request.
Daily
Once a day. You can specify the time of day to check for updates.
Weekly
Once a week. You can specify the day of the week and the time of day to check
for updates.
4
Select Apply.
The FortiGate unit starts the next scheduled update according to the new update
schedule.
Whenever the FortiGate unit runs a scheduled update, the event is recorded in the
FortiGate event log.
To add an override server
If you cannot connect to the FDN, or if your organization provides antivirus and attack
updates using their own FortiProtect server, you can use the following procedure to
add the IP address of an override FortiProtect server.
1
2
3
Go to System > Maintenance > Update center.
Select the Use override server address check box.
Type the fully qualified domain name or IP address of a FortiProtect server.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
121
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Updating antivirus and attack definitions
System maintenance
4
Select Apply.
The FortiGate unit tests the connection to the override server.
If the FortiProtect Distribution Network setting changes to available, the FortiGate unit
has successfully connected to the override server.
If the FortiProtect Distribution Network stays set to not available, the FortiGate unit
cannot connect to the override server. Check the FortiGate configuration and network
configuration for settings that would prevent the FortiGate unit from connecting to the
override FortiProtect server.
To enable scheduled updates through a proxy server
If your FortiGate unit must connect to the Internet through a proxy server, you can use
the config system autoupdate tunnelingcommand to allow the FortiGate
unit to connect (or tunnel) to the FDN using the proxy server. Using this command you
can specify the IP address and port of the proxy server. As well, if the proxy server
requires authentication, you can add the user name and password required for the
proxy server to the autoupdate configuration. The full syntax for enabling updates
through a proxy server is:
config system autoupdate tunneling
set address <proxy-address_ip>
set port <proxy-port>
set username <username_str>
set password <password_str>
set status enable
end
For example, if the IP address of the proxy server is 67.35.50.34, its port is 8080, the
user name is proxy_user and the password is proxy_pwd, enter the following
command:
config system autoupdate tunneling
set address 67.35.50.34
set port 8080
set username proxy_user
set password proxy_pwd
set status enable
end
For more information about the config system autoupdate tunneling
command, see the FortiGate CLI Reference Guide.
The FortiGate unit connects to the proxy server using the HTTP CONNECT method,
as described in RFC 2616. The FortiGate unit sends an HTTP CONNECT request to
the proxy server (optionally with authentication information) specifying the IP address
and port required to connect to the FDN. The proxy server establishes the connection
to the FDN and passes information between the FortiGate unit and the FDN.
The CONNECT method is used mostly for tunneling SSL traffic. Some proxy servers
do not allow the CONNECT to connect to any port; they restrict the allowed ports to
the well known ports for HTTPS and perhaps some other similar services. Because
FortiGate autoupdates use HTTPS on port 8890 to connect to the FDN, your proxy
server might have to be configured to allow connections on this port.
122
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System maintenance
Enabling push updates
There are no special tunneling requirements if you have configured an override server
address to connect to the FDN.
Enabling push updates
The FDN can push updates to FortiGate units to provide the fastest possible response
to critical situations. You must register the FortiGate unit before it can receive push
When you configure a FortiGate unit to allow push updates, the FortiGate unit sends a
SETUP message to the FDN. The next time a new antivirus engine, new antivirus
definitions, new attack definitions or new attack engine are released, the FDN notifies
all FortiGate units that are configured for push updates that a new update is available.
Within 60 seconds of receiving a push notification, the FortiGate unit requests an
update from the FDN.
Note: Push updates are not supported if the FortiGate unit must use a proxy server to connect
When the network configuration permits, configuring push updates is recommended in
addition to configuring scheduled updates. On average the FortiGate unit receives
new updates sooner through push updates than if the FortiGate unit receives only
scheduled updates. However, scheduled updates make sure that the FortiGate unit
receives the latest updates.
Enabling push updates is not recommended as the only method for obtaining updates.
The FortiGate unit might not receive the push notification. Also, when the FortiGate
unit receives a push notification it makes only one attempt to connect to the FDN and
download updates.
To enable push updates
1
2
3
Go to System > Maintenance > Update center.
Select Allow Push Update.
Select Apply.
Push updates when FortiGate IP addresses change
The SETUP message that the FortiGate unit sends when you enable push updates
includes the IP address of the FortiGate interface that the FDN connects to. If your
FortiGate unit is running in NAT/Route mode, the SETUP message includes the
FortiGate interface 2 IP address. If your FortiGate unit is running in Transparent
mode, the SETUP message includes the FortiGate management IP address. The
FDN must be able to connect to this IP address for your FortiGate unit to be able to
receive push update messages. If your FortiGate unit is behind a NAT device, see
Whenever the interface 2 IP address of the FortiGate unit changes, the FortiGate unit
sends a new SETUP message to notify the FDN of the address change. As long as
the FortiGate unit sends this SETUP message and the FDN receives it, the FDN can
maintain the most up-to-date interface 2 IP address for the FortiGate unit.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
123
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Enabling push updates
System maintenance
The FortiGate unit sends the SETUP message if you change the interface 2 IP
address manually or if you have set the interface 2 addressing mode to DHCP or
PPPoE and your DHCP or PPPoE server changes the IP address.
If you have redundant connections to the Internet, the FortiGate unit also sends the
SETUP message when one Internet connection goes down and the FortiGate unit
fails over to the other Internet connection.
In Transparent mode if you change the management IP address, the FortiGate unit
also sends the SETUP message to notify the FDN of the address change.
Enabling push updates through a NAT device
If the FDN can connect to the FortiGate unit only through a NAT device, you must
configure port forwarding on the NAT device and add the port forwarding information
to the push update configuration. Using port forwarding, the FDN connects to the
FortiGate unit using either port 9443 or an override push port that you specify.
Note: You cannot receive push updates through a NAT device if the external IP address of the
NAT device is dynamic (for example, set using PPPoE or DHCP).
General procedure
Use the following steps to configure the FortiGate NAT device and the FortiGate unit
on the internal network so that the FortiGate unit on the internal network can receive
push updates:
1
2
Add a port forwarding virtual IP to the FortiGate NAT device.
Add a firewall policy to the FortiGate NAT device that includes the port forwarding
virtual IP.
3
Configure the FortiGate unit on the internal network with an override push IP and port.
Note: Before completing the following procedure, you should register the internal network
FortiGate unit so that it can receive push updates.
To add a port forwarding virtual IP to the FortiGate NAT device
Configure a FortiGate NAT device to use port forwarding to forward push update
connections from the FDN to a FortiGate unit on the internal network.
1
2
3
4
Go to Firewall > Virtual IP.
Select Create New.
Type a name for the virtual IP.
In the External Interface section, select the external interface that the FDN connects
to.
5
6
In the Type section, select Port Forwarding.
In the External IP Address section, type the external IP address that the FDN
connects to.
7
Type the External Service Port that the FDN connects to.
124
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System maintenance
Enabling push updates
8
In the Map to IP section, type the IP address of the FortiGate unit on the internal
network.
If the FortiGate unit is operating in NAT/Route mode, enter the IP address of the
external interface.
If the FortiGate unit is operating in Transparent mode, enter the management IP
address.
9
Set the Map to Port to 9443.
Select OK.
10
To add a firewall policy to the FortiGate NAT device
Add a new external to internal firewall policy.
Configure the policy with the following settings:
1
2
Source
Destination
Schedule
Service
Action
External_All
The virtual IP added above.
Always
ANY
Accept
Selected.
NAT
3
Select OK.
To configure the FortiGate unit on the internal network
Go to System > Maintenance > Update center.
Select the Allow Push Update check box.
Select the Use override push check box.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Set IP to the external IP address added to the virtual IP.
Set Port to the external service port added to the virtual IP.
Select Apply.
The FortiGate unit sends the override push IP address and port to the FDN. The FDN
now uses this IP address and port for push updates to the FortiGate unit on the
internal network.
If the external IP address or external service port changes, add the changes to the
Use override push configuration and select Apply to update the push information on
the FDN.
7
You can select Refresh to make sure that push updates work.
Push Update changes to Available.
Support
You can use the Support page to report problems with the FortiGate unit to Fortinet
Support or to register your FortiGate unit with the FortiProtect Distribution Server
(FDS).
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
125
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Sending a bug report
System maintenance
Figure 46: Support
Report Bug
Select Report Bug to submit problems with the FortiGate unit to Fortinet
Support.
FDS Registration Select FDS Registration to register the FortiGate unit with FortiNet.
Sending a bug report
Use the Report Bug form to send bug information to Fortinet support.
Figure 47: Bug report
Contact
Information
Enter the contact information so that FortiNet support can reply to your bug
report. Items marked with an * are required.
Bug Description* Enter a description of the problem you have encountered with the FortiGate
unit.
Send diagnostic Send diagnostic information about the FortiGate unit, including its current
configuration, to Fortinet for analysis.
information
Send email by
Submit the bug report using the default mail relay.
default mail-relay
Test
Test the default mail relay.
126
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System maintenance
Registering a FortiGate unit
Send email by
customized mail-
relay
Submit the bug report using a customized mail relay.
SMTP Server
User Name
The SMTP server to use for sending bug report email.
A valid user name on the specified SMTP server.
Password
If the SMTP server requires authentication, enter the password required.
Authentication
Select No if the SMTP server does not require authentication. Select Yes if
the SMTP server does require authentication.
To report a bug
1
2
3
4
Go to System > Maintenance > Support.
Select Report Bug.
Fill out the Report Bug form.
Select Submit.
To configure a customized mail relay
Go to System > Maintenance > Support.
Select Report Bug.
1
2
3
4
Select Send email by customized mail-relay.
Enter the SMTP server information, user name, whether or not to use authentication,
and the password if required.
Registering a FortiGate unit
After purchasing and installing a new FortiGate unit, you can register the unit using
the web-based manager by going to the System Update Support page, or by using a
web browser to connect to http://support.fortinet.com and selecting Product
Registration.
Registration consists of entering your contact information and the serial numbers of
the FortiGate units that you or your organization purchased. You can register multiple
FortiGate units in a single session without re-entering your contact information.
Once registration is completed, Fortinet sends a Support Login user name and
password to your email address. You can use this user name and password to log on
to the Fortinet support web site to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
View your list of registered FortiGate units
Register additional FortiGate units
Add or change FortiCare Support Contract numbers for each FortiGate unit
View and change registration information
Download virus and attack definitions updates
Download firmware upgrades
Modify registration information after an RMA
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
127
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Registering a FortiGate unit
System maintenance
Soon you will also be able to:
•
•
Access Fortinet user documentation
Access the Fortinet knowledge base
All registration information is stored in the Fortinet Customer Support database. This
information is used to make sure that your registered FortiGate units can be kept up to
date. All information is strictly confidential. Fortinet does not share this information
with any third-party organizations for any reason.
Owners of a new FortiGate unit are entitled to 90 days of technical support services.
To continue receiving support services after the 90-day expiry date, you must
purchase a FortiCare Support Contract from an authorized Fortinet reseller or
distributor. Different levels of service are available so you can purchase the support
that you need. For maximum network protection, Fortinet strongly recommends that
all customers purchase a service contract that covers antivirus and attack definition
updates. See your Fortinet reseller or distributor for details of packages and pricing.
To activate the FortiCare Support Contract, you must register the FortiGate unit and
add the FortiCare Support Contract number to the registration information. You can
also register the FortiGate unit without purchasing a FortiCare Support Contract. In
that case, when you purchase a FortiCare Support Contract you can update the
registration information to add the support contract number.
A single FortiCare Support Contract can cover multiple FortiGate units. You must
enter the same service contract number for each of the FortiGate models covered by
the service contract.
To register a FortiGate unit
Before registering a FortiGate unit, you require the following information:
•
Your contact information including:
•
•
•
First and last name
Company name
Email address (Your Fortinet support login user name and password will be
sent to this email address.)
•
•
Address
Contact phone number
•
•
A security question and an answer to the security question.
This information is used for password recovery. The security question should be a
simple question that only you know the answer to. The answer should not be easy
to guess.
The product model and serial number for each FortiGate unit that you want to
register.
The serial number is located on a label on the bottom of the FortiGate unit.
You can view the Serial number from the web-based manager by going to
System > Status.
The serial number is also available from the CLI using the get system status
command.
128
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System maintenance
Registering a FortiGate unit
FortiCare Support Contract numbers, if you purchased FortiCare Support Contracts
for the FortiGate units that you want to register.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Go to System > Maintenance > Support.
Select FDS Registration.
Enter your contact information on the product registration form.
Provide a security question and an answer to the security question.
Select the model number of the Product Model to register.
Enter the Serial Number of the FortiGate unit.
If you have purchased a FortiCare Support Contract for this FortiGate unit, enter the
support contract number.
8
Select Finish.
If you have not entered a FortiCare Support Contract number (SCN) you can return to
the previous page to enter the number. If you do not have a FortiCare Support
Contract, you can select Continue to complete the registration.
If you have entered a support contract number, a real-time validation is performed to
verify that the SCN information matches the FortiGate unit. If the information does not
match you can try entering it again.
A web page is displayed that contains detailed information about the Fortinet technical
support services available to you for the registered FortiGate unit.
9
Your Fortinet support user name and password is sent to the email address provided
with your contact information.
Shutdown
You can use the Maintenance page to log out, restart and shut down the FortiGate
unit.
Figure 48: System shut down
To log out of the system
Go to System > Maintenance > Shutdown.
Select Logout.
1
2
3
Select Apply.
The FortiGate unit logs out.
To restart the system
1
Go to System > Maintenance > Shutdown.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
129
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Registering a FortiGate unit
System maintenance
2
3
Select Reboot.
Select Apply.
The FortiGate unit restarts.
To shut down the system
You can restart the FortiGate unit after shutdown only by turning the power off and
then on.
1
2
3
Go to System > Maintenance > Shutdown.
Select Shutdown.
Select Apply.
The FortiGate unit shuts down and all traffic flow stops.
To reset the FortiGate unit to factory defaults
Use the following procedure to reset system settings to the values set at the factory.
This procedure does not change the firmware version or the antivirus or attack
definitions.
Caution: This procedure deletes all changes that you have made to the FortiGate configuration
!
and reverts the system to its original configuration, including resetting interface addresses.
1
2
3
Go to System > Maintenance > Shutdown.
Select Reset to factory default.
Select Apply.
The FortiGate unit restarts with the configuration that it had when it was first powered
on.
4
Reconnect to the web-based manager and review the system configuration to confirm
that it has been reset to the default settings.
130
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide Version 2.80 MR7
System virtual domain
FortiGate virtual domains provide multiple logical firewalls and routers in a single
FortiGate unit. Using virtual domains, one FortiGate unit can provide exclusive firewall
and routing services to multiple networks so that traffic from each network is
effectively separated from every other network.
You can develop and manage interfaces, VLAN subinterfaces, zones, firewall policies,
routing, and VPN configuration for each virtual domain separately. For these
configuration settings, each virtual domain is functionally similar to a single FortiGate
unit. This separation simplifies configuration because you do not have to manage as
many routes or firewall policies at one time.
When a packet enters a virtual domain on the FortiGate unit, it is confined to that
virtual domain. In a given domain, you can only create firewall policies for connections
between VLAN subinterfaces or zones in the virtual domain. Packets never cross the
virtual domain border.
The remainder of FortiGate functionality is shared between virtual domains. This
means that there is one IPS configuration, one antivirus configuration, one web filter
configuration, one protection profile configuration, and so on shared by all virtual
domains. As well, virtual domains share firmware versions, antivirus and attack
databases, and user databases. For a complete list of shared configuration settings,
Virtual domains are functionally similar in NAT/Route and in Transparent mode. In
both cases interfaces, VLAN subinterfaces, zones, firewall policies, routing, and VPN
configurations are exclusive to each virtual domain and other configuration settings
are shared. A major difference between NAT/Route and Transparent mode is that in
Transparent mode, interfaces, and VLAN interfaces do not have IP addresses and
routing is much simpler.
The FortiGate unit supports 2 virtual domains: root and one addition virtual domain.
This chapter describes:
•
•
•
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
131
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Exclusive virtual domain properties
System virtual domain
Virtual domain properties
By default, each FortiGate unit runs a virtual domain named root. This virtual domain
includes all of the FortiGate physical interfaces, VLAN subinterfaces, zones, firewall
policies, routing settings, and VPN settings.
Once you add a virtual domain you can configure it by adding VLAN subinterfaces,
zones, firewall policies, routing settings, and VPN settings. You can also move
physical interfaces from the root virtual domain to other virtual domains and move
VLAN subinterfaces from one virtual domain to another.
This process works the same way in NAT/Route and in Transparent mode.
Exclusive virtual domain properties
The following configuration settings are exclusively part of a virtual domain and are
not shared between virtual domains.
•
System settings
•
•
•
•
•
•
Routing configuration
•
•
Firewall settings
•
•
•
•
Service groups
•
•
•
•
•
•
IPSec
PPTP
L2TP
Certificates
132
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System virtual domain
Shared configuration settings
Shared configuration settings
The following configuration settings are shared by all virtual domains. Even if you
have configured multiple virtual domains, there are no changes to how you configure
the following settings.
•
Unit configuration
•
•
•
•
•
•
Host Name
Firmware Version
Antivirus Definitions and engine
Attack Definitions and engine
Serial Number
Operation Mode
•
•
Network configuration
DNS settings
•
DHCP configuration
DHCP settings are applied per interface no matter which virtual domain the
interface has been added to
•
System Config
•
•
•
•
•
•
Time
Options
HA
SNMP v1/v2c
Replacement messages
FortiManager configuration
•
System Admin
•
•
Administrators
Access profiles
•
•
System Maintenance
Update Center
Firewall
•
•
•
•
Services (predefined and custom) but not service groups
Schedules
Protection Profiles
•
•
•
•
•
•
Users and authentication
IPS
Antivirus
Web filter
Spam filter
Log and report
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
133
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Administration and management
System virtual domain
Administration and management
In addition to the global properties, virtual domains share a common administrative
model. Administrators have access to all of the virtual domains on the FortiGate unit.
Administrators logging into the CLI or web-based manager always log into the root
domain and then must enter the virtual domain that they want to administer.
Management systems such as SNMP, logging, alert email, updates using the FDN,
and setting system time using NTP use addresses and routing in the root virtual
domain to communicate with the network and can only connect to network resources
that can communicate with the root virtual domain.
You can select a different management virtual domain if you want these systems to
communicate with network resources that can connect to a different virtual domain.
Virtual domains
Go to System > Virtual domain > Virtual domains to view and add virtual domains.
Figure 49: Virtual domain list
Create New
Current
Add a new virtual domain.
The name of the current virtual domain. Select Change to choose a different
domain. The default virtual domain is root.
Management The name of the virtual domain used for system management. Select Change
to choose a different domain.
Max. Virtual
Domains
Shows the maximum number of virtual domains for this FortiGate unit.
Name
The name of the virtual domain.
Current
A check mark icon in this column indicates that this is the current domain.
Management A check mark icon in this column indicates that this is the domain used for
system management.
Delete icon. Select to delete a virtual domain. You cannot delete the root virtual
domain or a domain that is used for system management.
134
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System virtual domain
Adding a virtual domain
See the following procedures for configuring virtual domains:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Adding a virtual domain
To add a virtual domain
1
2
3
Go to System > Virtual domain.
Select Create New.
Enter a virtual domain Name.
The virtual domain must not have the same name as a VLAN or zone.
4
Select OK.
Selecting a virtual domain
The following procedure applies to NAT/Route and Transparent mode.
To select a virtual domain to configure
Go to System > Virtual domain > Virtual domains.
Select Change following the current virtual domain name above the table.
Choose the virtual domain to configure.
1
2
3
4
Select OK.
The footer of the web-based manager page displays the selected virtual domain name
if the information and configuration options on the page are exclusive to the virtual
domain. Otherwise, the footer displays “Virtual Domain: all”. See “Exclusive virtual
Selecting a management virtual domain
In NAT/Router mode, you select a virtual domain to be used for system management.
In Transparent mode, you must also define a management IP. The interface that you
want to use for management access must have Administrative Access enabled. See
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
135
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Adding interfaces, VLAN subinterfaces, and zones to a virtual domain
System virtual domain
To select a management virtual domain
The following procedure applies to NAT/Route mode only.
Go to System > Virtual Domain > Virtual Domains.
1
2
3
Select Change beside the listed Management virtual domain.
Choose the management domain and select OK.
Note: You cannot delete a management virtual domain. You must first select a different domain
for system management.
To select a management virtual domain and add a management IP
The following procedure applies to Transparent mode only.
Go to System > Network > Management.
Enter the Management IP/Netmask.
1
2
3
4
5
Enter the Default Gateway.
Select the Management Virtual Domain.
Select Apply.
The FortiGate unit displays the following message:
Management IP address was changed. Click here to redirect.
Click on the message to connect to the new Management IP.
6
Configuring virtual domains
The following procedures explain how to configure virtual domains:
•
•
•
•
Adding interfaces, VLAN subinterfaces, and zones to a virtual domain
To add physical interfaces to a virtual domain
A virtual domain must contain at least two interfaces. These can be physical
interfaces or VLAN interfaces.
By default all physical interfaces are in the root virtual domain and the following
procedure describes how to move a physical interface from one virtual domain to
another. You cannot remove a physical interface from a virtual domain if firewall
policies have been added for it. Delete the firewall policies or remove the interface
from the firewall policies first. If the interface has been added to a zone, it is removed
from the zone when you move it to a different virtual domain.
1
Go to System > Network > Interface.
136
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System virtual domain
Adding interfaces, VLAN subinterfaces, and zones to a virtual domain
2
Set Virtual domain to All or to the name of the virtual domain that currently contains
the interface.
3
4
5
Select Edit for the physical interface you want to move.
Choose the Virtual Domain to which to move the interface.
Select OK.
The physical interface moves to the virtual domain. Firewall IP pools and virtual IP
added for this interface are deleted. You should manually delete any routes that
include this interface.
To add VLAN subinterfaces to a virtual domain
A virtual domain must contain at least two interfaces. These can be physical
interfaces or VLAN interfaces. VLAN subinterfaces are usually not in the same virtual
domain as the physical interfaces that they are added to.
The following procedure describes how to move a VLAN subinterface from one virtual
domain to another. You cannot remove a VLAN subinterface from a virtual domain if
firewall policies have been added for it. Delete the firewall policies or remove the
VLAN subinterface from the firewall policies first. If the VLAN subinterface has been
added to a zone, it is removed from the zone when you move it to a different virtual
domain.
1
2
Go to System > Network > Interface.
Set Virtual domain to All or to the name of the virtual domain that currently contains
the VLAN subinterface.
3
4
5
Select Edit for the VLAN subinterface you want to move.
Choose the Virtual Domain to which to move the VLAN subinterface.
Select OK.
The VLAN subinterface moves to the virtual domain. Firewall IP pools and virtual IP
added for this VLAN subinterface are deleted. You should manually delete any routes
that include this VLAN subinterface.
To view the interfaces in a virtual domain
1
2
Go to System > Network > Interface.
Choose the Virtual domain you want to view.
The interfaces added to this virtual domain are listed.
To add zones to a virtual domain
The following procedure applies to NAT/Route and Transparent mode.
Go to System > Virtual domain > Virtual domains.
Select Change following the current virtual domain name above the table.
Choose the virtual domain to add zones to.
1
2
3
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
137
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Configuring routing for a virtual domain
System virtual domain
4
5
6
Select OK.
Go to System > Network > Zone.
Select Create new.
domain.
Configuring routing for a virtual domain
To configure routing for a virtual domain in NAT/Route mode
1
2
3
4
5
6
Go to System > Virtual domain > Virtual domains.
Select Change following the current virtual domain name above the table.
Choose the virtual domain for which to configure routing.
Select OK.
Go to Router.
Configure routing for the current virtual domain as required.
by the routing configuration for the current virtual domain.
To configure the routing table for a virtual domain in Transparent mode
Go to System > Virtual domain > Virtual domains.
Select Change following the current virtual domain name above the table.
Choose the virtual domain for which to configure routing.
Select OK.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Go to System > Network > Routing Table.
Configure the routing table for the current virtual domain as required.
virtual domain is routed only by the static routes added to the current virtual domain.
Configuring firewall policies for a virtual domain
To add firewall policies to a virtual domain
The following procedure applies to NAT/Route and Transparent mode.
Go to System > Virtual domain > Virtual domains.
1
2
3
4
5
Select Change following the current virtual domain name above the table.
Choose the virtual domain for which to configure firewall policies.
Select OK.
Go to Firewall > Policy.
138
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
System virtual domain
Configuring firewall policies for a virtual domain
6
Select Create new to add firewall policies to the current virtual domain.
interfaces, VLAN subinterfaces, or zones added to the current virtual domain. The
firewall policies that you add are only visible when you are viewing the current virtual
domain. Network traffic accepted by the interfaces and VLAN subinterfaces added to
this virtual domain is controlled by the firewall policies added to this virtual domain
To add firewall addresses to a virtual domain
The following procedure applies to NAT/Route and Transparent mode.
Go to System > Virtual domain > Virtual domains.
Select Change following the current virtual domain name above the table.
Choose the virtual domain for which to configure firewall addresses.
Select OK.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Go to Firewall > Address.
Add new firewall addresses, address ranges, and address groups to the current virtual
To add IP pools to a virtual domain
The following procedure applies to NAT/Route mode.
Go to System > Virtual domain > Virtual domains.
Select Change following the current virtual domain name above the table.
Choose the virtual domain for which to configure firewall IP pools.
Select OK.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Go to Firewall > IP Pool.
Add new IP pools as required for the current virtual domain. See “IP pool” on
To add Virtual IPs to a virtual domain
The following procedure applies to NAT/Route mode.
Go to System > Virtual domain > Virtual domains.
Select Change following the current virtual domain name above the table.
Choose the virtual domain for which to configure virtual IPs.
Select OK.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Go to Firewall > Virtual IP.
Add new virtual IPs as required for the current virtual domain. See “Virtual IP” on
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
139
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Configuring IPSec VPN for a virtual domain
System virtual domain
Configuring IPSec VPN for a virtual domain
To configure VPN for a virtual domain
The following procedure applies to NAT/Route and Transparent mode.
Go to System > Virtual domain > Virtual domains.
Select Change following the current virtual domain name above the table.
Choose the virtual domain for which to configure VPN.
Select OK.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Go to VPN.
140
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide Version 2.80 MR7
Router
This chapter describes how to configure FortiGate routing and RIP. It contains the
following sections:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Static
A static route specifies where to forward packets that have a particular destination IP
address. Static routes control traffic exiting the FortiGate unit—you can specify
through which interface the packet will leave and to which device the packet should be
routed.
You configure routes by defining the destination IP address and netmask of packets
that the FortiGate unit is intended to intercept, and specifying a (gateway) IP address
for those packets. The gateway address specifies the next hop router to which traffic
will be routed.
You can decrease the distance value of a static route to indicate that the route is
preferable compared to another static route that specifies a different gateway to the
same destination network. Routes having lower administrative distances are
preferable and are selected first when two or more routes to the same destination
network are available.
The FortiGate unit routes packets using a best match algorithm (the order of static
routes in the list is ignored). To select a route for a packet, the FortiGate unit checks
the destination address of the packet and searches through the routing table for the
best matching destination address. If a match is found, the packet is forwarded to the
specified gateway. If no match is found, the FortiGate unit routes the packet to the
gateway specified in the default route. The value 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0 (all destinations) is
reserved for the default route. To route packets according to the default route, you
must specify a gateway address and outbound interface for the default route.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
141
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Router
For example, consider Figure 50, which shows a FortiGate unit connected to a router.
To ensure that all outbound packets destined to any network beyond the router are
routed to the correct destination, you must edit the default configuration and make the
router the default gateway for the FortiGate unit.
Figure 50: Making a router the default gateway
Internet
Router
192.168.10.1
external
Esc
Enter
FortiGate_1
Internal network
192.168.20.0/24
To route outbound packets from the internal network to destinations that are not on
network 192.168.20.0/24, you would edit the default static route and include the
following settings:
•
•
•
Destination IP/mask: 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0
Gateway: 192.168.10.1
Device: Name of the interface connected to network 192.168.10.0/24 (e.g.
external).
•
Distance: 10
The Gateway setting specifies the IP address of the next hop router interface to the
FortiGate externalinterface. The interface behind the router (192.168.10.1) is
the default gateway for FortiGate_1.
In some cases, there may be routers behind the FortiGate unit. If the destination IP
address of a packet is not on the local network but is on a network behind one of those
routers, the FortiGate routing table must include a static route to that network. For
example, in Figure 51, the FortiGate unit must be configured with static routes to
interfaces 192.168.10.1 and 192.168.10.2 in order to forward packets to Network_1
and Network_2 respectively.
142
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Router
Static route list
Figure 51: Destinations on networks behind internal routers
Internet
FortiGate_1
Esc
Enter
internal
dmz
Router_1
Router_2
192.168.10.1
192.168.10.2
Network_1
Network_2
192.168.20.0/24
192.168.30.0/24
To route packets from Network_1 to Network_2, Router_1 must be configured to use
the FortiGate internalinterface as its default gateway. On the FortiGate unit, you
would create a new static route with these settings:
Destination IP/mask: 192.168.30.0/24
Gateway: 192.168.10.2
Device: dmz
Distance: 10
To route packets from Network_2 to Network_1, Router_2 must be configured to use
the FortiGate dmzinterface as its default gateway. On the FortiGate unit, you would
create a new static route with these settings:
Destination IP/mask: 192.168.20.0/24
Gateway: 192.168.10.1
Device: internal
Distance: 10
Static route list
Figure 52: Static routes
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
143
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Static route options
Router
Create New Add a new static route.
#
The sequence number for this route.
IP
The destination IP address for this route.
Mask
Gateway
Device
Distance
The netmask for this route.
The IP address of the first next hop router to which this route directs traffic.
The name of the FortiGate interface through which to route traffic.
The administrative distance for the route.
The Delete, Edit, and Move to icons.
Static route options
Figure 53: Static route configuration
Destination
Enter the destination IP address and netmask for this route. The value
IP/Mask
0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0is reserved for the default route.
Gateway
Enter the IP address of the first next hop router to which this route directs
traffic.
Device
Select the name of the FortiGate interface through which to route traffic.
Distance
Enter the administrative distance for the route. Using administrative distance
you can specify the relative priorities of different routes to the same
destination. A lower administrative distance indicates a more preferred route.
Distance can be an integer from 1-255.
To add or edit a static route
1
2
Go to Router > Static > Static Route.
Select Create New to add a new route or select the edit icon beside an existing route
to edit that route.
3
4
5
6
7
Enter the Destination IP address and netmask for the route.
Add the Gateway IP address.
For Device, select the FortiGate interface through which to route traffic for this route.
If required, change the administrative Distance.
Select OK.
To move static routes
1
2
Go to Router > Static > Static Route.
Select the Move to icon beside the route you want to move.
Current Order shows the existing number for this route.
144
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Router
Policy route list
Figure 54: Move a static route
3
4
For Move to, select either Before or After and type the number that you want to place
this route before or after.
Select OK.
The route is displayed in the new location on the static route list.
Policy
Using policy routing you can configure the FortiGate unit to route packets based on:
•
•
•
Source address
Protocol, service type, or port range
Incoming or source interface
The FortiGate unit starts at the top of the policy routing list and attempts to match the
packet with a policy. The policy route supplies the next hop gateway as well as the
FortiGate interface to be used by the traffic. If no policy route matches the packet, the
FortiGate unit routes the packet using the regular routing table.
Policy route list
Figure 55: Policy routes
Create New Add a new policy route.
#
The sequence number for this policy route.
Incoming
Outgoing
Source
The policy route attempts to match packets received on this interface.
The policy route sends packets out this interface.
The policy route matches packets that have this source IP address and netmask.
Destination The policy route matches packets that have this destination IP address and
netmask.
The Delete, and Edit icons.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
145
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Policy route options
Router
Policy route options
Figure 56: Policy route configuration
Protocol
Match packets that have this protocol number.
Incoming Interface Match packets that are received on this interface.
Source Address / Match packets that have this source IP address and netmask.
Mask
Destination
Match packets that have this destination IP address and netmask.
Address / Mask
Destination Ports Match packets that have this destination port range. To match a single
port, enter the same port number for both From and To.
Outgoing Interface Send packets that match this policy route, out this interface.
Gateway Address Send packets that match this policy route to this next hop router.
To add a policy route
1
2
Go to Router > Policy Route.
Select Create New to add a new policy route or select the edit icon beside an existing
policy route to edit that policy route.
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Optionally enter a Protocol number.
Select the Incoming Interface.
Enter the Source Address / Mask and the Destination Address / Mask.
Optionally enter the Destination Ports.
Select the Outgoing Interface.
Enter the Gateway Address.
Select OK.
RIP
The FortiGate implementation of the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) supports both
RIP version 1 as defined by RFC 1058, and RIP version 2 as defined by RFC 2453.
RIP version 2 enables RIP messages to carry more information, and to support simple
authentication and subnet masks.
146
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Router
General
RIP is a distance-vector routing protocol intended for small, relatively homogeneous,
networks. RIP uses hop count as its routing metric. Each network is usually counted
as one hop. The network diameter is limited to 15 hops.
General
Figure 57: RIP General settings
RIP Version
Enable sending and receiving RIP version 1 packets, RIP version 2
packets, or both for all RIP-enabled interfaces. You can override this
Default Metric
For non-default routes in the static routing table and directly connected
networks the default metric is the metric that the FortiGate unit advertises
to adjacent routers. This metric is added to the metrics of learned routes.
The default metric can be a number from 1 to 16.
Enable Default-
information-
originate
Advertise a default static route into RIP.
RIP Timers:
RIP timer defaults are effective in most configurations. All routers and
access servers in the network should have the same RIP timer settings.
Update
The time interval in seconds between RIP updates.
Garbage
The time in seconds that must elapse after the timeout interval for a route
expires, before RIP deletes the route. If RIP receives an update for the
route after the timeout timer expires but before the garbage timer expires
then the entry is switched back to reachable.
Timeout
The time interval in seconds after which a route is declared unreachable.
The route is removed from the routing table. RIP holds the route until the
garbage timer expires and then deletes the route. If RIP receives an
update for the route before the timeout timer expires, then the timeout
timer is restarted. If RIP receives an update for the route after the timeout
timer expires but before the garbage timer expires then the entry is
switched back to reachable. The value of the timeout timer should be at
least three times the value of the update timer.
Redistribute:
Advertise routes learned from static routes, or a direct connection to the
destination network.
Connected
Metric
Advertise routes learned from directly connected networks.
Enter the metric to be used for the redistributed connected routes.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
147
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Networks list
Router
Route-map
Enter the name of the route map to use for the redistributed connected
routes. For information on how to configure route maps, see “Route-map
Static
Advertise routes learned from static routes.
Metric
Enter the metric to be used for the redistributed static routes.
Route-map
Enter the name of the route map to use for the redistributed static routes.
For information on how to configure route maps, “Route-map list” on
To configure RIP general settings
Go to Router > RIP > General.
Select the default RIP Version.
1
2
3
4
Change the Default Metric if required.
Select Enable Default-information-originate if the configuration requires advertising a
default static route into RIP.
5
6
Only change the RIP timers if required.
RIP timer defaults are effective in most configurations. All routers and access servers
in the network should have the same RIP timer settings.
Select Apply.
To configure RIP route redistribution
Go to Router > RIP > General.
1
2
3
4
5
Select Connected or Static or both.
Enter the Default Metric to be used for the redistributed routes.
Select a Route-map name.
Select Apply.
Networks list
Identify the networks for which to send and receive RIP updates. If a network is not
specified, interfaces in that network will not be advertised in RIP updates.
Figure 58: RIP Networks list
Create New Add a new RIP network.
IP/Netmask The IP address and netmask for the RIP network.
The Delete, and Edit icons.
148
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Router
Networks options
Networks options
Figure 59: RIP Networks configuration
To configure a RIP network
1
2
Go to Router > RIP > Networks.
Select Create New to add a new RIP network or select the edit icon beside an existing
RIP network to edit that RIP network.
3
4
Enter the IP address and netmask for the network.
Select OK.
Interface list
Configure RIP version 2 authentication, RIP version send and receive for the specified
interface, and configure and enable split horizon.
Authentication is only available for RIP version 2 packets sent and received by an
interface. Set authentication to None if Send Version or Receive Version are set to 1
or 1 2.
Figure 60: RIP interface list
Create New
Add a new RIP interface.
Interface
The FortiGate interface name.
The RIP send version for this interface.
The RIP receive version for this interface.
The split horizon type.
Send Version
Receive Version
Split-Horizon
Authentication
The authentication type.
The Delete and Edit icons.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
149
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Interface options
Router
Interface options
Figure 61: RIP interface configuration
Interface
The FortiGate interface name.
Send Version
RIP routing messages are UDP packets that use port 520.
Select 1 to configure RIP to send RIP version 1 messages from an
interface.
Select 2 to configure RIP to send RIP version 2 messages from an
interface.
Select Both to configure RIP to send both RIP version 1 and RIP version
2 messages from an interface.
Setting the Send Version here overrides the default RIP version for this
interface.
Receive Version
RIP routing messages are UDP packets that use port 520.
Select 1 to configure RIP to listen for RIP version 1 messages on an
interface.
Select 2 to configure RIP to listen for RIP version 2 messages on an
interface.
Select Both to configure RIP to listen for both RIP version 1 and RIP
version 2 messages on an interface.
Setting the Receive Version here overrides the default RIP version for
this interface.
Split-Horizon
Configure RIP to use either regular or poisoned reverse split horizon on
this interface.
Select Regular to prevent RIP from sending updates for a route back out
the interface from which it received that route.
Select Poisoned reverse to send updates with routes learned on an
interface back out the same interface but with the routes marked as
unreachable.
Authentication
Select the authentication used for RIP version 2 packets sent and
received by this interface. If you select None, no authentication is used. If
you select Text, the authentication key is sent as plain text. If you select
MD5, the authentication key is used to generate an MD5 hash.
Both text mode and MD5 mode only guarantee the authenticity of the
update packet, not the confidentiality of the routing information in the
packet.
In text mode the key is sent in clear text over the network. Text mode is
usually used only to prevent network problems that can occur if an
unwanted or misconfigured router is mistakenly added to the network.
150
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Router
Distribute list
Password
Key-chain
Enter a password (key) to use for authentication for RIP version 2
packets sent and received by this interface. Enter a password here when
you only want to configure one key. The key can be up to 35 characters
long.
Enter the name of the key chain to use for authentication for RIP version
2 packets sent and received by this interface. Use key chains when you
want to configure multiple keys. For information on how to configure key
To configure a RIP interface
1
2
3
Go to Router > RIP > Interface.
Select the edit icon beside an Interface to configure that interface.
Select a Send Version if you want to override the default send version for this
interface.
4
Select a Receive Version if you want to override the default receive version for this
interface.
5
6
7
8
Select the Split-Horizon check box to enable split horizon.
Select either Regular or Poisoned reverse to set the split horizon type.
Select the Authentication mode.
Select Password and enter a password (key) if this interface is using RIP version 2
and if you are configuring only one key for this interface and do not want to use a key
chain.
9
Select Key-chain and select the key chain to use if this interface is using RIP version 2
and you want to use key chains for authentication for this interface.
10
Select OK.
Distribute list
Use distribute lists to filter incoming or outgoing updates using an access list or a
prefix list. If you do not specify an interface, the filter will be applied to all interfaces in
the current virtual domain.
Note: By default, all distribute lists for the root virtual domain are displayed. If you create
additional virtual domains, the distribute lists belonging to the current virtual domain only are
displayed. To view the settings associated with a different virtual domain, go to System > Virtual
Domain > Virtual Domains and select the virtual domain.
You must configure the access list or prefix list that you want the distribute list to use
before you configure the distribute list. For more information on configuring access
Figure 62: RIP Distribute list
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
151
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Distribute list options
Router
Create New
Direction
Filter
Add a new distribute list.
The direction for the filter.
The type of filter and the filter name.
Interface
The interface to use this filter on. If no interface name is displayed, this
distribute list is used for all interfaces.
Enable
The status of this distribute list.
The Delete and Edit icons.
Distribute list options
Figure 63: RIP Distribute list configuration
Direction
prefix-list
access-list
Interface
Enable
Set the direction for the filter. Select In to filter incoming packets. Select
Out to filter outgoing packets.
Select prefix-list to use a prefix list for this distribute list. Select the name
of the prefix list to use for this distribute list.
Select access-list to use an access list for this distribute list. Select the
name of the access list to use for this distribute list.
Select the name of the interface to apply this distribute list to. If you do
not specify an interface, this distribute list will be used for all interfaces.
Select Enable to enable the distribute list.
To configure a distribute list
Go to Router > RIP > Distribute List.
1
2
Select Create New to add a new distribute list or select the edit icon beside an existing
distribute list to edit that distribute list.
3
4
5
6
Set Direction to In or Out.
Select either prefix-list or access-list.
Select the prefix list or access list to use for this distribute list.
Select an interface to apply this distribute list to, or select the blank entry to apply this
distribute list to all interfaces.
7
8
Select or clear the Enable check box to enable or disable this distribute list.
Select OK.
152
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Router
Offset list
Offset list
Use offset lists to add the specified offset to the metric of a route.
Note: By default, all offset lists for the root virtual domain are displayed. If you create additional
virtual domains, the offset lists belonging to the current virtual domain only are displayed. To
view the settings associated with a different virtual domain, go to System > Virtual Domain >
Virtual Domains and select the virtual domain.
Figure 64: RIP Offset list
Create New
Direction
Access-list
Offset
Add a new offset list.
The direction for the offset list.
The access list to use for this offset list.
The offset number to add to the metric for this offset list.
The interface to match for this offset list.
The status of this offset list.
Interface
Enable
The Delete and Edit icons.
Offset list options
Figure 65: RIP Offset list configuration
Direction
Select In to apply the offset to the metrics of incoming routes. Select out
to apply the offset to the metrics of outgoing routes.
Access-list
Select the access list to use for this offset list. The access list is used to
determine which routes to add the metric to.
Offset
Enter the offset number to add to the metric. Enter a number from 1 to 16.
Select the interface to match for this offset list.
Interface
Enable
Select Enable to enable this offset list.
To configure an offset list
1
2
Go to Router > RIP > Offset List.
Select Create New to add a new offset list or select the edit icon beside an existing
offset list to edit that offset list.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
153
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Access list
Router
3
4
5
6
7
Set Direction to In or Out.
Enter the offset number.
Select the interface to match for this offset list.
Check or clear the Enable check box to enable or disable this offset list.
Select OK.
Router objects
Router objects are a set of tools used by routing protocols and features.
Access lists are filters used by FortiGate routing features.
Access list
Each rule in an access list consists of a prefix (IP address and netmask), the action to
take for this prefix (permit or deny), and whether to match the prefix exactly or to
match the prefix and any more specific prefix.
The FortiGate unit attempts to match a packet against the rules in an access list
starting at the top of the list. If it finds a match for the prefix it takes the action specified
for that prefix. If no match is found the default action is deny.
For an access list to take effect it must be called by another FortiGate routing feature
such as RIP or OSPF.
Figure 66: Access list
Create New
Add a new access list name. An access list and a prefix list cannot have
the same name.
Name
Action
Prefix
The access list name.
The action to take for the prefix in an access list entry.
The prefix in an access list entry.
The Delete, Add access-list entry, and Edit icons.
New access list
Figure 67: Access list name configuration
154
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Router
New access list entry
To add an access list name
Go to Router > Router Objects > Access List.
Select Create New.
1
2
3
4
Enter a name for the access list.
Select OK.
New access list entry
Figure 68: Access list entry configuration
list Entry
Action
Prefix
The access list name and the number of this entry.
Set the action to take for this prefix to Permit or Deny.
Select Match any to match any prefix. Select Match a network address
and enter the prefix (IP address and netmask) for this access list rule.
Exact match
By default, access list rules are matched on the prefix or any more
specific prefix. Enable Exact match to match only the configured prefix.
To configure an access list entry
1
2
Go to Router > Router Objects > Access List.
Select the Add access-list entry icon to add a new access list entry or select the edit
icon beside an existing access list entry to edit that entry.
3
4
5
Select Permit or Deny for the Action to take for the prefix in this access list entry.
Select either Match any or Match a network address.
If you selected Match a network address, enter the IP address and netmask that
define the prefix for this access list entry.
6
7
Select Exact match if required.
Select OK.
Prefix list
A prefix list is an enhanced version of an access list that allows you to control the
length of the prefix netmask.
Each rule in a prefix list consists of a prefix (IP address and netmask), the action to
take for this prefix (permit or deny), and maximum and minimum prefix length settings.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
155
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
New Prefix list
Router
The FortiGate unit attempts to match a packet against the rules in a prefix list starting
at the top of the list. If it finds a match for the prefix, it takes the action specified for that
prefix. If no match is found the default action is deny.
For a prefix list to take effect it must be called by another FortiGate routing feature
such as RIP or OSPF.
Figure 69: Prefix list
Create New
Add a new prefix list name. An access list and a prefix list cannot have
the same name.
Name
Action
Prefix
GE
The prefix list name.
The action to take for the prefix in a prefix list entry.
The prefix in a prefix list entry.
The greater than or equal to number.
The less than or equal to number.
The Delete, Add prefix-list entry, and Edit icons.
LE
New Prefix list
Figure 70: Prefix list name configuration
To add a prefix list name
Go to Router > Router Objects > Prefix List.
Select Create New.
1
2
3
4
Enter a name for the prefix list.
Select OK.
156
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Router
New prefix list entry
New prefix list entry
Figure 71: Prefix list entry configuration
list Entry
Action
Prefix
The prefix list name and the number of this entry.
Set the action to take for this prefix to Permit or Deny.
Select Match any to match any prefix. Select Match a network address
and enter the prefix (IP address and netmask) for this prefix list entry. The
length of the netmask should be less than the setting for Greater or equal
to.
Greater or equal to Match prefix lengths that are greater than or equal to this number. The
setting for Greater or equal to should be less than the setting for Less or
equal to. The setting for Greater or equal to should be greater than the
netmask set for Prefix.The number can be from 0 to 32.
Less or equal to
Match prefix lengths that are less than or equal to this number. The
setting for Less or equal to should be greater than the setting for Greater
or equal to. The number can be from 0 to 32.
To configure a prefix list entry
1
2
Go to Router > Router Objects > Prefix List.
Select the Add prefix-list entry icon to add a new prefix list entry or select the edit icon
beside an existing prefix list entry to edit that entry.
3
4
5
Select Permit or Deny for the Action to take for the prefix in this prefix list entry.
Select either Match any or Match a network address.
If you selected Match a network address, enter the IP address and netmask that
define the prefix for this prefix list entry.
6
7
Select Greater or equal to and enter a number from 0 to 32 to match prefix lengths
that are greater than or equal to this number.
Select Less or equal to and enter a number from 0 to 32 to match prefix lengths that
are less than or equal to this number.
8
Select OK.
Route-map list
Route maps are a specialized form of filter. Route maps are similar to access lists, but
have enhanced matching criteria, and in addition to permit or deny actions can be
configured to make changes as defined by set statements.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
157
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
New Route-map
Router
The FortiGate unit attempts to match the rules in a route map starting at the top of the
list. If it finds a match it makes the changes defined in the set statements and then
takes the action specified for the rule. If no match is found in the route map the default
action is deny. If no match statements are defined in a rule, the default action is to
match everything. If multiple match statements are defined in a rule, all the match
statements must match before the set statements can be used.
For a route map to take effect it must be called by another FortiGate routing feature
such as RIP.
Figure 72: Route map list
Create New
Name
Add a new route map name.
The route map name.
Action
The action to take for this entry in the route map.
The rules for a route map entry.
Route-map rules
The Delete, Add route-map entry, and Edit icons.
New Route-map
Figure 73: Route map name configuration
To add a route map name
Go to Router > Router Objects > Route-map.
Select Create New.
1
2
3
4
Enter a name for the route map.
Select OK.
158
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Router
Route-map list entry
Route-map list entry
Figure 74: Route map entry configuration
Route-map entry
Action
The route map name and the ID number of this route map entry.
Select Permit to permit routes that match this entry. Select Deny to deny
routes that match this entry.
Match:
The criteria to match.
Interface
Address
Match a route with the selected destination interface.
Match a route if the destination address is included in the selected
access list or prefix list.
Next-hop
Metric
Match a route that has a next hop router address included in the selected
access list or prefix list.
Match a route with the specified metric. The metric can be a number from
1 to 16.
Route Type
Tag
Match a route that has the external type set to 1 or 2.
Match a route that has the specified tag.
The set criteria.
Set:
Next-hop
Metric
Set the next hop router address for a matched route.
Set a metric value of 1 to 16 for a matched route.
Set a metric value of 1 to 16 for a matched route.
Set a tag value for a matched route.
Metric Type
Tag
To configure a route map entry
1
2
Go to Router > Router Objects > Route Map.
Select the Add route-map entry icon to add a new route map entry or select the edit
icon beside an existing route map entry to edit that entry.
3
Select Permit or Deny for the Action to take for this route map entry.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
159
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Key chain list
Router
4
5
6
Under Match, select the criteria to match.
Under Set, select the criteria to change.
Select OK.
Key chain list
RIP version 2 uses authentication keys to ensure that the routing information
exchanged between routers is reliable. For authentication to work both the sending
and receiving routers must be set to use authentication, and must be configured with
the same keys.
A key chain is a list of one or more keys and the send and receive lifetimes for each
key. Keys are used for authenticating routing packets only during the specified
lifetimes. The FortiGate unit migrates from one key to the next according to the
scheduled send and receive lifetimes. The sending and receiving routers should have
their system dates and times synchronized, but overlapping the key lifetimes ensures
that a key is always available even if there is some difference in the system times. See
“System time” on page 81 for information on setting the FortiGate system date and
time.
Figure 75: Key chain list
Create New
Key-chain
Add a new key chain.
The key chain name.
Accept Lifetime
Send Lifetime
Start End
The time period in which to accept a key.
The time period in which to send a key.
The start and end times for the accept and send lifetimes.
The Delete, Add key-chain entry, and Edit icons.
New key chain
Figure 76: Key chain name configuration
To add a key chain name
1
2
Go to Router > Router Objects > Key-chain.
Select Create New.
160
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Router
Key chain list entry
3
4
Enter a name for the key chain.
Select OK.
Key chain list entry
Figure 77: Key chain entry configuration
Key-chain entry
Key
The key chain name and the ID number for this key chain entry.
The key (password) can be up to 35 characters long.
Set the time period during which the key can be received.
Set the time period during which the key can be sent.
Accept Lifetime
Send Lifetime
Start
For both accept and send lifetimes, set the start time and date for this
entry in the key chain.
End
For both accept and send lifetimes, set the end time. The end time can be
a specified date and time, a duration in seconds (1 to 2147483646), or
infinite for a key that never expires.
To configure a key chain entry
1
2
Go to Router > Router Objects > Key-chain.
Select the Add key-chain entry icon to add a new key chain entry or select the Edit
icon beside an existing key chain entry to edit that entry.
3
4
Enter a key.
Under Accept Lifetime, select the required hour, minute, second, year, month and day
to start using this key for received routing updates.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
161
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Routing monitor list
Router
5
Under Accept Lifetime, select Infinite, Duration or End time.
•
•
If you selected Duration, enter the time in seconds that this key should be active.
If you selected End time, select the required hour, minute, second, year, month
and day to stop using this key for received routing updates.
6
7
Under Send Lifetime, select the required hour, minute, second, year, month and day
to start using this key for sending routing updates.
Under Send Lifetime, select Infinite, Duration or End time.
•
•
If you selected Duration, enter the time in seconds that this key should be active.
If you selected End time, select the required hour, minute, second, year, month
and day to stop using this key for sending routing updates.
8
Select OK.
Monitor
Display the FortiGate routing table.
Routing monitor list
Figure 78: Routing monitor
Type:
FIlter the display to show routes of the selected type.
FIlter the display to show routes for the specified network.
FIlter the display to show routes using the specified gateway.
FIlter the routes according to the criteria you have specified.
The type of route. Type refers to how the FortiGate unit learned the route.
The subtype for the route.
Network:
Gateway:
Apply Filter
Type
Subtype
Network
Distance
Metric
The network for the route.
The administrative distance of the route.
The metric for the route.
Gateway
Interface
Up Time
The gateway used by the route.
The interface used by the route.
How long the route has been available.
To filter the routing monitor display
1
2
Go to Router > Monitor > Routing Monitor.
Select a type of route to display or select all to display routes of all types.
For example, select Connected to display all the directly connected routes, or select
RIP to display all the routes learned from RIP.
162
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Router
get router info ospf
3
4
5
Specify the network for which to display routes.
Specify a gateway to display the routes using that gateway.
Select Apply Filter.
Note: You can configure Type, Network, and Gateway filters individually or in any combination.
CLI configuration
This guide only covers Command Line Interface (CLI) commands, keywords, or
variables (in bold) that are not represented in the web-based manager. For complete
descriptions and examples of how to use CLI commands see the FortiGate CLI
Reference Guide.
get router info ospf
Use this command to display information about OSPF.
Command syntax
get router info ospf <keyword>
router info ospf command keywords and variables
Keywords and variables Description
Availability
border-routers
Show OSPF routing table entries that have an Area All models.
Border Router (ABR) or Autonomous System
Boundary Router (ASBR) as a destination.
database
Show the entries in the OSPF routing database.
All models.
All models.
interface
Show the status of the FortiGate interfaces and
whether OSPF is enabled for each interface.
neighbor
route
Show information about OSPF neighbors.
Show the OSPF routing table.
All models.
All models.
All models.
All models.
status
Show the status of the OSPF process.
Show information about OSPF virtual links.
virtual-links
Examples
get router info ospf database
get router info ospf interface
get router info protocols
Show the current state of active routing protocols.
Command syntax
get router info protocols
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
163
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
get router info rip
Router
get router info rip
Use this command to display information about RIP.
Command syntax
get router info rip <keyword>
router info rip command keywords and variables
Keywords and variables Description
Availability
All models.
All models.
database
Show the entries in the RIP routing database.
interface
Show the status of the FortiGate interfaces and
whether RIP is enabled for each interface.
Examples
get router info rip database
get router info rip interface
config router ospf
Use this command to configure open shortest path first (OSPF) on the FortiGate unit.
OSPF is an open protocol based on the shortest path first algorithm. OSPF is a link
state protocol capable of routing larger networks than the simpler distance vector RIP
protocol. An OSPF autonomous system (AS) or routing domain is a group of areas
connected to a backbone area. A router connected to more than one area is an area
border router (ABR). Routing information is contained in a link state database. Routing
information is communicated between routers using link state advertisements (LSAs).
More information on OSPF can be found in RFC 2328.
Command syntax pattern
config router ospf
set <keyword> <variable>
end
config router ospf
unset <keyword>
end
get router ospf
show router ospf
The configrouter ospfcommand has 7 subcommands.
164
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Router
config router ospf
Note: In the following table, only the router-idkeyword is required. All other keywords are
optional.
ospf command keywords and variables
Keywords and
Description
Default
Availability
variables
abr-type {cisco |
ibm | shortcut |
standard}
Specify the behavior of a FortiGate unit
acting as an OSPF area border router
(ABR) when it has multiple attached areas
and has no backbone connection.
Selecting the ABR type compatible with
the routers on your network can reduce or
eliminate the need for configuring and
maintaining virtual links. For more
information, see RFC 3509.
cisco
All models.
database-overflow Enable or disable dynamically limiting link disable All models.
state database size under overflow
conditions. Enable this command for
FortiGate units on a network with routers
that because of limited resources may not
be able to maintain a complete link state
database.
{disable | enable}
database-overflow- If you have enabled database-
10000
All models.
overflow, set the limit for the number of
external link state advertisements (LSAs)
that the FortiGate unit can keep in its link
state database before entering the
overflow state. The lsas_integermust
be the same on all routers attached to the
OSPF area and the OSPF backbone. The
valid range for lsas_integeris 0 to
4294967294.
max-lsas
<lsas_integer>
database-overflow-
time-to-recover
<seconds_integer>
Enter the time, in seconds, after which the 300
FortiGate unit will attempt to leave the
overflow state. If seconds_integeris
set to 0, the FortiGate unit will not leave
the overflow state until restarted. The valid
range for seconds_integeris 0 to
65535.
All models.
default-
information-metric
<metric_integer>
Specify the metric for the default route set 10
by the default-information-
All models.
All models.
originatecommand. The valid range for
metric_integeris 1 to 16777214.
default-
information-
metric-type {1 | 2}
Specify the OSPF external metric type for 2
the default route set by the default-
information-originatecommand.
default-
Enter enableto advertise a default route disable All models.
into an OSPF routing domain.
information-
originate {always
| disable |
enable}
Use alwaysto advertise a default route
even if the FortiGate unit does not have a
default route in its routing table.
default-
information-route-
map <name_str>
If you have set default-information- No
All models.
originateto always, and there is no
default route in the routing table, you can
configure a route map to define the
parameters that OSPF uses to advertise
the default route.
default.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
165
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
config router ospf
Router
ospf command keywords and variables (Continued)
Keywords and
Description
Default
Availability
variables
default-metric
<metric_integer>
Specify the default metric that OSPF
should use for redistributed routes. The
valid range for metric_integeris 1 to
16777214.
10
All models.
distance
<distance_integer>
Configure the administrative distance for 110
all OSPF routes. Using administrative
distance you can specify the relative
priorities of different routes to the same
destination. A lower administrative
distance indicates a more preferred route.
The valid range for distance_integer
is 1 to 255.
All models.
passive-interface OSPF routing information is not sent or
received through the specified interface.
No
default.
All models.
<name_str>
rfc1583-compatible Enable or disable RFC 1583 compatibility. disable All models.
RFC 1583 compatibility should be enabled
only when there is another OSPF router in
the network that only supports RFC 1583.
When RFC 1583 compatibility is enabled,
routers choose the path with the lowest
cost. Otherwise, routers choose the lowest
cost intra-area path through a non-
backbone area.
{disable | enable}
router-id
<address_ipv4>
Set the router ID. The router ID is a unique No
All models.
All models.
number, in IP address dotted decimal
format, that is used to identify an OSPF
router to other OSPF routers. The router
ID should not be changed while OSPF is
running.
default.
A router ID of 0.0.0.0 is not allowed.
spf-timers
<delay_integer>
<hold_integer>
Change the default shortest path first
(SPF) calculation delay time and
frequency.
5 10
The delay_integeris the time, in
seconds, between when OSPF receives
information that will require an SPF
calculation and when it starts an SPF
calculation. The valid range for
delay_integeris 0 to 4294967295.
The hold_integeris the minimum time,
in seconds, between consecutive SPF
calculations. The valid range for
hold_integeris 0 to 4294967295.
OSPF updates routes more quickly if the
SPF timers are set low; however, this uses
more CPU. A setting of 0 for spf-timers
can quickly use up all available CPU.
Example
This example shows how to set the OSPF router ID to 1.1.1.1:
config router ospf
set router-id 1.1.1.1
end
This example shows how to display the OSPF settings.
166
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Router
config router ospf
get router ospf
This example shows how to display the OSPF configuration.
show router ospf
config area
Access the config areasubcommand using the config router ospf
command. Use this command to set OSPF area related parameters.
Routers in an OSPF autonomous system (AS) or routing domain are organized into
logical groupings called areas. Areas are linked together by area border routers
(ABRs). There must be a backbone area that all areas can connect to. You can use a
virtual link to connect areas that do not have a physical connection to the backbone.
Routers within an OSPF area maintain link state databases for their own areas.
config area command syntax pattern
Note: Any IP address is a valid area ID. An area ID of 0.0.0.0 indicates the backbone area.
config area
edit <id_ipv4>
set <keyword> <variable>
end
config area
edit <id_ipv4>
unset <keyword> <variable>
end
config area
delete <id_ipv4>
end
config area
edit <id_ipv4>
get
end
config area
edit <id_ipv4>
show
end
The configareacommand has 3 subcommands.
Note: All areakeywords are optional.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
167
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
config router ospf
Router
area command keywords and variables
Keywords and
variables
Description
Default
Availability
authentication
Set the authentication type.
none
All models.
{md5 | none | text} Use the authenticationkeyword to
define the authentication used for OSPF
packets sent and received in this area. If
you select none, no authentication is
used. If you select text, the
authentication key is sent as plain text. If
you select md5, an authentication key is
used to generate an MD5 hash.
Both text mode and MD5 mode only
guarantee the authenticity of the OSPF
packet, not the confidentiality of the
information in the packet.
In text mode the key is sent in clear text
over the network. Text mode is usually
used only to prevent network problems
that can occur if an unwanted or
misconfigured router is mistakenly
added to the area.
If you configure authentication for
interfaces, the authentication configured
for the area is not used. Authentication
passwords or keys are defined per
interface. See “config ospf-interface” on
default-cost
<cost_integer>
Enter the metric to use for the summary 10
All models.
default route in a stub area or not so
stubby area (NSSA). A lower default
cost indicates a more preferred route.
The valid range for cost_integeris 1
to 16777214.
nssa-default-
information-
originate
Enter enableto advertise a default
route in a not so stubby area. Affects
NSSA ABRs or NSSA Autonomous
System Boundary Routers only.
disable All models.
{disable | enable}
nssa-default-
information-
originate-metric
<metric_integer>
Specify the metric for the default route 10
set by the nssa-default-
All models.
All models.
information-originatekeyword.
nssa-default-
information-
originate-metric-
type
Specify the OSPF external metric type 2
for the default route set by the nssa-
default-information-originate
keyword.
{1 | 2}
nssa-
redistribution
{disable | enable}
Enable or disable redistributing routes enable
into a NSSA area.
All models.
168
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Router
config router ospf
area command keywords and variables (Continued)
Keywords and
Description
Default
Availability
variables
nssa-translator-
role {always |
candidate | never}
A NSSA border router can translate the candidate All models.
Type 7 LSAs used for external route
information within the NSSA to Type 5
LSAs used for distributing external route
information to other parts of the OSPF
routing domain. Usually a NSSA will
have only one NSSA border router
acting as a translator for the NSSA.
You can set the translator role to
alwaysto ensure this FortiGate unit
always acts as a translator if it is in a
NSSA, even if other routers in the NSSA
are also acting as translators.
You can set the translator role to
candidateto have this FortiGate unit
participate in the process for electing a
translator for a NSSA.
You can set the translator role to never
to ensure this FortiGate unit never acts
as the translator if it is in a NSSA.
shortcut {default
| disable |
enable}
Use this command to specify area
shortcut parameters.
disable All models.
stub-type
{no-summary |
summary}
Enter no-summaryto prevent an ABR summary All models.
sending summary LSAs into a stub area.
Enter summaryto allow an ABR to send
summary LSAs into a stub area.
type
Set the area type:
regular All models.
{nssa | regular |
stub}
• Select nssafor a not so stubby area.
• Select regularfor a normal OSPF
area.
• Select stubfor a stub area.
Example
This example shows how to configure a stub area with the id 15.1.1.1, a stub type of
summary, a default cost of 20, and MD5 authentication.
config router ospf
config area
edit 15.1.1.1
set type stub
set stub-type summary
set default-cost 20
set authentication md5
end
end
This example shows how to display the settings for area 15.1.1.1.
config router ospf
config area
edit 15.1.1.1
get
end
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
169
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
config router ospf
Router
This example shows how to display the configuration for area 15.1.1.1.
config router ospf
config area
edit 15.1.1.1
show
end
config filter-list
Access the config filter-listsubcommand using the config area
subcommand.
Use filter lists to control the import and export of LSAs into and out of an area. You can
use access or prefix lists for OSPF area filter lists. For more information, see “Access
config filter-list command syntax pattern
config filter-list
edit <id_integer>
set <keyword> <variable>
end
config filter-list
edit <id_integer>
unset <keyword>
end
config filter-list
delete <id_integer>
end
config filter-list
edit <id_integer>
get
end
config filter-list
edit <id_integer>
show
end
Note: Both keywords are required.
filter-list command keywords and variables
Keywords and Description
variables
Default Availability
direction
{in | out}
Set the direction for the filter. Enter into filter
out
All models.
All models.
incoming packets. Enter outto filter outgoing
packets.
list
<name_str>
Enter the name of the access list or prefix list to use No
for this filter list.
default.
170
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Router
config router ospf
Example
This example shows how to use an access list named acc_list1to filter packets
entering area 15.1.1.1.
config router ospf
config area
edit 15.1.1.1
config filter-list
edit 1
set direction in
set list acc_list1
end
end
This example shows how to display the settings for area 15.1.1.1.
config router ospf
config area
edit 15.1.1.1
get
end
This example shows how to display the configuration for area 15.1.1.1.
config router ospf
config area
edit 15.1.1.1
show
end
config range
Access the config rangesubcommand using the config area command.
Use the area range command to summarize routes at an area boundary. If the
network numbers in an area are contiguous, the ABR advertises a summary route that
includes all the networks within the area that are within the specified range.
config range command syntax pattern
The range id_integercan be 0 to 4294967295.
config range
edit <id_integer>
set <keyword> <variable>
end
config range
edit <id_integer>
unset <keyword>
end
config range
delete <id_integer>
end
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
171
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
config router ospf
Router
config range
edit <id_integer>
get
end
config range
edit <id_integer>
show
end
Note: Only the prefixkeyword is required. All other keywords are optional.
range command keywords and variables
Keywords and
variables
Description
Default Availability
advertise
{disable | enable}
Enable or disable advertising the specified enable All models.
range.
prefix
<address_ipv4mask>
Specify the range of addresses to
summarize.
No
All models.
All models.
default
substitute
<address_ipv4mask>
Enter a prefix to advertise instead of the
prefix defined for the range. The prefix
0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 is not allowed.
No
default.
substitute-status Enable or disable using a substitute prefix. disable All models.
{disable | enable}
Example
This example shows how to set the prefix for range 1 of area 15.1.1.1.
config router ospf
config area
edit 15.1.1.1
config range
edit 1
set prefix 1.1.0.0 255.255.0.0
end
end
This example shows how to display the settings for area 15.1.1.1.
config router ospf
config area
edit 15.1.1.1
get
end
This example shows how to display the configuration for area 15.1.1.1.
172
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Router
config router ospf
config router ospf
config area
edit 15.1.1.1
show
end
config virtual-link
Access the config virtual-linksubcommand using the config area
command.
Use virtual links to connect an area to the backbone when the area has no direct
connection to the backbone. A virtual link allows traffic from the area to transit a
directly connected area to reach the backbone. The transit area cannot be a stub
area. Virtual links can only be set up between two area border routers (ABRs).
config virtual link command syntax pattern
config virtual-link
edit <name_str>
set <keyword> <variable>
end
config virtual-link
edit <name_str>
unset <keyword>
end
config virtual-link
delete <name_str>
end
config virtual-link
edit <name_str>
get
end
config virtual-link
edit <name_str>
show
end
Note: Only the peerkeyword is required. All other keywords are optional.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
173
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
config router ospf
Router
virtual-link command keywords and variables
Keywords and
variables
Description
Default Availability
none All models.
authentication
{md5 | none |
text}
Set the authentication type.
Use the authenticationkeyword
to define the authentication used for
OSPF packets sent and received
over this virtual link. If you select
none, no authentication is used. If
you select text, the authentication
key is sent as plain text. If you select
md5, an authentication key is used to
generate an MD5 hash.
Both text mode and MD5 mode only
guarantee the authenticity of the
OSPF packet, not the confidentiality
of the information in the packet.
In text mode the key is sent in clear
text over the network. Text mode is
usually used only to prevent network
problems that can occur if an
unwanted or misconfigured router is
mistakenly added to the area.
authentication-key Enter the password to use for text No
All models.
authentication.
default.
<password_str>
authentication
must be set to
text.
The authentication-keymust
be the same on both ends of the
virtual link.
The maximum length for the
authentication-keyis 15
characters.
dead-interval
<seconds_integer>
The time, in seconds, to wait for a
hello packet before declaring a
router down. The value of the dead-
intervalshould be four times the
value of the hello-interval.
40
All models.
Both ends of the virtual link must use
the same value for dead-
interval.
The valid range for
seconds_integeris 1 to 65535.
hello-interval
<seconds_integer>
The time, in seconds, between hello 10
All models.
All models.
packets.
Both ends of the virtual link must use
the same value for hello-
interval.
The valid range for
seconds_integeris 1 to 65535.
md5-key
<id_integer><key_s
tr>
Enter the key ID and password to
use for MD5authentication. Both
ends of the virtual link must use the
same key ID and key.
No
default.
authentication
must be set to md5.
The valid range for id_integeris 1
to 255. key_stris an alphanumeric
string of up to 16 characters.
peer
<address_ipv4>
The router id of the remote ABR.
0.0.0.0 is not allowed.
No
default.
All models.
174
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Router
config router ospf
virtual-link command keywords and variables (Continued)
Keywords and
Description
Default Availability
variables
retransmit-
interval
<seconds_integer>
The time, in seconds, to wait before 5
sending a LSA retransmission. The
value for the retransmit interval must
be greater than the expected round-
trip delay for a packet. The valid
range for seconds_integeris 1 to
65535.
All models.
transmit-delay
<seconds_integer>
The estimated time, in seconds,
required to send a link state update
packet on this virtual link.
1
All models.
OSPF increments the age of the
LSAs in the update packet to
account for transmission and
propagation delays on the virtual
link.
Increase the value for transmit-
delayon low speed links.
The valid range for
seconds_integeris 1 to 65535.
Example
This example shows how to configure a virtual link.
config router ospf
config area
edit 15.1.1.1
config virtual-link
edit vlnk1
set peer 1.1.1.1
end
end
This example shows how to display the settings for area 15.1.1.1.
config router ospf
config area
edit 15.1.1.1
get
end
This example shows how to display the configuration for area 15.1.1.1.
config router ospf
config area
edit 15.1.1.1
show
end
config distribute-list
Access the config distribute-listsubcommand using the config router
ospf command.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
175
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
config router ospf
Router
Use this command to use an access list to filter the networks in routing updates.
Routes not matched by any of the distribute lists will not be advertised.
You must configure the access list that you want the distribute list to use before you
configure the distribute list. For more information on configuring access lists, see
config distribute-list command syntax pattern
config distribute-list
edit <id_integer>
set <keyword> <variable>
end
config distribute-list
edit <id_integer>
unset <keyword>
end
config distribute-list
delete <id_integer>
end
config distribute-list
edit <id_integer>
get
end
config distribute-list
edit <id_integer>
show
end
Note: Both keywords are required.
distribute-list command keywords and variables
Keywords and
variables
Description
Default
Availability
access-list
<name_str>
Enter the name of the access list to use for No default. All models.
this distribute list.
protocol
{connected | rip
| static}
Advertise only the routes discovered by the connected All models.
specified protocol and that are permitted by
the named access list.
Example
This example shows how to configure a distribute list numbered 2 to use an access
list named acc_list1for all static routes.
176
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Router
config router ospf
config router ospf
config distribute-list
edit 2
set access-list acc_list1
set protocol static
end
end
This example shows how to display the settings for distribute list 2.
config router ospf
config distribute-list
edit 2
get
end
This example shows how to display the configuration for distribute list 2.
config router ospf
config distribute-list
edit 2
show
end
config neighbor
Access the config neighborsubcommand using the config router ospf
command.
Use this command to manually configure an OSPF neighbor on nonbroadcast
networks. OSPF packets are unicast to the specified neighbor address. You can
configure multiple neighbors.
config neighbor command syntax pattern
config neighbor
edit <id_integer>
set <keyword> <variable>
end
config neighbor
edit <id_integer>
unset <keyword>
end
config neighbor
delete <id_integer>
end
config neighbor
edit <id_integer>
get
end
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
177
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
config router ospf
Router
config neighbor
edit <id_integer>
show
end
Note: Only the ipkeyword is required. All other keywords are optional.
neighbor command keywords and variables
Keywords and
Description
Default Availability
variables
cost
<cost_integer>
Enter the cost to use for this neighbor. The 10
valid range for cost_integeris 1 to
65535.
All models.
ip <address_ipv4>
Enter the IP address of the neighbor.
0.0.0.0 All models.
poll-interval
<seconds_integer>
Enter the time, in seconds, between hello 10
packets sent to the neighbor in the down
state. The value of the poll interval must be
larger than the value of the hello interval.
The valid range for seconds_integeris 1
to 65535.
All models.
priority
<priority_integer>
Enter a priority number for the neighbor.
The valid range for priority_integeris
0 to 255.
1
All models.
Example
This example shows how to manually add a neighbor.
config router ospf
config neighbor
edit 1
set ip 192.168.21.63
end
end
This example shows how to display the settings for neighbor 1.
config router ospf
config neighbor
edit 1
get
end
This example shows how to display the configuration for neighbor 1.
config router ospf
config neighbor
edit 1
show
end
178
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Router
config router ospf
config network
Access the config networksubcommand using the config router ospf
command.
Use this command to identify the interfaces to include in the specified OSPF area. The
prefixkeyword can define one or multiple interfaces.
config network command syntax pattern
config network
edit <id_integer>
set <keyword> <variable>
end
config network
edit <id_integer>
unset <keyword>
end
config network
delete <id_integer>
end
config network
edit <id_integer>
get
end
config network
edit <id_integer>
show
end
network command keywords and variables
Keywords and
variables
Description
Default Availability
area <id_ipv4>
The ID number of the area to be
associated with the prefix.
No
All models.
All models.
default.
prefix
<address_ipv4mask>
Enter the IP address and netmask for the No
OSPF network. default.
Example
Use the following command to enable OSPF for the interfaces attached to networks
specified by the IP address 10.0.0.0 and the netmask 255.255.255.0 and to add these
interfaces to area 10.1.1.1.
config router ospf
config network
edit 2
set area 10.1.1.1
set prefix 10.0.0.0 255.255.255.0
end
end
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
179
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
config router ospf
Router
This example shows how to display the settings for network 2.
config router ospf
config network
edit 2
get
end
This example shows how to display the configuration for network 2.
config router ospf
config network
edit 2
show
end
config ospf-interface
Access the config ospf-interfacesubcommand using the config router
ospf command.
Use this command to change interface related OSPF settings.
config ospf-interface command syntax pattern
Note: The <interface-name_str>variable in the syntax pattern below represents a
descriptive name for this OSPF configuration. To set the FortiGate interface that this
configuration will apply to, use the interface <name_str>keyword and variable in the table
below.
config ospf-interface
edit <interface-name_str>
set <keyword> <variable>
end
config ospf-interface
edit <interface-name_str>
unset <keyword>
end
config ospf-interface
delete <interface-name_str>
end
config ospf-interface
edit <interface-name_str>
get
end
config ospf-interface
edit <interface-name_str>
show
end
Note: The interfaceand ipkeywords are required. All other keywords are optional.
180
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Router
config router ospf
ospf-interface command keywords and variables
Keywords and variables Description
Default
Availability
authentication
{md5 | none | text}
Use the authentication
keyword to define the
none
All models.
authentication used for OSPF
packets sent and received by
this interface. If you select
none, no authentication is
used. If you select text, the
authentication key is sent as
plain text. If you select md5,
the authentication key is used
to generate an MD5 hash.
Both text mode and MD5
mode only guarantee the
authenticity of the update
packet, not the confidentiality
of the routing information in the
packet.
In text mode the key is sent in
clear text over the network.
Text mode is usually used only
to prevent network problems
that can occur if an unwanted
or misconfigured router is
mistakenly added to the
network.
If you configure authentication
for the interface, authentication
for areas is not used.
All routers on the network must
use the same authentication
type.
authentication-key
<password_str>
Enter the password to use for No default. All models.
textauthentication.
authentication
must be set to
text.
The authentication-key
must be the same on all
neighboring routers.
The maximum length for the
authentication-keyis 15
characters.
cost <cost_integer>
Specify the cost (metric) of the 10
link. The cost is used for
shortest path first calculations.
All models.
database-filter-out
{disable | enable}
Enable or disable flooding
LSAs out of this interface.
disable
All models.
All models.
dead-interval
<seconds_integer>
The time, in seconds, to wait 40
for a hello packet before
declaring a router down. The
value of the dead-interval
should be four times the value
of the hello-interval.
All routers on the network must
use the same value for dead-
interval.
The valid range for
seconds_integeris 1 to
65535.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
181
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
config router ospf
Router
ospf-interface command keywords and variables (Continued)
Keywords and variables Description
Default
Availability
hello-interval
<seconds_integer>
The time, in seconds, between 10
hello packets.
All models.
All routers on the network must
use the same value for
hello-interval.
The valid range for
seconds_integeris 1 to
65535.
interface <name_str> Enter the name of the interface No default. All models.
to associate with this OSPF
configuration.
ip <address_ipv4>
Enter the IP address of the
interface named by the
interfacekeyword.
No default. All models.
It is possible to apply different
OSPF configurations for
different IP addresses defined
on the same interface.
The IP address 0.0.0.0 is not
allowed.
md5-key
<id_integer>
<key_str>
Enter the key ID and password No default. All models.
to use for MD5authentication
authentication
must be set to
md5.
You can add more than one
key ID and key pair per
interface. However, you cannot
unset one key without
unsetting all of the keys.
The key ID and key must be
the same on all neighboring
routers.
The valid range for
id_integeris 1 to 255.
key_stris an alphanumeric
string of up to 16 characters.
mtu <mtu_integer>
Change the Maximum
Transmission Unit (MTU) size
included in database
description packets sent out
this interface. The valid range
for mtu_integeris 576 to
65535.
1500
All models.
All models.
mtu-ignore
{disable | enable}
Use this command to control disable
the way OSPF behaves when
the MTU in the sent and
received database description
packets does not match.
When mtu-ignoreis
enabled, OSPF will stop
detecting mismatched MTUs
and go ahead and form an
adjacency.
When mtu-ignoreis
disabled, OSPF will detect
mismatched MTUs and not
form an adjacency.
mtu-ignoreshould only be
enabled if it is not possible to
reconfigure the MTUs so that
they match.
182
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Router
config router ospf
ospf-interface command keywords and variables (Continued)
Keywords and variables Description
Default
Availability
network-type
{broadcast | non-
broadcast
| point-to-
multipoint
Specify the type of network to broadcast All models.
which the interface is
connected.
OSPF supports four different
types of network. This
command specifies the
| point-to-point}
behavior of the OSPF interface
according to the network type.
If you specify the non-
broadcastkeyword, you
must also configure neighbors
using “config neighbor” on
priority
<priority_integer>
Set the router priority for this 1
interface.
All models.
Router priority is used during
the election of a designated
router (DR) and backup
designated router (BDR).
An interface with router priority
set to 0 can not be elected DR
or BDR. The interface with the
highest router priority wins the
election. If there is a tie for
router priority, router ID is
used.
Point-to-point networks do not
elect a DR or BDR; therefore,
this setting has no effect on a
point-to-point network.
The valid range for
priority_integeris 0 to
255.
retransmit-interval
<seconds_integer>
The time, in seconds, to wait 5
before sending a LSA
All models.
retransmission. The value for
the retransmit interval must be
greater than the expected
round-trip delay for a packet.
The valid range for
seconds_integeris 1 to
65535.
status
{disable | enable}
Enable or disable OSPF on
this interface.
enable
All models.
All models.
transmit-delay
<seconds_integer>
The estimated time, in
seconds, required to send a
link state update packet on this
interface.
1
OSPF increments the age of
the LSAs in the update packet
to account for transmission
and propagation delays on the
interface.
Increase the value for
transmit-delayon low
speed links.
The valid range for
seconds_integeris 1 to
65535.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
183
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
config router ospf
Router
Example
This example shows how to assign an OSPF interface configuration named testto
the interface named internaland how to configure text authentication for this
interface.
config router ospf
config ospf-interface
edit test
set interface internal
set ip 192.168.20.3
set authentication text
set authentication-key a2b3c4d5e
end
end
This example shows how to display the settings for the OSPF interface configuration
named test.
config router ospf
config ospf-interface
edit test
get
end
This example shows how to display the configuration for the OSPF interface
configuration named test.
config router ospf
config ospf-interface
edit test
show
end
config redistribute
Access the config redistributesubcommand using the config router
ospf command.
Use the config redistributecommand to advertise routes learned from RIP,
static routes, or a direct connection to the destination network.
184
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Router
config router ospf
config redistribute command syntax pattern
config redistribute {connected | static | rip}
set <keyword> <variable>
end
config redistribute {connected | static | rip}
unset <keyword>
end
get router ospf
show router ospf
redistribute command keywords and variables
Keywords and variables Description
Default Availability
metric
<metric_integer>
Enter the metric to be used for the
10
All models.
redistributed routes. The
metric_integerrange is from 1 to
16777214.
metric-type {1 | 2} Specify the external link type to be used 2
All models.
All models.
for the redistributed routes.
routemap <name_str> Enter the name of the route map to use No
for the redistributed routes. For
information on how to configure route
default.
status {disable |
enable}
Enable or disable redistributing routes. disable All models.
tag <tag_integer>
Specify a tag for redistributed routes.
0
All models.
The valid range for tag_integeris 0 to
4294967295.
Example
This example shows how to enable route redistribution from RIP, using a metric of 3
and a route map named rtmp2.
config router ospf
config redistribute rip
set metric 3
set routemap rtmp2
set status enable
end
end
This example shows how to display the OSPF settings.
get router ospf
This example shows how to display the OSPF configuration.
show router ospf
config summary-address
Access the config summary-addresssubcommand using the config router
ospf command.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
185
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
config router ospf
Router
Use this command to summarize external routes for redistribution into OSPF. This
command works only for summarizing external routes on an Autonomous System
Boundary Router (ASBR). For information on summarization between areas, see
“config range” on page 171. By replacing the LSAs for each route with one aggregate
route, you reduce the size of the OSPF link-state database.
config summary-address command syntax pattern
config summary-address
edit <id_integer>
set <keyword> <variable>
end
config summary-address
edit <id_integer>>
unset <keyword>
end
config summary-address
delete <id_integer>
end
get router ospf
show router ospf
Note: Only the prefixkeyword is required. All other keywords are optional.
summary-address command keywords and variables
Keywords and
variables
Description
Default Availability
advertise
{disable | enable}
Advertise or suppress the summary route enable All models.
that matches the specified prefix.
prefix
<address_ipv4mask>
Enter the prefix (IP address and netmask) No
to use for the summary route. The prefix default.
0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 is not allowed.
All models.
All models.
tag <tag_integer>
Specify a tag for the summary route.
0
The valid range for tag_integeris 0 to
4294967295.
Example
This example shows how to summarize routes using the prefix 10.0.0.0 255.0.0.0.
config router ospf
config summary-address
edit 5
set prefix 10.0.0.0 255.0.0.0
end
end
This example shows how to display the OSPF settings.
get router ospf
186
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Router
config router static6
This example shows how to display the OSPF configuration.
show router ospf
config router static6
Use this command to add, edit, or delete static routes for IPv6 traffic. Add static routes
to control the destination of traffic exiting the FortiGate unit. You configure routes by
adding destination IP addresses and netmasks and adding gateways for these
destination addresses. The gateways are the next hop routers to which to route traffic
that matches the destination addresses in the route.
The FortiGate unit assigns routes using a best match algorithm. To select a route for a
packet, the FortiGate unit searches through the routing table for a route that best
matches the destination address of the packet. If a match is not found, the FortiGate
unit routes the packet using the default route.
Command syntax pattern
config router static6
edit <sequence_integer>
set <keyword> <variable>
end
config router static6
edit <sequence_integer>
unset <keyword>
end
config router static6
delete <sequence_integer>
end
get router static6 [<sequence_integer>]
show router static6 [<sequence_integer>]
static6 command keywords and variables
Keywords and variables Description
Default Availability
device
<interface-name_str>
The name of the FortiGate interface
through which to route traffic.
All models.
NAT/Route
mode only.
null
dst
The destination IPV6 address and
netmask for this route.
Enter ::/0for the destination IPV6
address and netmask to add a default
route.
::/0
All models.
NAT/Route
mode only.
<destination-
address_ipv6mask>
gateway
<gateway-
address_ipv6mask>
The IPV6 address of the first next hop
router to which this route directs traffic.
::
All models.
NAT/Route
mode only.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
187
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
config router static6
Router
Example
This example shows how to add an IPV6 static route that has the sequence number 2.
config router static6
edit 2
set dev internal
set dst 12AB:0:0:CD30::/60
set gateway 12AB:0:0:CD30:123:4567:89AB:CDEF
end
This example shows how to display the list of IPV6 static route numbers.
get router static6
This example shows how to display the settings for IPV6 static route 2.
get router static6 2
This example shows how to display the IPV6 static route configuration.
show router static6
This example shows how to display the configuration for IPV6 static route 2.
show router static6 2
188
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide Version 2.80 MR7
Firewall
Firewall policies control all traffic passing through the FortiGate unit. Firewall policies
are instructions that the FortiGate unit uses to decide what to do with a connection
request. When the firewall receives a connection request in the form of a packet, it
analyzes the packet to extract its source address, destination address, and service
(by port number).
For the packet to be connected through the FortiGate unit, the source address,
destination address, and service of the packet must match a firewall policy. The policy
directs the firewall action on the packet. The action can be to allow the connection,
deny the connection, require authentication before the connection is allowed, or
process the packet as an IPSec VPN packet.
Each policy can be individually configured to route connections or apply network
address translation (NAT) to translate source and destination IP addresses and ports.
You can add IP pools to use dynamic NAT when the firewall translates source
addresses. You can use policies to configure port address translation (PAT) through
the FortiGate.
You can add protection profiles to firewall policies to apply different protection settings
for traffic that is controlled by firewall policies. You can use protection profiles to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Configure antivirus protection for HTTP, FTP, IMAP, POP3, and SMTP policies
Configure web filtering for HTTP policies
Configure web category filtering for HTTP policies
Configure spam filtering for IMAP, POP3, and SMTP policies
Enable IPS for all services
Enable content archiving to a FortiLog unit for all services
You can also enable traffic logging for a firewall policy so that the FortiGate unit logs
all connections that use this policy.
This chapter describes:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
189
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
How policy matching works
Firewall
Policy
Go to Firewall > Policy to add firewall policies to control connections and traffic
between FortiGate interfaces, zones, and VLAN subinterfaces.
The firewall matches policies by searching for a match starting at the top of the policy
list and moving down until it finds the first match. You must arrange policies in the
policy list from more specific to more general. For example, the default policy is a very
general policy because it matches all connection attempts. When you create
exceptions to that policy, you must add them to the policy list above the default policy.
No policy below the default policy will ever be matched.
This section describes:
•
•
•
•
•
How policy matching works
When the FortiGate unit receives a connection attempt at an interface, it selects a
policy list to search through for a policy that matches the connection attempt. The
FortiGate unit chooses the policy list based on the source and destination addresses
of the connection attempt.
The FortiGate unit then starts at the top of the selected policy list and searches down
the list for the first policy that matches the connection attempt source and destination
addresses, service port, and time and date at which the connection attempt was
received. The first policy that matches is applied to the connection attempt. If no policy
matches, the connection is dropped. So, as a general rule, always order your firewall
policies from most specific to most general.
Note: Policies that require authentication must be added to the policy list above matching
policies that do not; otherwise, the policy that does not require authentication is selected first.
Policy list
You can add, delete, edit, re-order, enable, and disable policies in the policy list.
Figure 79: Sample policy list
190
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Firewall
Policy options
The policy list has the following icons and features.
Create new
ID
Select Create New to add a firewall policy.
The policy identifier. Policies are numbered in the order they are
added to the policy list.
Source
Dest
The source address or address group to which the policy applies.
The destination address or address group to which the policy
Schedule
Service
Action
Enable
The schedule that controls when the policy should be active. See
The service to which the policy applies. See “Service” on
The response to make when the policy matches a connection
attempt.
Enable or disable the policy. Enabling the policy makes it
available for the firewall to match it to incoming connections.
source -> destination (n) Policy list headings indicating the traffic to which the policy
applies. The list heading is in the format Source -> Destination (n)
where n is the number of policies in the list.
The Delete and Edit/View icons.
The Insert Policy before icon. Add a new policy above the
corresponding policy (the New Policy screen appears).
The Move to icon. Move the corresponding policy before or after
another policy in the list.
Figure 80: Move to options
Policy options
Policy options are configurable when creating or editing a firewall policy.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
191
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Policy options
Firewall
Figure 81: Standard policy options
Policy has the following standard options:
Interface / Zone
Source
Select the source interface name to which the policy will apply.
Destination
Select the destination interface name to which the policy will apply.
Interfaces and zones are listed and configured in System > Network.
Address Name
Source
Select a source address or address group to which the policy will
apply.
Destination
Select a destination address or address group to which the policy will
apply.
Before you can add this address to a policy, you must add it to the
destination interface, VLAN subinterface, or zone. For information
about adding an address, see “Addresses” on page x.
For NAT/Route mode policies where the address on the destination
network is hidden from the source network using NAT, the destination
can also be a virtual IP that maps the destination address of the
Before you can use an address in a policy, you must add it to the
Schedule
Service
Select a schedule that controls when the policy is available to be
Select a service or protocol to which the policy will apply.
You can select from a wide range of predefined services or add
192
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Firewall
Policy options
Action
Select how you want the firewall to respond when the policy matches
a connection attempt.
•
ACCEPT: Select accept to accept connections matched by the
policy. You can also configure NAT and Authentication for the policy.
•
DENY: Select deny to reject connections matched by the policy.
the connection. The only other policy option that you can configure is
Log Traffic, to log the connections denied by this policy.
•
ENCRYPT: Select encrypt to make this policy an IPSec VPN
policy. When encrypt is selected the VPN Tunnel Options appear. You
can select an AutoIKE Key or Manual Key VPN tunnel for the policy
and configure other IPSec settings. You cannot add authentication to
an ENCRYPT policy.
VPN Tunnel
Select a VPN tunnel for an ENCRYPT policy. You can select an
AutoIKE key or Manual Key tunnel.
•
Allow Inbound: Select Allow inbound so that users behind the
remote VPN gateway can connect to the source address.
•
Allow outbound: Select Allow outbound so that users can connect
to the destination address behind the remote VPN gateway.
•
Inbound NAT: Select Inbound NAT to translate the source address
of incoming packets to the FortiGate internal IP address.
•
Outbound NAT: Select Outbound NAT to translate the source
address of outgoing packets to the FortiGate external IP address.
NAT
Select NAT to enable Network Address Translation for the policy. NAT
translates the source address and port of packets accepted by the
policy. If you select NAT, you can also select Dynamic IP Pool and
Fixed Port. NAT is not available in Transparent mode.
•
Dynamic IP Pool: Select Dynamic IP Pool to translate the source
address to an address randomly selected from the IP pool. An IP pool
dropdown list appears when the policy destination interface is the
same as the IP pool interface.
You cannot select Dynamic IP Pool if the destination interface or
VLAN subinterface is configured using DHCP or PPPoE.
•
Fixed Port: Select Fixed Port to prevent NAT from translating the
source port. Some applications do not function correctly if the source
port is changed. If you select Fixed Port, you must also select
Dynamic IP Pool and add a dynamic IP pool address range to the
destination interface of the policy. If you do not select Dynamic IP
Pool, a policy with Fixed Port selected can only allow one connection
at a time for this port or service.
Protection Profile
Select a protection profile to configure how antivirus and IPS
protection, web, web content, and spam filtering are applied to the
protection profile since the user group chosen for authentication are
already tied to protection profiles.
Log Traffic
Advanced
Select Log Traffic to record messages to the traffic log whenever the
policy processes a connection. You must also enable traffic log for a
logging location (syslog, WebTrends, local disk if available, memory,
or FortiLog) and set the logging severity level to Notification or lower.
Select advanced to show more options.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
193
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Advanced policy options
Firewall
Advanced policy options
Figure 82: Advanced policy options
Authentication
You must add users and a firewall protection profile to a user group before you can
select Authentication. For information about adding and configuring user groups, see
Select Authentication and select one or more user groups to require users to enter a
user name and password before the firewall accepts the connection.
Figure 83: Selecting user groups for authentication
You can select Authentication for any service. Users can authenticate with the firewall
using HTTP, Telnet, or FTP. For users to be able to authenticate you must add an
HTTP, Telnet, or FTP policy that is configured for authentication. When users attempt
to connect through the firewall using this policy they are prompted to enter a firewall
username and password.
If you want users to authenticate to use other services (for example POP3 or IMAP)
you can create a service group that includes the services for which you want to
require authentication, as well as HTTP, Telnet, and FTP. Then users could
authenticate with the policy using HTTP, Telnet, or FTP before using the other
service.
194
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Firewall
Advanced policy options
In most cases you should make sure that users can use DNS through the firewall
without authentication. If DNS is not available users cannot connect to a web, FTP, or
Telnet server using a domain name.
Traffic Shaping
Traffic Shaping controls the bandwidth available to and sets the priority of the traffic
processed by the policy. Traffic Shaping makes it possible to control which policies
have the highest priority when large amounts of data are moving through the
FortiGate device. For example, the policy for the corporate web server might be given
higher priority than the policies for most employees’ computers. An employee who
needs unusually high-speed Internet access could have a special outgoing policy set
up with higher bandwidth.
If you set both guaranteed bandwidth and maximum bandwidth to 0 (zero), the policy
does not allow any traffic.
Guaranteed
Bandwidth
You can use traffic shaping to guarantee the amount of bandwidth available
through the firewall for a policy. Guarantee bandwidth (in Kbytes) to make
sure that there is enough bandwidth available for a high-priority service.
Maximum
Bandwidth
You can also use traffic shaping to limit the amount of bandwidth available
through the firewall for a policy. Limit bandwidth to keep less important
services from using bandwidth needed for more important services.
Traffic Priority
Select High, Medium, or Low. Select Traffic Priority so that the FortiGate unit
manages the relative priorities of different types of traffic. For example, a
policy for connecting to a secure web server needed to support e-commerce
traffic should be assigned a high traffic priority. Less important services
should be assigned a low priority. The firewall provides bandwidth to low-
priority connections only when bandwidth is not needed for high-priority
connections.
Differentiated Services
Differentiate Services (DiffServ) describes a set of end-to-end Quality of Service
(QoS) capabilities. End-to-end QoS is the ability of a network to deliver service
required by specific network traffic from one end of the network to another. By
configuring DiffServ you configure your network to deliver particular levels of service
for different packets based on the QoS specified by each packet.
DiffServ is defined by RFC 2474 and 2475 as enhancements to the IP networking to
enable scalable service discrimination in the IP network without the need for per-flow
state and signalling at every hop. DiffServ-capable routers sort IP traffic into classes
by inspecting the DS field in IPv4 header or the Traffic Class field in the IPv6 header.
You can use the FortiGate DiffServ feature to change the DSCP (Differentiated
Services Code Point) value for all packets accepted by a policy. The network uses
these DSCP values to classify, mark, shape, and police traffic, and to perform
intelligent queuing. DSCP features are applied to traffic by configuring the routers on
your network are configured to apply different service levels to packets depending on
the DSCP value of packets that they are routing.
You can configure policies to apply DS values for both forward and reverse traffic.
These values are optional and may be enabled independently from each other. When
both are disabled, no changes to the DS field are made.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
195
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Configuring firewall policies
Firewall
.
Original
(forward) DSCP
value
Set the DSCP value for packets accepted by the policy. For example, for an
Internal->External policy the value is applied to outgoing packets as they
exit the external interface and are forwarded to their destination.
Reverse (reply) Set the DSCP value for reply packets. For example, for an
Internal->External policy the value is applied to incoming reply packets
DSCP value
before they exit the internal interface and returned to the originator.
Comments
You can add a description or other information about the policy. The comment can be
up to 63 characters long, including spaces.
Configuring firewall policies
Use the following procedures to add, delete, edit, re-order, disable, and enable a
firewall policy.
To add a firewall policy
Go to Firewall > Policy.
Select Create New.
1
2
You can also select the Insert Policy before icon beside a policy in the list to add the
new policy above that policy.
3
4
5
Select the source and destination interfaces.
Select the source and destination addresses.
Configure the policy.
6
7
Select OK to add the policy.
Arrange policies in the policy list so that they have the results that you expect.
For information about arranging policies in a policy list, see “How policy matching
To delete a policy
1
2
3
Go to Firewall > Policy.
Select the Delete icon beside the policy you want to delete.
Select OK.
To edit a policy
1
2
3
4
Go to Firewall > Policy.
Select the Edit icon beside the policy you want to edit.
Edit the policy as required.
Select OK.
To change the position of a policy in the list
Go to Firewall > Policy.
1
2
Select the Move To icon beside the policy you want to move.
196
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Firewall
Policy CLI configuration
3
4
Select the position for the policy.
Select OK.
To disable a policy
Disable a policy to temporarily prevent the firewall from selecting the policy. Disabling
a policy does not stop active communications sessions that have been allowed by the
policy.
1
2
Go to Firewall > Policy.
Clear the Enable check box beside the policy you want to disable.
To enable a policy
Go to Firewall > Policy.
Select Enable.
1
2
Policy CLI configuration
The natipkeyword for the firewall policycommand is used in encrypted
(VPN) policies. A natip address cannot be added using the web-based manager. You
can configure complete firewall policies using from the CLI. See the FortiGate CLI
Reference Guide for descriptions of all firewall policykeywords.
Note: This command has more keywords than are listed in this Guide. See the FortiGate CLI
Reference Guide for a complete list of commands and keywords.
Command syntax pattern
config firewall policy
edit <id_integer>
set <keyword> <variable>
end
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
197
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Policy CLI configuration
Firewall
firewall policy command keywords and variables
Keywords and variables Description
Default
Availability
All models.
http_retry_count
<retry_integer>
Define the number of times to retry
establishing an HTTP connection when
the connection fails.
0
natip
<address_ipv4mask>
Configure natipfor a firewall policy
with action set to encryptand with
outbound NAT enabled. Specify the IP
address and subnet mask to translate
the source address of outgoing
packets.
0.0.0.0 All models.
0.0.0.0
Encrypt
policy, with
outbound
NAT
enabled.
Set natipfor peer to peer VPNs to
control outbound NAT IP address
translation for outgoing VPN packets.
If you do not use natip to translate IP
addresses, the source addresses of
outbound VPN packets are translated
into the IP address of the FortiGate
external interface. If you use natip, the
FortiGate unit uses a static mapping
scheme to translate the source
addresses of VPN packets into
corresponding IP addresses on the
subnet that you specify. For example, if
the source address in the encryption
policy is 192.168.1.0/24 and the natip is
172.16.2.0/24, a source address of
192.168.1.7 will be translated to
172.16.2.7
Address
You can add, edit, and delete firewall addresses as required. You can also organize
related addresses into address groups to simplify policy creation.
A firewall address can be configured with a name, an IP address, and a netmask, or a
name and IP address range.
You can enter an IP address and netmask using the following formats.
•
•
x.x.x.x/x.x.x.x, for example 64.198.45.0/255.255.255.0
x.x.x.x/x, for example 64.195.45.0/24
You can enter an IP address range using the following formats.
•
•
•
x.x.x.x-x.x.x.x, for example 192.168.110.100-192.168.110.120
x.x.x.[x-x], for example 192.168.110.[100-120]
x.x.x.*, for example 192.168.110.* to represent all addresses on the subnet
198
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Firewall
Address list
This section describes:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Address list
You can add addresses to the list and edit existing addresses. The FortiGate unit
comes configured with the default ‘All’ address which represents any IP address on
the network.
Figure 84: Sample address list
The address list has the following icons and features.
Create New
Name
Select Create New to add a firewall address.
The name of the firewall address.
Address
The IP address and mask or IP address range of the firewall.
The Delete and Edit/View icons.
Address options
Add an address representing an IP address and subnet mask or an IP address range.
Figure 85: Address options
Address has the following options:
Address Name Enter a name to identify the firewall address. Addresses, address groups,
and virtual IPs must all have unique names to avoid confusion in firewall
policies.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
199
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Configuring addresses
Firewall
Type
Select the type of address. Each type reveals the corresponding fields to
configure.
IP Range/Subnet Enter the firewall IP address, forward slash, and subnet mask or enter an IP
address range separated by a hyphen
An IP/Mask address can represent:
•
•
•
The address of a subnet (for example, for a class C subnet,
IP address: 192.168.20.0 and Netmask: 255.255.255.0).
A single IP address (for example, IP Address: 192.168.20.1 and
Netmask: 255.255.255.255)
All possible IP addresses (represented by IP Address: 0.0.0.0 and Netmask:
0.0.0.0)
An IP address can be:
•
•
•
The IP address of a single computer (for example, 192.45.46.45).
The IP address of a subnetwork (for example, 192.168.1.0 for a class C subnet).
0.0.0.0 to represent all possible IP addresses
The netmask corresponds to the type of address that you are adding. For example:
•
•
•
•
•
The netmask for the IP address of a single computer should be 255.255.255.255.
The netmask for a class A subnet should be 255.0.0.0.
The netmask for a class B subnet should be 255.255.0.0.
The netmask for a class C subnet should be 255.255.255.0.
The netmask for all addresses should be 0.0.0.0
An IP Range address represents:
A range of IP addresses in a subnet (for example, 192.168.20.1 to 192.168.20.10)
•
Note: IP address: 0.0.0.0 and Netmask: 255.255.255.255 is not a valid firewall address.
Configuring addresses
To add an address
1
2
3
4
5
Go to Firewall > Address.
Select Create New.
Enter a name to identify the address.
Enter the IP address and netmask or the IP address range.
Select OK.
To edit an address
Edit an address to change its IP information. You cannot edit the address name.
Go to Firewall > Address > Address.
1
2
3
Select the Edit icon beside the address you want to edit.
Make any required changes.
200
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Firewall
Address group list
Note: To change the address name you must delete the address and add it again with a new
name. To avoid confusion in firewall policies, an address and a virtual IP cannot have the same
name.
4
Select OK.
To delete an address
Deleting an address removes it from the address list. To delete an address that has
been added to a policy, you must first remove the address from the policy.
1
2
Go to Firewall > Address > Address.
Select the Delete icon beside the address you want to delete.
You cannot delete default addresses.
3
Select OK.
Address group list
You can organize related addresses into address groups to make it easier to
configure policies. For example, if you add three addresses and then configure them
in an address group, you can configure a single policy using all three addresses.
Note: If an address group is included in a policy, it cannot be deleted unless it is first removed
from the policy.
Figure 86: Sample address group list
The address group list has the following icons and features.
Create New
Group Name
Members
Select Create New to add an address group.
The name of the address group.
The addresses in the address group.
The Delete and Edit/View icons.
Address group options
Address group options are configurable when creating or editing an address group.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
201
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Configuring address groups
Firewall
Figure 87: Address group options
Address group has the following options:
Group Name
Enter a name to identify the address group. Addresses, address groups, and
virtual IPs must all have unique names to avoid confusion in firewall policies.
Available
Addresses
The list of configured and default firewall addresses. Use the arrows to move
addresses between the lists.
Members
The list of addresses in the group. Use the arrows to move addresses
between the lists.
Configuring address groups
To organize addresses into an address group
Go to Firewall > Address > Group.
1
2
3
4
Select Create New.
Enter a group name to identify the address group.
Select an address from the Available Addresses list and select the right arrow to move
the address into the group.
5
6
Repeat step 4 as required to add more addresses to the group.
Select OK.
To delete an address group
If an address group is included in a policy, it cannot be deleted unless it is first
removed from the policy.
1
2
3
Go to Firewall > Address > Group.
Select the Delete icon beside the address group you want to delete.
Select OK.
To edit an address group
1
2
Go to Firewall > Address > Group.
Select the Edit icon beside the address group you want to modify.
202
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Firewall
Predefined service list
3
4
Make any required changes.
Note: To change the address group name you must delete the address group and add it with a
new name.
Select OK.
Service
Use services to determine the types of communication accepted or denied by the
firewall. You can add any of the predefined services to a policy. You can also create
custom services and add services to service groups.
This section describes:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Predefined service list
Figure 88: Predefined service list
The predefined services list has the following icons and features.
Name
Detail
The name of the predefined services.
The protocol for each predefined service.
Table 21 lists the FortiGate predefined firewall services. You can add these services to
any policy.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
203
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Predefined service list
Firewall
Table 21: FortiGate predefined services
Service name
Description
Protocol
Port
ANY
Match connections on any port. A connection all
that uses any of the predefined services is
allowed through the firewall.
all
GRE
AH
Generic Routing Encapsulation. A protocol
that allows an arbitrary network protocol to be
transmitted over any other arbitrary network
protocol, by encapsulating the packets of the
protocol within GRE packets.
47
51
50
Authentication Header. AH provides source
host authentication and data integrity, but not
secrecy. This protocol is used for
authentication by IPSec remote gateways set
to aggressive mode.
ESP
Encapsulating Security Payload. This service
is used by manual key and AutoIKE VPN
tunnels for communicating encrypted data.
AutoIKE key VPN tunnels use ESP after
establishing the tunnel using IKE.
AOL
BGP
AOL instant messenger protocol.
tcp
tcp
5190-5194
179
Border Gateway Protocol routing protocol.
BGP is an interior/exterior routing protocol.
DHCP
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) udp
allocates network addresses and delivers
configuration parameters from DHCP servers
to hosts.
67
DNS
Domain name service for translating domain tcp
53
53
79
names into IP addresses.
udp
FINGER
A network service that provides information
about users.
tcp
FTP
FTP service for transferring files.
tcp
tcp
21
70
GOPHER
Gopher communication service. Gopher
organizes and displays Internet server
contents as a hierarchically structured list of
files.
H323
H.323 multimedia protocol. H.323 is a
standard approved by the International
Telecommunication Union (ITU) that defines
how audiovisual conferencing data is
transmitted across networks.
tcp
1720, 1503
HTTP
HTTPS
IKE
HTTP is the protocol used by the word wide tcp
web for transferring data for web pages.
80
HTTP with secure socket layer (SSL) service tcp
for secure communication with web servers.
443
500
IKE is the protocol to obtain authenticated
keying material for use with ISAKMP for
IPSEC.
udp
IMAP
Internet Message Access Protocol is a
tcp
143
389
protocol used for retrieving email messages.
Internet-Locator- Internet Locator Service includes LDAP, User tcp
Service
Locator Service, and LDAP over TLS/SSL.
204
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Firewall
Predefined service list
Table 21: FortiGate predefined services (Continued)
Service name
Description
Protocol
Port
IRC
Internet Relay Chat allows people connected tcp
to the Internet to join live discussions.
6660-6669
L2TP
LDAP
L2TP is a PPP-based tunnel protocol for
remote access.
tcp
1701
389
Lightweight Directory Access Protocol is a set tcp
of protocols used to access information
directories.
NetMeeting
NFS
NetMeeting allows users to teleconference
using the Internet as the transmission
medium.
tcp
1720
Network File System allows network users to tcp
access shared files stored on computers of
different types.
111, 2049
119
NNTP
Network News Transport Protocol is a
protocol used to post, distribute, and retrieve
USENET messages.
tcp
NTP
Network time protocol for synchronizing a
computer’s time with a time server.
tcp
123
89
OSPF
Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routing
protocol. OSPF is a common link state
routing protocol.
PC-Anywhere
ICMP_ANY
PC-Anywhere is a remote control and file
transfer protocol.
udp
5632
Internet Control Message Protocol is a
message control and error-reporting protocol
between a host and gateway (Internet).
PING
ICMP echo request/reply for testing
connections to other devices.
icmp
8
TIMESTAMP
ICMP timestamp request messages.
icmp
icmp
icmp
tcp
13
INFO_REQUEST ICMP information request messages.
INFO_ADDRESS ICMP address mask request messages.
15
17
POP3
Post office protocol is an email protocol for
downloading email from a POP3 server.
110
PPTP
Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol is a
protocol that allows corporations to extend
their own corporate network through private
tunnels over the public Internet.
tcp
1723
QUAKE
For connections used by the popular Quake udp
multi-player computer game.
26000,
27000,
27910,
27960
RAUDIO
RLOGIN
For streaming real audio multimedia traffic.
udp
tcp
7070
513
Rlogin service for remotely logging into a
server.
RIP
Routing Information Protocol is a common
distance vector routing protocol.
udp
520
SIP-
Session Initiation Protocol is used by
MSNmessenger Microsoft Messenger to initiate an interactive,
possibly multimedia session.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
205
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Custom service list
Firewall
Table 21: FortiGate predefined services (Continued)
Service name
Description
Protocol
Port
SMTP
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is used to send tcp
mail between email servers on the Internet.
25
SNMP
SSH
Simple Network Management Protocol is a
set of protocols for managing complex
networks
tcp
161-162
161-162
udp
Secure Shell is a service for secure
connections to computers for remote
management.
tcp
22
22
udp
SYSLOG
TALK
Syslog service for remote logging.
udp
514
A protocol supporting conversations between udp
two or more users.
517-518
TCP
All TCP ports.
tcp
tcp
0-65535
23
TELNET
Telnet service for connecting to a remote
computer to run commands.
TFTP
Trivial File Transfer Protocol is a simple file
transfer protocol similar to FTP but with no
security features.
udp
69
UDP
All UDP ports.
udp
0-65535
540
UUCP
Unix to Unix copy utility, a simple file copying udp
protocol.
VDOLIVE
WAIS
For VDO Live streaming multimedia traffic.
tcp
tcp
7000-7010
210
Wide Area Information Server is an Internet
search protocol.
WINFRAME
For WinFrame communications between
computers running Windows NT.
tcp
tcp
1494
X-WINDOWS
For remote communications between an
X-Window server and X-Window clients.
6000-6063
Custom service list
Add a custom service if you need to create a policy for a service that is not in the
predefined service list.
Figure 89: Sample custom service list
The custom services list has the following icons and features.
Create New
Service Name
Detail
Select a protocol and then Create New to add a custom service.
The name of the custom service.
The protocol and port numbers for each custom service.
The Delete and Edit/View icons.
206
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Firewall
Custom service options
Custom service options
Different options appear depending on the protocol type of custom service you want to
define. Choose from TCP, UDP, ICMP, or IP.
TCP and UDP custom service options
Figure 90: TCP and UDP custom service options
Name
The name of the TCP or UDP custom service.
Protocol Type
Select the protocol type of the service you are adding: TCP or UDP. TCP
and UDP options are the same.
Source Port
Specify the Source Port number range for the service by entering the low
and high port numbers. If the service uses one port number, enter this
number in both the low and high fields.
Destination Port Specify the Destination Port number range for the service by entering the
low and high port numbers. If the service uses one port number, enter this
number in both the low and high fields.
ICMP custom service options
Figure 91: ICMP custom service options
Name
The name of the ICMP custom service.
Protocol Type
Type
Select the protocol type of the service you are adding (ICMP).
Enter the ICMP type number for the service.
Code
Enter the ICMP code number for the service if required.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
207
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Configuring custom services
Firewall
IP custom service options
Figure 92: IP custom service options
Name
The name of the IP custom service.
Select the protocol type of the service you are adding: IP.
Protocol Type
Protocol Number The IP protocol number for the service.
Configuring custom services
To add a custom TCP or UDP service
Go to Firewall > Service > Custom.
Select Create New.
1
2
3
4
5
Enter a name for the new custom TCP or UDP service.
Select TCP or UDP as the Protocol Type.
Specify Source and Destination Port number ranges for the service by entering the
low and high port numbers. If the service uses one port number, enter this number in
both the low and high fields.
6
Select OK.
You can now add this custom service to a policy.
To add a custom ICMP service
1
2
3
4
5
6
Go to Firewall > Service > Custom.
Select Create New.
Enter a name for the new custom ICMP service.
Select ICMP as the Protocol Type.
Enter the ICMP type number and code number for the service.
Select OK.
You can now add this custom service to a policy.
To add a custom IP service
1
2
3
4
5
Go to Firewall > Service > Custom.
Select Create New.
Enter a name for the new custom IP service.
Select IP as the Protocol Type.
Enter the IP protocol number for the service.
208
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Firewall
Service group list
6
Select OK.
You can now add this custom service to a policy.
To delete a custom service
1
2
3
Go to Firewall > Service > Custom.
Select the Delete icon beside the service you want to delete.
Select OK.
To edit a custom service
1
2
3
Go to Firewall > Service > Custom.
Select the Edit icon beside the service you want to edit.
Modify the custom service as required.
Note: To change the custom service name you must delete the service and add it with a new
name.
4
Select OK.
Service group list
To make it easier to add policies, you can create groups of services and then add one
policy to allow or block access for all the services in the group. A service group can
contain predefined services and custom services in any combination. You cannot add
service groups to another service group.
Figure 93: Sample service group list
The service group list has the following icons and features.
Create New
Group Name
Members
Select Create New to add a service group.
The name to identify the service group.
The services added to the service group.
The Delete and Edit/View icons.
Service group options
Service group options are configurable when creating or editing a service group.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
209
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Configuring service groups
Firewall
Figure 94: Service group options
Service group has the following options.
Group Name
Enter a name to identify the address group.
Available
Services
The list of configured and predefined services. Use the arrows to move
services between the lists.
Members
The list of services in the group. Use the arrows to move services between
the lists.
Configuring service groups
To organize services into a service group
Go to Firewall > Service > Group.
1
2
3
4
Select Create New.
Enter a group name to identify the service group.
Select a service from the Available Services list and select the right arrow to move the
service into the group.
5
Select OK.
To delete a service group
If a service group is included in a policy, it cannot be deleted unless it is first removed
from the policy.
1
2
3
Go to Firewall > Service > Group.
Select the Delete icon beside the service group you want to delete.
Select OK.
To edit a service group
1
2
3
Go to Firewall > Service > Group.
Select the Edit icon beside the service group you want to modify.
Make any required changes.
210
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Firewall
One-time schedule list
Note: To change the service group name you must delete the service group and add it with a
new name.
4
Select OK.
Schedule
Use schedules to control when policies are active or inactive. You can create one-time
schedules and recurring schedules.
You can use one-time schedules to create policies that are effective once for the
period of time specified in the schedule. Recurring schedules repeat weekly. You can
use recurring schedules to create policies that are effective only at specified times of
the day or on specified days of the week.
This section describes:
•
•
•
•
•
•
One-time schedule list
You can create a one-time schedule that activates or deactivates a policy for a
specified period of time. For example, your firewall might be configured with the
default policy that allows access to all services on the Internet at all times. You can
add a one-time schedule to block access to the Internet during a holiday period.
Figure 95: Sample one-time schedule list
The one-time schedule list has the following icons and features.
Create New
Name
Select Create New to add a one-time schedule.
The name of the one-time schedule.
The start date and time for the schedule.
The stop date and time for the schedule.
The Delete and Edit/View icons.
Start
Stop
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
211
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
One-time schedule options
Firewall
One-time schedule options
Figure 96: One-time schedule options
One-time schedule has the following options.
Name
Start
Stop
Enter the name to identify the one-time schedule.
Enter the start date and time for the schedule.
Enter the stop date and time for the schedule.
Configuring one-time schedules
To add a one-time schedule
1
2
3
4
Go to Firewall > Schedule > One-time.
Select Create New.
Type a name for the schedule.
Select the start date and time for the schedule.
Set start and stop time to 00 for the schedule to be active for the entire day. One-time
schedules use a 24-hour clock.
5
6
Set the Stop date and time for the schedule.
Select OK.
To delete a one-time schedule
1
2
3
Go to Firewall > Schedule > One-time.
Select the Delete icon beside the one-time schedule you want to delete.
Select OK.
To edit a one-time schedule
1
2
3
Go to Firewall > Schedule > One-time.
Select the Edit icon beside the one-time schedule you want to modify.
Modify the schedule as required.
Note: To change the one-time schedule name you must delete the schedule and add it with a
new name.
4
Select OK to save the changes.
212
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Firewall
Recurring schedule list
Recurring schedule list
You can create a recurring schedule that activates or deactivates policies at specified
times of the day or on specified days of the week. For example, you might want to
prevent game play during working hours by creating a recurring schedule.
Note: If you create a recurring schedule with a stop time that occurs before the start time, the
schedule starts at the start time and finishes at the stop time on the next day. You can use this
technique to create recurring schedules that run from one day to the next. You can also create a
recurring schedule that runs for 24 hours by setting the start and stop times to the same time.
Figure 97: Sample recurring schedule list
The recurring schedule list has the following icons and features.
Create New
Name
Day
Select Create New to add a recurring schedule.
The name of the recurring schedule.
The initials of the days of the week on which the schedule is active.
The start time of the recurring schedule.
The stop time of the recurring schedule.
The Delete and Edit/View icons.
Start
Stop
Recurring schedule options
Figure 98: Recurring schedule options
Recurring schedule has the following options.
Name
Select
Start
Enter the name to identify the recurring schedule.
Select the days of the week that you want the schedule to be active.
Select the start time for the recurring schedule.
Stop
Select the stop time for the recurring schedule.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
213
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Configuring recurring schedules
Firewall
Configuring recurring schedules
To add a recurring schedule
1
2
3
4
5
Go to Firewall > Schedule > Recurring.
Select Create New.
Enter a name for the schedule.
Select the days of the week that you want the schedule to be active.
Set the Start and Stop time for the recurring schedule.
Recurring schedules use a 24-hour clock.
6
Select OK.
To delete a recurring schedule
1
2
3
Go to Firewall > Schedule > Recurring.
Select the Delete icon beside the recurring schedule you want to delete.
Select OK.
To edit a recurring schedule
1
2
3
Go to Firewall > Schedule > Recurring.
Select the Edit icon beside the recurring schedule you want to modify.
Modify the schedule as required.
Note: To change the one-time schedule name you must delete the schedule and add it with a
new name.
4
Select OK.
Virtual IP
Use virtual IPs to access IP addresses on a destination network that are hidden from
the source network by NAT security policies. To allow connections between these
networks, you must create a mapping between an address on the source network and
the real address on the destination network. This mapping is called a virtual IP.
For example, if the computer hosting your web server is located on your DMZ
network, it could have a private IP address such as 10.10.10.3. To get packets from
the Internet to the web server, you must have an external address for the web server
on the Internet. You must then add a virtual IP to the firewall that maps the external IP
address of the web server to the actual address of the web server on the DMZ
network. To allow connections from the Internet to the web server, you must then add
an external->DMZ firewall policy and set Destination to the virtual IP.
214
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Firewall
Virtual IP list
You can create three types of virtual IPs:
Static NAT
Used to translate an address on a source network to a hidden address on a
destination network. Static NAT translates the source address of return
packets to the address on the source network.
Port Forwarding Used to translate an address and a port number on a source network to a
hidden address and, optionally, a different port number on a destination
network. Using port forwarding you can also route packets with a specific
port number and a destination address that matches the IP address of the
interface that receives the packets. This technique is called port forwarding
or port address translation (PAT). You can also use port forwarding to
change the destination port of the forwarded packets.
Dynamic port
forwarding
Similar to port forwarding, dynamic port forwarding is used to translate any
address and a specific port number on a source network to a hidden
address and, optionally a different port number on a destination network.
Note: The maximum number of virtual IPs is 1024.
This section describes:
•
•
•
Virtual IP list
Figure 99: Sample virtual IP list
The virtual IP list has the following icons and features.
Create New
Name
Select Create New to add a virtual IP.
The name of the virtual IP.
IP
The external IP address mapped to an address on the destination network.
The external port number of the service from the IP.
The real IP address on the destination network.
The port number added to packets when they are forwarded (not required).
The Delete and Edit/View icons.
Service Port
Map to IP
Map to Port
Virtual IP options
Different options appear depending on the type of virtual IP you want to define.
Choose from Static NAT or port forwarding.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
215
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Configuring virtual IPs
Firewall
Figure 100:Virtual IP options; static NAT
Figure 101:Virtual IP options; port forwarding
Virtual IP has the following options.
Name
Enter the name to identify the virtual IP. Addresses, address groups, and
virtual IPs must all have unique names to avoid confusion in firewall
policies.
External Interface Select the virtual IP external interface from the list.
Type
Select Static NAT or Port Forwarding.
External IP
Address
Enter the external IP address that you want to map to an address on the
destination network. To configure dynamic port forwarding, set the external
IP address to 0.0.0.0.
External Service Enter the external service port number that you want to configure port
forwarding for. (Port forwarding only.)
Port
Map to IP
Map to Port
Enter the real IP address on the destination network.
Enter the port number to be added to packets when they are forwarded.
(Port forwarding only.)
Protocol
Select the protocol (TCP or UDP) that you want the forwarded packets to
use. (Port forwarding only.)
Configuring virtual IPs
To add a static NAT virtual IP
Go to Firewall > Virtual IP.
1
2
3
Select Create New.
Enter a name for the virtual IP.
216
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Firewall
Configuring virtual IPs
4
Select the virtual IP External Interface from the list.
The external interface is connected to the source network and receives the packets to
be forwarded to the destination network. You can select any firewall interface or a
VLAN subinterface. You can set the virtual IP external interface to any FortiGate
interface. Table 22 on page 217 contains example virtual IP external interface settings
and describes the policies to which you can add the resulting virtual IP.
5
6
Select Static NAT.
Enter the External IP Address that you want to map to an address on the destination
network.
For example, if the virtual IP provides access from the Internet to a web server on a
destination network, the external IP address must be a static IP address obtained
from your ISP for your web server. This address must be a unique address that is not
used by another host and cannot be the same as the IP address of the external
selected interface. The virtual IP address and the external IP address can be on
different subnets.
7
8
Enter the Map to IP address to which to map the external IP address. For example,
the IP address of a web server on an internal network.
Note: The firewall translates the source address of outbound packets from the host with the
Map to IP address to the virtual IP External IP Address, instead of the firewall external address.
Select OK.
You can now add the virtual IP to firewall policies.
Table 22: Virtual IP external interface examples
External Interface Description
internal
To map an internal address to a wan1, wan2, DMZ1, or DMZ2 address. If
you select internal, the static NAT virtual IP can be added to
Internal->WAN1, Internal->WAN2, Internal->DMZ, and
Internal->DMZ2 policies.
wan1
To map an Internet address to an internal, DMZ1, or DMZ2 address. If
you select wan1, the static NAT virtual IP can be added to
WAN1->Internal, WAN1->DMZ1, WAN1->DMZ2, and WAN1->WAN2
policies.
To add port forwarding virtual IPs
Go to Firewall > Virtual IP.
1
2
3
4
Select Create New.
Enter a name for the port forwarding virtual IP.
Select the virtual IP External Interface from the list.
The external interface is connected to the source network and receives the packets to
be forwarded to the destination network.
You can select any firewall interface or a VLAN subinterface.
5
Select Port Forwarding.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
217
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Configuring virtual IPs
Firewall
6
Enter the External IP Address that you want to map to an address on the destination
interface.
You can set the external IP address to the IP address of the external interface
For example, if the virtual IP provides access from the Internet to a server on your
internal network, the external IP address must be a static IP address obtained from
your ISP for this server. This address must be a unique address that is not used by
another host. However, this address must be routed to the external interface selected
subnets.
7
Enter the External Service Port number for which you want to configure port
forwarding.
The external service port number must match the destination port of the packets to be
forwarded. For example, if the virtual IP provides access from the Internet to a web
server, the external service port number is 80 (the HTTP port).
8
9
Enter the Map to IP address to which to map the external IP address. For example,
the IP address of a web server on an internal network.
Enter the Map to Port number to be added to packets when they are forwarded.
If you do not want to translate the port, enter the same number as the External Service
Port.
10
Select OK.
To add a dynamic port forwarding virtual IP
Go to Firewall > Virtual IP.
1
2
3
4
Select Create New.
Enter a name for the dynamic port forwarding virtual IP.
Select the virtual IP External Interface from the list.
The external interface is connected to the source network and receives the packets to
be forwarded to the destination network.
You can select any firewall interface or a VLAN subinterface.
5
6
Select Port Forwarding.
Set the External IP Address to 0.0.0.0.
The 0.0.0.0 External IP Address matches any IP address.
7
Enter the External Service Port number for which you want to configure dynamic port
forwarding.
The external service port number must match the destination port of the packets to be
forwarded. For example, if the virtual IP provides PPTP passthrough access from the
Internet to a PPTP server, the external service port number should be 1723 (the PPTP
port).
8
9
Enter the Map to IP address to which to map the external IP address. For example,
the IP address of a PPTP server on an internal network.
Enter the Map to Port number to be added to packets when they are forwarded.
If you do not want to translate the port, enter the same number as the External Service
Port.
218
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Firewall
Configuring virtual IPs
10
Select OK.
To delete a virtual IP
1
2
3
Go to Firewall > Virtual IP.
Select the Delete icon beside the virtual IP you want to delete.
Select OK.
To edit a virtual IP
1
2
3
Go to Firewall > Virtual IP.
Select the Edit icon beside the virtual IP you want to modify.
Select OK.
IP pool
An IP pool (also called a dynamic IP pool) is a range of IP addresses added to a
firewall interface. You can enable Dynamic IP Pool in a firewall policy to translate the
source address of outgoing packets to an address randomly selected from the IP pool.
An IP pool list appears when the policy destination interface is the same as the IP pool
interface.
You can add an IP pool if you want to add NAT mode policies that translate source
addresses to addresses randomly selected from the IP pool rather than being limited
to the IP address of the destination interface.
For example, if you add an IP pool to the internal interface, you can select Dynamic IP
pool for WAN1->Internal, WAN2->Internal, DMZ1->Internal, and DMZ2->Internal
policies.
You can add multiple IP pools to any interface and select the IP pool to use when
configuring a firewall policy.
You can enter an IP address range using the following formats.
•
•
x.x.x.x-x.x.x.x, for example 192.168.110.100-192.168.110.120
x.x.x.[x-x], for example 192.168.110.[100-120]
This section describes:
•
•
•
•
•
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
219
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IP pool list
Firewall
IP pool list
Figure 102:Sample IP pool list
The IP pool list has the following icons and features.
Create New
Start IP
Select Create New to add an IP pool.
The start IP defines the start of an address range.
The end IP defines the end of an address range.
The Delete and Edit/View icons.
End IP
IP pool options
Figure 103:IP pool options
Virtual IP has the following options.
Interface
Name
Select the interface to which to add an IP pool.
Enter a name for the IP pool.
IP Range/Subnet Enter the IP address range for the IP pool.
Configuring IP pools
To add an IP pool
1
2
Go to Firewall > IP Pool.
Select the interface to which to add the IP pool.
You can select a firewall interface or a VLAN subinterface.
3
4
Select Create New.
Enter the IP Range for the IP pool.
The IP range defines the start and end of an address range. The start of the range
must be lower than the end of the range. The start and end of the range must be on
the same subnet as the IP address of the interface to which you are adding the IP
pool.
220
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Firewall
IP Pools for firewall policies that use fixed ports
5
Select OK.
To delete an IP pool
1
2
3
Go to Firewall > IP Pool.
Select the Delete icon beside the IP pool you want to delete.
Select OK.
To edit a IP pool
1
2
3
4
Go to Firewall > IP Pool.
For the IP pool that you want to edit, select Edit beside it.
Modify the IP pool as required.
Select OK to save the changes.
IP Pools for firewall policies that use fixed ports
Some network configurations do not operate correctly if a NAT policy translates the
source port of packets used by the connection. NAT translates source ports to keep
track of connections for a particular service. You can select fixed port for NAT policies
to prevent source port translation. However, selecting fixed port means that only one
connection can be supported through the firewall for this service. To be able to
support multiple connections, you can add an IP pool to the destination interface, and
then select dynamic IP pool in the policy. The firewall randomly selects an IP address
from the IP pool and assigns it to each connection. In this case the number of
connections that the firewall can support is limited by the number of IP addresses in
the IP pool.
IP pools and dynamic NAT
You can use IP pools for dynamic NAT. For example, your organization might have
purchased a range of Internet addresses but you might have only one Internet
connection on the external interface of your FortiGate unit.
You can assign one of your organization’s Internet IP addresses to the external
interface of the FortiGate unit. If the FortiGate unit is operating in NAT/Route mode, all
connections from your network to the Internet appear to come from this IP address.
If you want connections to originate from all your Internet IP addresses, you can add
this address range to an IP pool for the external interface. Then you can select
Dynamic IP Pool for all policies with the external interface as the destination. For each
connection, the firewall dynamically selects an IP address from the IP pool to be the
source address for the connection. As a result, connections to the Internet appear to
be originating from any of the IP addresses in the IP pool.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
221
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Protection profile list
Firewall
Protection profile
Use protection profiles to apply different protection settings for traffic that is controlled
by firewall policies. You can use protection profiles to:
•
•
•
•
•
Configure antivirus protection for HTTP, FTP, IMAP, POP3, and SMTP policies
Configure web filtering for HTTP policies
Configure web category filtering for HTTP policies
Configure spam filtering for IMAP, POP3, and SMTP policies
Enable IPS for all services
Using protection profiles, you can customize types and levels of protection for different
firewall policies.
For example, while traffic between internal and external addresses might need strict
protection, traffic between trusted internal addresses might need moderate protection.
You can configure policies for different traffic services to use the same or different
protection profiles.
Protection profiles can be added to NAT/Route mode and Transparent mode policies.
This section describes:
•
•
•
•
•
Protection profile list
Figure 104:Sample list showing the default protection profiles
The IP pool list has the following icons and features.
Create New
Name
Select Create New to add an IP pool.
The start IP defines the start of an address range.
The Delete and Edit/View icons.
Note: A protection profile cannot be deleted (and the Delete icon is not visible) if it is selected in
a firewall policy or included in a user group.
222
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Firewall
Default protection profiles
Default protection profiles
The FortiGate unit comes preconfigured with four protection profiles.
Strict
To apply maximum protection to HTTP, FTP, IMAP, POP3, and SMTP traffic.
You may not wish to use the strict protection profile under normal
circumstances but it is available if you have extreme problems with viruses
and require maximum screening.
Web
To apply virus scanning and web content blocking to HTTP traffic. You can
add this protection profile to firewall policies that control HTTP traffic.
Unfiltered
To apply no scanning, blocking or IPS. Use the unfiltered content profile if
you do not want to apply content protection to content traffic. You can add
this protection profile to firewall policies for connections between highly
trusted or highly secure networks where content does not need to be
protected.
Protection profile options
Figure 105:Adding a protection profile
You can configure the following options when creating or editing a protection profile.
Profile Name
Anti-Virus
Enter a name for the profile. (New profiles only.)
Web Filtering
Spam Filtering
IPS
Content Archive
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
223
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Protection profile options
Firewall
Configuring antivirus options
Figure 106:Protection profile antivirus options
The following options are available for antivirus through the protection profile. See
“Antivirus” on page 289 for more antivirus configuration options.
Virus Scan
Enable or disable virus scanning (for viruses and worms) for each
protocol (HTTP, FTP, IMAP, POP3, SMTP). Grayware, if enabled in
Antivirus > Config > Config, is included with the Virus Scan.
Heuristic, if enabled in the CLI, is also included with the Virus Scan.
File Block
Enable or disable file pattern blocking for each protocol. You can
block files by name, by extension, or any other pattern, giving you
the flexibility to block files that may contain harmful content.
Quarantine (models with Enable or disable quarantining for each protocol. You can
quarantine suspect files to view them or submit files to Fortinet for
analysis.
local disk only)
Pass fragmented emails Enable or disable passing fragmented email for mail protocols
(IMAP, POP3, SMTP). Fragmented email cannot be scanned for
viruses.
Oversized file/email
Select block or pass for files and email that exceed configured
thresholds for each protocol. To configure the oversized file
threshold, go to Antivirus > Config > Config. The maximum
threshold for scanning in memory is 10% of the FortiGate unit RAM.
Note: For email scanning, the oversize threshold refers to the final
size of the email after encoding by the email client, including
attachments. Email clients may use a variety of encoding types and
some encoding types translate into larger file sizes than the original
attachment. The most common encoding, base64, translates 3
bytes of binary data into 4 bytes of base64 data. So a file may be
blocked or logged as oversized even if the attachment is several
megabytes less than the configured oversize threshold.
Add signature to
outgoing emails
Create and enable a signature to append to outgoing email (SMTP
only).
224
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Firewall
Protection profile options
Configuring web filtering options
Figure 107:Protection profile web filtering options
The following options are available for web filtering through the protection profile. See
“Web filter” on page 309 for more web filter configuration options.
Web Content Block
Web URL Block
Web Exempt List
Web Script Filter
Enable or disable web page blocking for HTTP traffic based on the
banned words and patterns in the content block list.
Enable or disable web page filtering for HTTP traffic based on the
URL block list.
Enable or disable web page filtering for HTTP traffic based on the
URL exempt list. Exempt URLs are not scanned for viruses.
Enable or disable blocking scripts from web pages for HTTP traffic.
Web resume download Enable to block downloading parts of a file that have already been
partially downloaded. Enabling this option will prevent the
unintentional download of virus files hidden in fragmented files.
Note that some types of files, such as PDF, fragment files to
increase download speed and enabling this option can cause
download interruptions.
block
Configuring web category filtering options
Figure 108:Protection profile web category filtering options (FortiGuard)
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
225
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Protection profile options
Firewall
The following options are available for web category filtering through the protection
options.
Enable category block (HTTP Enable FortiGuard category blocking.
only)
Block unrated websites
(HTTP only)
Block any web pages that have not been rated by the web
filtering service.
Provide details for blocked
HTTP 4xx and 5xx errors
(HTTP only)
Display a replacement message for 4xx and 5xx HTTP errors.
If the error is allowed through then malicious or objectionable
sites could use these common error pages to circumvent web
category blocking.
Allow websites when a rating Allow web pages that return a rating error from the web
filtering service.
error occurs (HTTP only)
Category
The FortiGuard web filtering service provides many categories
by which to filter web traffic. You can set the action to take on
web pages for each category. Choose from allow, block, or
monitor.
Configuring spam filtering options
Figure 109:Protection profile spam filtering options
The following options are available for spam filtering through the protection profile.
IP address FortiShield
check
Enable or disable the Fortinet spam filtering IP address blacklist:
service.
IP address BWL check
Black/white list check. Enable or disable checking incoming IP
addresses against the configured spam filter IP address list. (SMTP
only.)
RBL & ORDBL check
HELO DNS lookup
Enable or disable checking traffic against configured Real-time
Blackhole List and Open Relay Database List servers.
Enable or disable looking up the source domain name (from the
SMTP HELO command) in the Domain Name Server.
E-mail address BWL
check
Enable or disable checking incoming email addresses against the
configured spam filter email address list.
226
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Firewall
Protection profile options
Return e-mail DNS check Enable or disable checking that the domain specified in the reply-to
or from address has an A or MX record.
MIME headers check
Banned word check
Spam Action
Enable or disable checking source MIME headers against the
configured spam filter MIME header list.
Enable or disable checking source email against the configured
spam filter banned word list.
The action for the spam filter to take. Tagged allows you to append
a custom tag to the subject or header of email identified as spam.
For SMTP, if you have virus scan or splice (CLI) enabled, you will
only be able to discard spam email. (Note that splice is enabled
automatically when you enable virus scanning.) Discard
immediately drops the connection. Without splice or scanning
enabled, you can chose to tag or discard SMTP spam.
You can tag email by adding a custom word or phrase to the subject
or inserting a MIME header and value into the email header. You
can choose to log any spam action in the event log.
Append to
Choose to append the tag to the subject or MIME header of the
email identified as spam.
Append with
Enter a word or phrase (tag) to append to email identified as spam.
The maximum length is 63 characters.
Note: Some popular email clients cannot filter messages based on the MIME header. Check
your email client features before deciding how to tag spam.
Configuring IPS options
Figure 110:Protection profile IPS options
The following options are available for IPS through the protection profile. See “IPS” on
page 277 for more IPS configuration options.
IPS Signature
IPS Anomaly
Enable or disable signature based intrusion detection and
prevention for all protocols.
Enable or disable anomaly based intrusion detection and
prevention for all protocols.
Configuring content archive options
Figure 111:Protection profile content archive options
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
227
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Configuring protection profiles
Firewall
The following options are available for content archive through the protection profile.
Display content meta-
information on the system
dashboard
Enable to have meta-information for each type of traffic display
in the Content Summary section of the FortiGate status page.
There you can view statistics for HTTP traffic, FTP traffic, and
Email traffic (IMAP, POP3, and SMTP combined).
Archive content
meta-information
Enable or disable archiving content meta-information to a
FortiLog unit for each protocol. Content meta-information can
include date and time, source and destination information,
request and response size, and scan result. Content archive is
only available if FortiLog is enabled under Log&Report > Log
Config > Log Settings.
Configuring protection profiles
To add a protection profile
If the default protection profiles do not provide the settings you require, you can create
custom protection profiles.
1
2
3
4
5
Go to Firewall > Protection Profile.
Select Create New.
Enter a name for the profile.
Configure the protection profile options.
Select OK.
Note: If both Virus Scan and File Block are enabled, the FortiGate unit blocks files that match
enabled file patterns before they are scanned for viruses.
To delete a protection profile
1
2
3
Go to Firewall > Protection Profile.
Select the Delete icon beside the protection profile you want to delete.
Select OK.
To edit a protection profile
1
2
3
Go to Firewall > Protection Profile.
Select the Edit icon beside the protection profile you want to modify.
Modify the profile as required.
Note: To change the one-time schedule name you must delete the schedule and add it with a
new name.
4
Select OK.
228
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Firewall
Profile CLI configuration
To add a protection profile to a policy
You can enable protection profiles for firewall policies with action set to allow or
encrypt and with service set to ANY, HTTP, FTP, IMAP, POP3, SMTP, or a service
group that includes these services.
1
2
Go to Firewall > Policy.
Select a policy list to which you want to add a protection profile.
For example, to enable network protection for files downloaded from the web by
internal network users, select an internal to external policy list.
3
4
5
6
7
8
Select Create New to add a policy or select Edit for the policy you want to modify.
Select protection profile.
Select a protection profile from the list.
Configure the remaining policy settings, if required.
Select OK.
Repeat this procedure for any policies for which you want to enable network
protection.
Profile CLI configuration
Note: This guide only describes Command Line Interface (CLI) commands, keywords, or
variables (in bold) that are not represented in the web-based manager. For complete
descriptions and examples of how to use CLI commands see the FortiGate CLI Reference
Guide.
Use this command to add, edit or delete protection profiles. Use protection profiles to
apply different protection settings for traffic controlled by firewall policies.
Command syntax pattern
config firewall profile
edit <profilename_str>
set <keyword> <variable>
end
config firewall profile
edit <profilename_str>
unset <keyword>
end
config firewall profile
delete <profilename_str>
end
get firewall profile [<profilename_str>]
show firewall profile [<profilename_str>]
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
229
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Profile CLI configuration
Firewall
firewall profile command keywords and variables
Keywords and
variables
Description
Default
Availability
All models.
ftp
{block
Select the actions that this profile will splice
use for filtering FTP traffic for a policy.
• Enter spliceto enable the
content-archive
no-content-summary
oversize
quarantine scan
splice}
FortiGate unit to simultaneously
buffer a file for scanning and upload
the file to an FTP server. If a virus is
detected, the FortiGate unit stops the
upload and attempts to delete the
partially uploaded file from the FTP
server. To delete the file successfully,
the server permissions must be set
to allow deletes. When downloading
files from an FTP server the
FortiGate unit sends 1 byte every 30
seconds to prevent the client from
timing out during scanning and
download. If a virus is detected, the
FortiGate unit stops the download.
The user must then delete the
partially downloaded file. There
should not be enough content in the
file to cause any harm. Enabling
splice reduces timeouts when
uploading and downloading large
files. When splice is disabled for ftp,
the FortiGate unit buffers the file for
scanning before uploading it to the
FTP server. If the file is clean, the
FortiGate unit will allow the upload to
continue.
Enter all the actions you want this
profile to use. Use a space to separate
the options you enter. If you want to
remove an option from the list or add
an option to the list, you must retype
the list with the option removed or
added.
http
Select the actions that this profile will
use for filtering HTTP traffic for a
policy.
• Enter chunkedbypassto allow web
sites that use chunked encoding for
HTTP to bypass the firewall.
Chunked encoding means the HTTP
message body is altered to allow it to
be transferred in a series of chunks.
Use this feature at your own risk.
Malicious content could enter your
network if you allow web content to
bypass the firewall.
No default. All models.
{bannedword block
catblock
chunkedbypass
content-archive
no-content-summary
oversize
quarantine
rangeblock scan
scriptfilter
urlblock
urlexempt}
Enter all the actions you want this
profile to use. Use a space to separate
the options you enter. If you want to
remove an option from the list or add
an option to the list, you must retype
the list with the option removed or
added.
230
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Firewall
Profile CLI configuration
firewall profile command keywords and variables (Continued)
Keywords and
Description
Default
Availability
variables
smtp
Select the actions that this profile will fragmail All models.
use for filtering SMTP traffic for a
policy.
splice
{bannedword block
content-archive
fragmail
no-content-summary
oversize
quarantine scan
spamemailbwl
spamfsip
spamhdrcheck
spamhelodns
spamipbwl
• Enter spliceto enable the
FortiGate unit to simultaneously scan
an email and send it to the SMTP
server. If the FortiGate unit detects a
virus, it terminates the server
connection and returns an error
message to the sender, listing the
virus name and infected file name. In
this mode, the SMTP server is not
able to deliver the email if it was sent
with an infected attachment.
Throughput is higher when splice is
enabled. When splice is disabled, the
FortiGate unit scans the email first. If
the FortiGate unit detects a virus, it
removes the infected attachment,
adds a customizable message, and
sends the email to the SMTP server
for delivery. Selecting enable for the
splice keyword returns an error
message to the sender if an
spamraddrdns
spamrbl splice}
attachment is infected. The receiver
does not receive the email or the
attachment. When splice is disabled
for SMTP, infected attachments are
removed and the email is forwarded
(without the attachment) to the
SMTP server for delivery to the
recipient.
Enter all the actions you want this
profile to use. Use a space to separate
the options you enter. If you want to
remove an option from the list or add
an option to the list, you must retype
the list with the option removed or
added.
This example shows how to display the settings for the firewall profile
command.
get firewall profile
This example shows how to display the settings for the spammailprofile.
get firewall profile spammail
This example shows how to display the configuration for the firewall profile
command.
show firewall profile
This example shows how to display the configuration for the spammailprofile.
show firewall profile spammail
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
231
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Profile CLI configuration
Firewall
232
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide Version 2.80 MR7
Users and authentication
You can control access to network resources by defining lists of authorized users,
called user groups. To use a particular resource, such as a network or a VPN tunnel,
the user must belong to one of the user groups that is allowed access. The user then
must correctly enter a user name and password to prove his or her identity. This is
called authentication.
You can configure authentication in:
•
•
any firewall policy with Action set to ACCEPT
IPSec, PPTP and L2TP VPN configurations
When the user attempts to access the resource, the FortiGate unit requests a user
name and password. The FortiGate unit can verify the user’s credentials locally or
using an external LDAP or RADIUS server.
Authentication expires if the user leaves the connection idle for longer than the
authentication timeout period.
You need to determine the number and membership of your user groups appropriate
to your authentication needs.
To set up user groups
1
2
If external authentication is needed, configure RADIUS or LDAP servers. See
Configure local user identities in User > Local. For each user, you can choose
whether the password is verified by the FortiGate unit, by a RADIUS server or by an
3
You can also add a RADIUS or LDAP server to a user group. In this case, all users in
the external server’s database can authenticate.
This chapter describes:
•
•
•
•
•
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
233
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Local user list
Users and authentication
Setting authentication timeout
Authentication timeout controls how long an authenticated firewall connection can be
idle before the user must authenticate again.
To set authentication timeout
1
2
Go to System > Config > Options.
In Auth Timeout, type a number, in minutes.
The default authentication timeout is 15 minutes.
Local
Go to User > Local to add local user names and configure authentication.
Local user list
Figure 112:Local user list
Create New
User Name
Type
Add a new local username.
The local user name.
The authentication type to use for this user.
The Delete and Edit icons.
Local user options
Figure 113:Local user options
User Name
Enter the user name.
Disable
Select Disable to prevent this user from authenticating.
Password
Select Password to require the user to authenticate using a password. Enter
the password that this user must use to authenticate. The password should
be at least six characters long.
234
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Users and authentication
RADIUS server list
LDAP
Select LDAP to require the user to authenticate to an LDAP server. Select
the name of the LDAP server to which the user must authenticate. You can
only select an LDAP server that has been added to the FortiGate LDAP
Radius
Select Radius to require the user to authenticate to a RADIUS server. Select
the name of the RADIUS server to which the user must authenticate. You
can only select a RADIUS server that has been added to the FortiGate
To add a user name and configure authentication
1
2
Go to User > Local.
Select Create New to add a new user name or select the Edit icon to edit an existing
configuration.
3
4
5
Type the User Name.
Select the authentication type for this user.
Select OK.
To delete a user name from the internal database
You cannot delete user names that have been added to user groups. Remove user
names from user groups before deleting them.
1
2
3
Go to User > Local.
Select the Delete icon for the user name that you want to delete.
Select OK.
Note: Deleting the user name deletes the authentication configured for the user.
RADIUS
If you have configured RADIUS support and a user is required to authenticate using a
RADIUS server, the FortiGate unit contacts the RADIUS server for authentication. The
default port for RADIUS traffic is 1812. If your RADIUS server is using port 1645 you
can use the CLI to change the default RADIUS port. For more information see the
config system globalcommand entry in the FortiGate CLI Reference Guide.
RADIUS server list
Figure 114:RADIUS server list
Create New
Name
Add a new RADIUS server.
The RADIUS server name.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
235
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
RADIUS server options
Users and authentication
Server Name/IP The domain name or IP address of the RADIUS server.
The Delete and Edit icons.
RADIUS server options
Figure 115:RADIUS configuration
Name
Server Name/IP Enter the domain name or IP address of the RADIUS server.
Server Secret Enter the RADIUS server secret.
Enter a name to identify the RADIUS server.
To configure the FortiGate unit for RADIUS authentication
1
2
Go to User > RADIUS.
Select Create New to add a new RADIUS server or select the Edit icon to edit an
existing configuration.
3
4
5
6
Enter the Name of the RADIUS server.
Enter the domain name or IP address of the RADIUS server.
Enter the RADIUS server secret.
Select OK.
To delete a RADIUS server
You cannot delete a RADIUS server that has been added to a user group.
Go to User > RADIUS.
1
2
3
Select the Delete icon beside the RADIUS server name that you want to delete.
Select OK.
LDAP
If you have configured LDAP support and a user is required to authenticate using an
LDAP server, the FortiGate unit contacts the LDAP server for authentication. To
authenticate with the FortiGate unit, the user enters a user name and password. The
FortiGate unit sends this user name and password to the LDAP server. If the LDAP
server can authenticate the user, the user is successfully authenticated with the
FortiGate unit. If the LDAP server cannot authenticate the user, the connection is
refused by the FortiGate unit.
236
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Users and authentication
LDAP server list
The FortiGate unit supports LDAP protocol functionality defined in RFC2251 for
looking up and validating user names and passwords. FortiGate LDAP supports all
LDAP servers compliant with LDAP v3.
FortiGate LDAP support does not extend to proprietary functionality, such as
notification of password expiration, that is available from some LDAP servers.
FortiGate LDAP support does not supply information to the user about why
authentication failed.
LDAP server list
Figure 116:LDAP server list
Create New
Add a new LDAP server.
Server Name/IP The domain name or IP address of the LDAP server.
Port
The port used to communicate with the LDAP server.
Common Name The common name identifier for the LDAP server. 20 characters maximum.
The common name identifier for most LDAP servers is cn. However some
servers use other common name identifiers such as uid.
Identifier
Distinguished
Name
The distinguished name used to look up entries on the LDAP server. It
reflects the hierarchy of LDAP database object classes above the Common
Name Identifier.
The Delete and Edit icons.
LDAP server options
Figure 117:LDAP server configuration
Name
Enter a name to identify the LDAP server.
Server Name/IP Enter the domain name or IP address of the LDAP server.
Server Port
Enter the port used to communicate with the LDAP server.
By default LDAP uses port 389.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
237
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
LDAP server options
Users and authentication
Common Name Enter the common name identifier for the LDAP server.
Identifier
The common name identifier for most LDAP servers is cn. However some
servers use other common name identifiers such as uid.
Distinguished
Name
Enter the distinguished name used to look up entries on the LDAP server.
Enter the base distinguished name for the server using the correct X.500 or
LDAP format. The FortiGate unit passes this distinguished name unchanged
to the server.
For example, you could use the following base distinguished name:
ou=marketing,dc=fortinet,dc=com
where ou is organization unit and dc is domain component.
You can also specify multiple instances of the same field in the distinguished
name, for example, to specify multiple organization units:
ou=accounts,ou=marketing,dc=fortinet,dc=com
To configure the FortiGate unit for LDAP authentication:
1
2
Go to User > LDAP.
Select Create New to add a new LDAP server, or select the Edit icon to edit an
existing configuration.
3
4
5
6
7
8
Enter the name of the LDAP server.
Enter the domain name or IP address of the LDAP server.
Enter the port used to communicate with the LDAP server.
Enter the common name identifier for the LDAP server.
Enter the distinguished name used to look up entries on the LDAP server.
Select OK.
To delete an LDAP server
You cannot delete an LDAP server that has been added to a user group.
Go to User > LDAP.
1
2
3
Select Delete beside the LDAP server name that you want to delete.
Select OK.
238
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Users and authentication
User group list
User group
To enable authentication, you must add user names, RADIUS servers, and LDAP
servers to one or more user groups. You can then assign a firewall protection profile
to the user group. You can configure authentication as follows:
•
Firewall policies that require authentication:
You can choose the user groups that are allowed to authenticate with these
policies.
•
•
•
•
IPSec VPN Phase 1 configurations for dialup users:
Only users in the selected user group can authenticate to use the VPN tunnel.
XAuth for IPSec VPN Phase 1 configurations:
Only user groups in the selected user group can be authenticated using XAuth.
The FortiGate PPTP configuration:
Only users in the selected user group can use PPTP.
The FortiGate L2TP configuration:
Only users in the selected user group can use L2TP.
When you add user names, RADIUS servers, and LDAP servers to a user group, the
order in which they are added determines the order in which the FortiGate unit checks
for authentication. If user names are first, then the FortiGate unit checks for a match
with these local users. If a match is not found, the FortiGate unit checks the RADIUS
or LDAP server. If a RADIUS or LDAP server is added first, the FortiGate unit checks
the server and then the local users.
User group list
Figure 118:User group list
Create New
Add a new user group.
Group Name
Members
The name of the user group.
The users, RADIUS servers, or LDAP servers in a user group.
Protection Profile The protection profile associated with this user group.
The Delete and Edit icons.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
239
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
User group options
Users and authentication
User group options
Figure 119:User group configuration
Group Name
Enter the name of the user group.
Available Users
The list of users, RADIUS servers, or LDAP servers that can be added to
a user group.
Members
The list of users, RADIUS servers, or LDAP servers added to a user
group.
Protection Profile
Select a protection profile for this user group.
To configure a user group
1
2
Go to User > User Group.
Select Create New to add a new user group, or select the Edit icon to edit an existing
configuration.
3
4
Enter a Group Name to identify the user group.
To add users to the user group, select a user from the Available Users list and select
the right arrow to add the name to the Members list.
5
To add a RADIUS server to the user group, select a RADIUS server from the
Available Users list and select the right arrow to add the RADIUS server to the
Members list.
6
7
To add an LDAP server to the user group, select an LDAP server from the Available
Users list and select the right arrow to add the LDAP server to the Members list.
To remove users, RADIUS servers, or LDAP servers from the user group, select a
user, RADIUS server, or LDAP server from the Members list and select the left arrow
to remove the name, RADIUS server, or LDAP server from the group.
8
9
Select a protection profile from the Protection Profiles list.
Select OK.
240
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Users and authentication
peer
To delete a user group
You cannot delete a user group that is included in a firewall policy, a dialup user
phase 1 configuration, or a PPTP or L2TP configuration.
1
2
3
Go to User > User Group.
Select Delete beside the user group that you want to delete.
Select OK.
CLI configuration
This guide only covers Command Line Interface (CLI) commands that are not
represented in the web-based manager. For complete descriptions and examples of
how to use CLI commands see the FortiGate CLI Reference Guide.
peer
Use this command to add or edit the peer certificate information.
Command syntax pattern
config user peer
edit <name_str>
set <keyword> <variable>
config user peer
edit <name_str>
unset <keyword>
config user peer
delete <name_str>
get user peer [<name_str>]
show user peer [<name_str>]
radius command keywords and variables
Keywords and variables
Description
Default
Availability
ca
Enter the peer Certificate Authority No default. All models.
(CA).
cn
Enter the peer certificate common No default. All models.
name.
cn-type {FDQN | email Enter the peer certificate common string
| ipv4 | string}
All models.
name type.
subject
Enter the peer certificate name
constraints.
No default. All models.
Example
This example shows how to add the branch_officepeer.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
241
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
peergrp
Users and authentication
config user peer
edit branch_office
set ca
set cn
set cn-type
end
This example shows how to display the list of configured peers.
get user peer
This example shows how to display the settings for the peer branch_office.
get user peer branch_office
This example shows how to display the configuration for all the peers.
show user peer
This example shows how to display the configuration for the peer branch_office.
show user peer branch_office
peergrp
Use this command to add or edit a peer group.
Command syntax pattern
config user peergrp
edit <name_str>
set <keyword> <variable>
config user peergrp
edit <name_str>
unset <keyword>
config user peergrp
delete <name_str>
get user peergrp [<name_str>]
show user peergrp [<name_str>]
radius command keywords and variables
Keywords and variables
Description
Default
Availability
member <name_str>
[<name_str> [<name_str>
[<name_str> ... ]]]
Enter the names of peers to add No default. All models.
to the peer group. Separate
names by spaces. To add or
remove names from the group
you must re-enter the whole list
with the additions or deletions
required.
Example
This example shows how to add peers to the peergrp EU_branches.
242
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Users and authentication
peergrp
config user peergrp
edit EU_branches
set member Sophia_branch Valencia_branch
Cardiff_branch
end
This example shows how to display the list of configured peer groups.
get user peergrp
This example shows how to display the settings for the peergrp EU_branches.
get user peergrp EU_branches
This example shows how to display the configuration for all the peers groups.
show user peergrp
This example shows how to display the configuration for the peergrp EU_branches.
show user peergrp EU_branches
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
243
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
peergrp
Users and authentication
244
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide Version 2.80 MR7
VPN
FortiGate units support the following protocols to authenticate and encrypt traffic:
•
•
•
Internet Protocol Security (IPSec)
Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)
Layer Two Tunneling Protocol (L2TP)
This chapter contains information about the following VPN topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
245
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Phase 1 list
VPN
Phase 1
The basic phase 1 settings associate IPSec phase 1 parameters with a remote
gateway and determine:
•
whether the various phase 1 parameters will be exchanged in multiple rounds with
encrypted authentication information (main mode) or in a single message with
authentication information that is not encrypted (aggressive mode)
•
•
whether a preshared key or digital certificates will be used to authenticate the
identities of the two VPN peers
whether a peer identifier, certificate distinguished name, or group name will be
used to identify the remote peer or client when a connection attempt is made
In phase 1, the two VPN peers exchange keys to establish a secure communication
channel between them. The advanced P1 Proposal parameters select the encryption
and authentication algorithms that are used to generate the keys. Additional advanced
phase 1 settings can be selected to ensure the smooth operation of phase 1
negotiations.
To configure phase 1 settings
1
2
Go to VPN > IPSEC > Phase 1.
Follow the general guidelines in these sections:
•
•
•
For information about how to choose the correct phase 1 settings for your particular
Note: The procedures in this section assume that you want the FortiGate unit to generate
unique IPSec encryption and authentication keys automatically. In situations where a remote
VPN peer requires a specific IPSec encryption and/or authentication key, you must configure
the FortiGate unit to use manual keys instead. For more information, see “Manual key” on
Phase 1 list
Figure 120:IPSec VPN Phase 1 list
Create New
Gateway Name
Gateway IP
Select Create New to create a new phase 1 configuration.
The names of existing phase 1 configurations.
The IP address or domain name of a remote peer, or Dialup for a dialup
client.
Mode
Main or Aggressive.
246
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VPN
Phase 1 basic settings
Encryption
Algorithm
The names of the encryption and authentication algorithms used by each
phase 1 configuration.
Edit, view, or delete phase 1 configurations.
Phase 1 basic settings
Figure 121:Phase 1 basic settings
Gateway Name Type a name for the remote VPN peer or client. Enter a name that reflects the
origination of the remote connection.
Remote
Select the nature of the remote connection:
Gateway
•
If a remote peer with a static IP address will be connecting to the FortiGate
unit, select Static IP Address and type the IP address of the remote VPN
end point into the IP Address field.
•
•
If one or more dialup clients with dynamic IP addresses will be connecting
to the FortiGate unit, select Dialup User.
If a remote peer that has a domain name and subscribes to a dynamic
DNS service will be connecting to the FortiGate unit, select Dynamic DNS
and type the domain name of the remote peer into the Dynamic DNS field.
IP Address
If Static IP Address is selected, type the IP address of the remote peer.
Dynamic DNS If Dynamic DNS is selected, type the domain name of the remote peer.
Mode Select Main or Aggressive.
•
In Main mode, the phase 1 parameters are exchanged in multiple rounds
with encrypted authentication information.
•
In Aggressive mode, the phase 1 parameters are exchanged in single
message with authentication information that is not encrypted. You must
select Aggressive if the FortiGate unit participates in a dynamic DNS
configuration.
Authentication Select Preshared Key or RSA Signature.
Method
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
247
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Phase 1 basic settings
VPN
Pre-shared Key If Preshared Key is selected, type the preshared key that the FortiGate unit
will use to authenticate itself to the remote peer during phase 1 negotiations.
You must define the same value at the remote peer. The key must contain at
least 6 printable characters and should only be known by network
administrators. For optimum protection against currently known attacks, the
key should consist of a minimum of 16 randomly chosen alphanumeric
characters.
Certificate
Name
If RSA Signature is selected, select the name of the digital certificate that the
FortiGate unit will use to authenticate itself to the remote peer during phase 1
negotiations.
Peer Options These options are available to authenticate remote dialup clients or VPN
peers with peer IDs or certificate names, depending on the Remote Gateway
and Mode settings.
•
Select Accept any peer ID to accept the local ID of any remote client or
VPN peer.
•
If the remote peer has a domain name and subscribes to a dynamic DNS
service, select Accept this peer ID and type the fully qualified domain
name of the remote peer. This value must be identical to the value in the
Local ID field of the phase 1 remote gateway configuration on the remote
peer.
•
To grant access to selected remote peers or clients based on a peer ID,
select Accept this peer ID and type the identifier. This value must be
identical to the value in the Local ID field of the phase 1 remote gateway
configuration on the remote peer or client.
•
•
To grant access to dialup users based on the name of a dialup group,
select Accept peer ID in dialup group and select the name of the group
from the list.
To grant access to selected remote peers or clients based on a certificate
distinguished name, select Accept this peer certificate only and select the
name of the certificate from the list. The certificate must be added to the
FortiGate configuration through the config user peerCLI command
before it can be selected. For more information, see the “config user”
chapter of the FortiGate CLI Reference Guide.
•
To grant access to selected remote peers or clients based on the name of
a certificate group, select Accept this peer certificate group only and select
the name of the group from the list. The group must be added to the
FortiGate configuration through the config user peerand config
user peergrpCLI commands before it can be selected. For more
information, see the “config user” chapter of the FortiGate CLI Reference
Guide.
248
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VPN
Phase 1 advanced settings
Phase 1 advanced settings
Figure 122:Phase 1 advanced settings
P1 Proposal
Select the encryption and authentication algorithms that will be used to
generate keys for protecting negotiations.
Add or delete encryption and authentication algorithms as required. Select a
minimum of one and a maximum of three combinations. The remote peer
must be configured to use at least one of the proposals that you define.
You can select any of the following symmetric-key algorithms:
•
•
DES-Digital Encryption Standard, a 64-bit block algorithm that uses a 56-
bit key.
3DES-Triple-DES, in which plain text is encrypted three times by three
keys.
•
•
•
AES128-A 128-bit block algorithm that uses a 128-bit key.
AES192-A 128-bit block algorithm that uses a 192-bit key.
AES256-A 128-bit block algorithm that uses a 256-bit key.
You can select either of the following message digests to check the
authenticity of messages during phase 1 negotiations:
•
MD5-Message Digest 5, the hash algorithm developed by RSA Data
Security.
•
SHA1-Secure Hash Algorithm 1, which produces a 160-bit message
digest.
To specify a third combination, use the add button beside the fields for the
second combination.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
249
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Phase 1 advanced settings
VPN
DH Group
Select one or more Diffie-Hellman groups from DH group 1, 2, and 5.
When using aggressive mode, DH groups cannot be negotiated.
•
If both VPN peers have static IP addresses and use aggressive mode,
select a single DH group. The setting on the FortiGate unit must be
identical to the setting on the remote peer or client.
•
When the VPN peer or client has a dynamic IP address and uses
aggressive mode, select up to three DH groups on the FortiGate unit and
one DH group on the remote peer or dialup client. The setting on the
remote peer or client must be identical to one of the selections on the
FortiGate unit.
•
If the VPN peer or client employs main mode, you can select multiple DH
groups. At least one of the settings on the remote peer or client must be
identical to the selections on the FortiGate unit.
Keylife
Type the amount of time (in seconds) that will be allowed to pass before the
IKE encryption key expires. When the key expires, a new key is generated
without interrupting service. The keylife can be from 120 to 172800 seconds.
Local ID
If you are using peer IDs for authentication, enter the peer ID that the local
FortiGate unit will use to authenticate itself to remote VPN peers.
If you are using certificates for authentication, select the distinguished name
(DN) of the local certificate.
XAuth
If you select Enable as Client, type the user name and password that the
FortiGate unit will need to authenticate itself to the remote peer.
To select Enable as Server, you must first create user groups to identify the
remote peers and dialup clients that need access to the network behind the
FortiGate unit. You must also configure the FortiGate unit to forward
authentication requests to an external RADIUS or LDAP authentication
server. For information about these topics, see the “Users and Authentication”
chapter of the FortiGate Administration Guide. Select a Server Type setting to
determine the type of encryption method to use between the FortiGate unit,
the XAuth client and the external authentication server, and then select the
user group from the User Group list.
Nat-traversal
Enable this option if a NAT device exists between the local FortiGate unit and
the VPN peer or client. The local FortiGate unit and the VPN peer or client
must have the same NAT traversal setting (both selected or both cleared).
Keepalive
Frequency
If you enabled NAT traversal, enter a keepalive frequency setting. The value
represents an interval from 0 to 900 seconds.
Dead Peer
Detection
Enable this option to reestablish VPN tunnels on idle connections and clean
up dead IKE peers if required.
Phase 2
You configure phase 2 settings to specify the parameters for creating and maintaining
a VPN tunnel between the FortiGate unit and the remote peer or client. In most cases,
you only need to configure the basic phase 2 settings.
To configure phase 2 settings
1
Go to VPN > IPSEC > Phase 2.
250
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VPN
Phase 2 list
2
Follow the general guidelines in these sections:
•
•
•
For information about how to choose the correct phase 2 settings for your particular
Note: The procedures in this section assume that you want the FortiGate unit to generate
unique IPSec encryption and authentication keys automatically. In situations where a remote
VPN peer requires a specific IPSec encryption and/or authentication key, you must configure
the FortiGate unit to use manual keys instead. For more information, see “Manual key” on
Phase 2 list
Figure 123:IPSec VPN Phase 2 list
Create New
Select Create New to create a new phase 2 tunnel configuration.
The names of existing tunnel configurations.
Tunnel Name
Remote Gateway
The names of the phase 1 configurations that are associated with the
tunnel configurations.
Lifetime (sec/kb)
Status
The tunnel key lifetime.
The current status of the tunnel. If Down, the tunnel is not processing
traffic. If Up, the tunnel is currently processing traffic. Unknown is
displayed for dialup tunnels.
Timeout
If the tunnel is processing VPN traffic, the Timeout value specifies
amount of time left before the next phase 2 key exchange. When the
phase 2 key expires, a new key is generated without interrupting service.
Edit, view or delete phase 2 configurations.
Phase 2 basic settings
Figure 124:Phase 2 basic settings
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
251
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Phase 2 advanced options
VPN
Tunnel Name Type a name to identify the tunnel configuration.
Remote
Gateway
Select the phase 1 configuration to assign to this tunnel. See “Phase 1” on
will be authenticated on this tunnel, and how the connection to the remote
peer or client will be secured.
Concentrator If the tunnel will be included in a hub-and-spoke configuration, you may select
the concentrator from the list. The hub must be added to the FortiGate
Phase 2 advanced options
Figure 125:Phase 2 advanced settings
P2 Proposal
Select the encryption and authentication algorithms that will be used to
change data into encrypted code.
Add or delete encryption and authentication algorithms as required. Select a
minimum of one and a maximum of three combinations. The remote peer
must be configured to use at least one of the proposals that you define.
You can select any of the following symmetric-key algorithms:
•
•
NULL-Do not use an encryption algorithm.
DES-Digital Encryption Standard, a 64-bit block algorithm that uses a 56-
bit key.
•
3DES-Triple-DES, in which plain text is encrypted three times by three
keys.
•
•
•
AES128-A 128-bit block algorithm that uses a 128-bit key.
AES192-A 128-bit block algorithm that uses a 192-bit key.
AES256-A 128-bit block algorithm that uses a 256-bit key.
252
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VPN
Phase 2 advanced options
You can select either of the following message digests to check the
authenticity of messages during an encrypted session:
•
•
NULL-Do not use a message digest.
MD5-Message Digest 5, the hash algorithm developed by RSA Data
Security.
•
SHA1-Secure Hash Algorithm 1, which produces a 160-bit message
digest.
To specify one combination only, set the Encryption and Authentication
options of the second combination to NULL. To specify a third combination,
use the add button beside the fields for the second combination.
Enable replay Optionally enable or disable replay detection. Replay attacks occur when an
unauthorized party intercepts a series of IPSec packets and replays them
back into the tunnel.
detection
Enable perfect Enable or disable PFS. Perfect forward secrecy (PFS) improves security by
forcing a new Diffie-Hellman exchange whenever keylife expires.
forward
secrecy (PFS)
DH Group
Select one Diffie-Hellman group (1, 2, or 5). The remote peer or client must be
configured to use the same group.
Keylife
Select the method for determining when the phase 2 key expires: Seconds,
KBytes, or Both. If you select both, the key expires when either the time has
passed or the number of KB have been processed. The range is from 120 to
172800 seconds, or from 5120 to 2147483648 KB.
Autokey Keep Enable the option if you want the tunnel to remain active when no data is
being processed.
Alive
DHCP-IPSec
If the FortiGate unit will relay DHCP requests from dialup clients to an external
DHCP server, you can select DHCP-IPsec Enable to enable DHCP over
IPSec services. The DHCP relay parameters must be configured separately.
Internet
browsing
If the tunnel will support an Internet-browsing configuration, select the
browsing interface from the list.
Quick Mode
Identities
Enter the method for choosing selectors for IKE negotiations:
•
To choose a selector from a firewall encryption policy, select Use selectors
from policy.
•
•
To disable selector negotiation, select Use wildcard selectors.
To specify the firewall encryption policy source and destination IP
addresses, select Specify a selector and then select the names of the
source and destination addresses from the Source address and Dest
address lists. You may optionally specify source and destination port
numbers and/or a protocol number.
Manual key
If required, you can manually define cryptographic keys for establishing an IPSec VPN
tunnel. You would define manual keys in situations where:
•
Prior knowledge of the encryption and/or authentication key is required (that is,
one of the VPN peers requires a specific IPSec encryption and/or authentication
key).
•
Encryption and authentication needs to be disabled.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
253
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Manual key list
VPN
In both cases, you do not specify IPSec phase 1 and phase 2 parameters; you define
manual keys on the VPN > IPSEC > Manual Key tab instead.
If one of the VPN peers uses specific authentication and encryption keys to establish
a tunnel, both VPN peers must be configured to use the same encryption and
authentication algorithms and keys.
Note: It may not be safe or practical to define manual keys because network administrators
must be trusted to keep the keys confidential, and propagating changes to remote VPN peers in
a secure manner may be difficult.
It is essential that both VPN peers be configured with matching encryption and
authentication algorithms, matching authentication and encryption keys, and
complementary Security Parameter Index (SPI) settings.
Each SPI identifies a Security Association (SA). The value is placed in ESP
datagrams to link the datagrams to the SA. When an ESP datagram is received, the
recipient refers to the SPI to determine which SA applies to the datagram. An SPI
must be specified manually for each SA. Because an SA applies to communication in
one direction only, you must specify two SPIs per configuration (a local SPI and a
remote SPI) to cover bidirectional communications between two VPN peers.
Caution: If you are not familiar with the security policies, SAs, selectors, and SA databases for
!
your particular installation, do not attempt the following procedure without qualified assistance.
To specify manual keys for creating a tunnel
Go to VPN > IPSEC > Manual Key and select Create New.
Follow the guidelines in these sections:
1
2
•
•
Manual key list
Figure 126:IPSec VPN Manual Key list
Create New
Select Create New to create a new manual key configuration.
Remote Gateway
The IP address of the remote peer or client.
Encryption
Algorithm
The names of the encryption algorithms used in the configuration.
Authentication
Algorithm
The names of the authentication algorithms used in the configuration.
Edit, view, or delete manual key configurations.
254
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VPN
Manual key options
Manual key options
Figure 127:Adding a manual key VPN tunnel
VPN Tunnel Name Type a name for the VPN tunnel.
Local SPI
Type a hexadecimal number (up to 8 characters, 0-9, a-f) that represents
the SA that handles outbound traffic on the local FortiGate unit. The valid
range is from 0xbb8to 0xffffffff. This value must match the Remote
SPI value in the manual key configuration at the remote peer.
Remote SPI
Type a hexadecimal number (up to 8 characters, 0-9, a-f) that represents
the SA that handles inbound traffic on the local FortiGate unit. The valid
range is from 0xbb8to 0xffffffff. This value must match the Local
SPI value in the manual key configuration at the remote peer.
Remote Gateway Type the IP address of the public interface to the remote peer. The
address identifies the recipient of ESP datagrams.
Encryption
Algorithm
Select one of the following symmetric-key encryption algorithms:
•
DES-Digital Encryption Standard, a 64-bit block algorithm that uses a
56-bit key.
•
3DES-Triple-DES, in which plain text is encrypted three times by three
keys.
•
•
•
AES128-A 128-bit block algorithm that uses a 128-bit key.
AES192-A 128-bit block algorithm that uses a 192-bit key.
AES256-A 128-bit block algorithm that uses a 256-bit key.
Encryption Key
If you selected:
•
•
DES, type a 16-character hexadecimal number (0-9, a-f).
3DES, type a 48-character hexadecimal number (0-9, a-f) separated
into three segments of 16 characters.
•
•
•
AES128, type a 32-character hexadecimal number (0-9, a-f)
separated into two segments of 16 characters.
AES192, type a 48-character hexadecimal number (0-9, a-f)
separated into three segments of 16 characters.
AES256, type a 64-character hexadecimal number (0-9, a-f)
separated into four segments of 16 characters.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
255
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Concentrator list
VPN
Authentication
Algorithm
Select one of the following message digests:
•
MD5-Message Digest 5 algorithm, which produces a 128-bit message
digest.
•
SHA1-Secure Hash Algorithm 1, which produces a 160-bit message
digest.
Authentication Key If you selected:
•
MD5, type a 32-character hexadecimal number (0-9, a-f) separated
into two segments of 16 characters.
•
SHA1, type 40-character hexadecimal number (0-9, a-f) separated
into one segment of 16 characters and a second segment of 24
characters.
Concentrator
If the tunnel will be included in a hub-and-spoke configuration, you may
select the concentrator from the list. The hub must be added to the
FortiGate configuration before it can be selected here. See
Concentrator
In a hub-and-spoke configuration, connections to a number of remote peers radiate
from a single, central FortiGate unit. Site-to-site connections between the remote
peers do not exist; however, VPN tunnels between any two of the remote peers can
be established through the FortiGate unit “hub”.
In a hub-and-spoke network, all VPN tunnels terminate at the hub. The peers that
connect to the hub are known as “spokes”. The hub functions as a concentrator on the
network, managing all VPN connections between the spokes. VPN traffic passes from
one tunnel to the other through the hub.
You define a concentrator to include spokes in the hub-and-spoke configuration.
To define a concentrator
1
2
Go to VPN > IPSEC > Concentrator.
Follow the guidelines in these sections:
•
•
Concentrator list
Figure 128:IPSec VPN concentrator list
256
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VPN
Concentrator options
Create New
Select Create New to define a new concentrator for an IPSec hub-and-
spoke configuration.
Concentrator Name The names of existing IPSec VPN concentrators.
Members
The tunnels that are associated with the concentrator.
Edit, view, or delete concentrators.
Concentrator options
Figure 129:Creating a concentrator for a hub-and-spoke configuration
Concentrator
Name
Type a name for the concentrator.
Available
Tunnels
A list of defined IPsec VPN tunnels. Select a tunnel from the list and then
select the right-pointing arrow. Repeat these steps until all of the tunnels
associated with the spokes are included in the concentrator.
Members
A list of tunnels that are members of the concentrator. To remove a tunnel
from the concentrator, select the tunnel and select the left-pointing arrow.
Ping Generator
The ping generator generates traffic in an IPSec VPN tunnel to keep the tunnel
connection open when no traffic is being generated inside the tunnel. For example,
the ping generator is useful in scenarios where a dialup client or dynamic DNS peer
connects from an IP address that changes periodically—traffic may be suspended
while the IP address changes. You may also use the ping generator to troubleshoot
network connectivity inside a VPN tunnel.
You can configure settings to generate ping commands through two tunnels
simultaneously. The ping interval is fixed at 40 seconds.
The source and destination IP addresses refer to the source and destination
addresses of IP packets that are to be transported through the VPN tunnel. When
source and destination addresses of 0.0.0.0are entered, no ping traffic is
generated between the source and destination.
To configure the ping generator
1
Go to VPN > IPSEC > Ping Generator.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
257
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Ping generator options
VPN
2
3
Select Enable.
In the Source IP 1 field, type the private IP address or subnet address from which
traffic may originate locally (for example, 192.168.20.12or 192.168.20.0
respectively).
4
In the Destination IP 1 field, enter the IP address of a remote computer:
•
For a peer-to-peer configuration, the destination address is the private IP address
of a server or host behind the remote VPN peer (for example, 172.16.5.1/32).
•
For a dialup-client or Internet-browsing configuration where the remote VPN client
is configured to acquire a virtual IP address, the destination address must
correspond to the virtual IP address that can be acquired.
5
6
If you want to enable a second ping generator, repeat Steps 3 and 4 for the Source IP
2 and Destination IP 2 settings.
Select Apply.
Ping generator options
Figure 130:Ping generator
Enable
Select the option to ping the specified destination address using the
specified source address.
Source IP 1
Enter the IP address from which traffic may originate locally.
Enter the IP address of the remote computer to ping.
Destination IP 1
Source IP 2
If you want to generate traffic on a second VPN tunnel simultaneously,
enter a second IP address from which traffic may originate locally.
Destination IP 2
Enter the IP address of the second computer to ping
Monitor
You can use the monitor to view activity on IPSec VPN tunnels and start or stop those
tunnels. The display provides a list of addresses, proxy IDs, and timeout information
for all active tunnels.
To view active tunnels
1
Go to VPN > IPSEC > Monitor.
To interpret the display, see the following sections:
•
•
258
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VPN
Dialup monitor
To establish or take down a VPN tunnel
1
2
Go to VPN > IPSEC > Monitor.
In the list of tunnels, select the Bring down tunnel or Bring up tunnel button in the row
that corresponds to the tunnel that you want to bring down or up.
If you take down an active tunnel while a dialup client such as FortiClient is still
connected, FortiClient will continue to show the tunnel connected and idle. The dialup
client must disconnect before another tunnel can be initiated.
Dialup monitor
The list of dialup tunnels provides information about the status of tunnels that have
been established for dialup clients. The list displays the IP addresses of dialup clients
and the names of all active tunnels. The number of tunnels shown in the list can
change as dialup clients connect and disconnect.
Figure 131:Dialup monitor
Flush dialup
tunnels icon
Stop all dialup tunnels and stop the traffic passing through all dialup tunnels.
Dialup users may have to reconnect to establish new VPN sessions.
Name
The name of the tunnel.
Remote gateway The IP address and UDP port of the remote gateway.
Username
The peer ID, certificate name, or XAuth user name of the dialup client (if a
peer ID, certificate name, or XAuth user name was assigned to the dialup
client for authentication purposes).
Timeout
The time before the next key exchange. The time is calculated by
subtracting the time elapsed since the last key exchange from the keylife.
Proxy ID Source The IP address of the host, server, or private network behind the FortiGate
unit. A network range may be displayed if the source address in the firewall
encryption policy was expressed as a range of IP addresses.
Proxy ID
Destination
The virtual IP (VIP) address of the dialup client. A range of VIP addresses
may be displayed if the destination address in the firewall encryption policy
was expressed as a range of VIP addresses.
Bring down
tunnel icon
Stop the current dialup tunnel. The dialup user may have to reconnect to
establish a new VPN session.
Static IP and dynamic DNS monitor
The list of tunnels provides information about VPN connections to remote peers that
have static IP addresses or domain names. You can use this list to view status and IP
addressing information for each tunnel configuration. You can also start and stop
individual tunnels from the list.
Figure 132:Static IP and dynamic DNS monitor
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
259
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PPTP range
VPN
Name
The name of the tunnel.
Remote gateway The IP address and UDP port of the remote gateway. For dynamic DNS
tunnels, the IP address is updated dynamically.
Timeout
The time before the next key exchange. The time is calculated by
subtracting the time elapsed since the last key exchange from the keylife.
Proxy ID Source The IP address of the host, server, or private network behind the FortiGate
unit. A network range may be displayed if the source address in the firewall
encryption policy was expressed as a range of IP addresses.
Proxy ID
The IP address of the remote peer.
Destination
Bring down
tunnel icon
Take down the selected VPN tunnel. The remote VPN peer may have to
reconnect to establish a new VPN session.
Bring up tunnel Establish the selected VPN tunnel.
icon
PPTP
FortiGate units support PPTP to tunnel PPP traffic between two VPN peers. Windows
or Linux PPTP clients can establish a PPTP tunnel with a FortiGate unit that has been
configured to act as a PPTP server. As an alternative, you can configure the FortiGate
unit to forward PPTP packets to a PPTP server on the network behind the FortiGate
unit.
For information about how to perform these tasks, see “PPTP configuration
To enable PPTP and specify the PPTP address range
1
2
Go to VPN > PPTP > PPTP Range.
Enable PPTP and specify the address range.
PPTP range
The PPTP address range is the range of addresses reserved for remote PPTP clients.
When the remote PPTP client connects, the FortiGate unit assigns an IP address from
a reserved range of IP addresses to the client PPTP interface. The PPTP client uses
the assigned IP address as its source address for the duration of the connection.
Figure 133:PPTP range
260
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VPN
L2TP range
Enable PPTP
Starting IP
You must add a user group before you can select the option.
Type the starting address in the range of reserved IP addresses.
Type the ending address in the range of reserved IP addresses.
Select the name of the PPTP user group that you defined.
Select the option to disable PPTP support.
Ending IP
User Group
Disable PPTP
L2TP
A FortiGate unit can be configured to act as an L2TP network server. The FortiGate
implementation of L2TP enables a remote dialup client to establish an L2TP tunnel
with the FortiGate unit directly.
For information about how to perform the related tasks, see “L2TP configuration
To enable L2TP and specify the L2TP address range
Go to VPN > L2TP > L2TP Range.
1
2
Enable L2TP and specify the address range.
L2TP range
The L2TP address range specifies the range of addresses reserved for remote clients.
When a remote client connects to the FortiGate unit, the client is assigned an IP
address from this range. Afterward, the FortiGate unit uses the assigned address to
communicate with the remote client.
Figure 134:L2TP range
Enable L2TP
Starting IP
You must add a user group before you can enable the option.
Type the starting address in the range of reserved IP addresses.
Type the ending address in the range of reserved IP addresses.
Select the name of the L2TP user group that you defined.
Select the option to disable L2TP support.
Ending IP
User Group
Disable L2TP
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
261
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Local certificate list
VPN
Certificates
Digital certificates are downloadable files that you can install on the FortiGate unit and
on remote peers and clients for authentication purposes.
An X.509 digital certificate contains information that has been digitally signed by a
trusted third party known as a certificate authority (CA). Because CAs can be trusted,
the certificates issued by a CA are deemed to be trustworthy.
To view and manage local certificates
1
2
Go to VPN > Certificates > Local Certificates.
Follow the guidelines in these sections:
•
•
•
To import and view CA certificates
1
2
Go to VPN > Certificates > CA Certificates.
For detailed information and step-by-step procedures related to obtaining and
Local certificate list
Figure 135:Certificate list
Generate
Import
Select to generate a local certificate request. See “Certificate request” on
Select to import a signed local certificate. See “Importing signed certificates”
Name
The names of existing local certificates and pending certificate requests.
The Distinguished Names (DNs) of local signed certificates.
Subject
Status
The status of the local certificate. PENDING designates a certificate request
that should be downloaded and signed.
View Certificate Select to display certificate details such as the certificate name, issuer,
subject, and valid certificate dates. See Figure 136.
Detail icon
Download icon Select to save a copy of the certificate request to a local computer. Send the
request to your CA to obtain a certificate for the FortiGate unit.
262
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VPN
Certificate request
Figure 136:Certificate details
Certificate request
To obtain a personal or site certificate, you must send a request to a CA that provides
digital certificates that adhere to the X.509 standard. The FortiGate unit provides a
way for you to generate the request. The generated request includes information such
as the FortiGate unit’s public static IP address, domain name, or email address.
To generate a certificate request
Go to VPN > Certificates > Local Certificates.
Select Generate.
1
2
Figure 137:Generating a certificate signing request
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
263
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Importing signed certificates
VPN
Certification Name
Subject Information
Type a certificate name. Typically, this would be the name of the
FortiGate unit.
Enter the information needed to identify the FortiGate unit. Preferably
use an IP address or domain name. If this is impossible (such as with
a dialup client), use an email address.
•
For Host IP, enter the public IP address of the FortiGate unit being
certified.
•
For Domain name, enter the fully qualified domain name of the
FortiGate unit being certified. Do not include the protocol
specification (http://) or any port number or path names.
•
For E-mail, enter the email address of the owner of the FortiGate
unit being certified. Typically, email addresses are entered only
for clients, not gateways.
Organization Unit
Organization
Locality (City)
State/Province
Country
Name of your department.
Legal name of your company or organization.
Name of the city or town where the FortiGate unit is installed.
Name of the state or province where the FortiGate unit is installed.
Select the country where the FortiGate unit is installed.
e-mail
Contact email address. The CA may choose to deliver the digital
certificate to this address.
Key Type
Key Size
Only RSA is supported.
Select 1024 Bit, 1536 Bit or 2048 Bit. Larger keys are slower to
generate but more secure. Not all IPSec VPN products support all
three key sizes.
Importing signed certificates
Your CA will provide you with a signed certificate to install on the FortiGate unit. When
you receive the signed certificate from the CA, save the certificate on a PC that has
management access to the FortiGate unit.
To install a signed personal or site certificate
Go to VPN > Certificates > Local Certificates.
Select Import.
1
2
Figure 138:Importing a signed certificate
3
4
Browse to the location on the management PC where the certificate has been saved,
select the certificate, and then select OK.
Select OK.
264
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VPN
CA certificate list
CA certificate list
Follow the CA instructions to download their root certificate, and then install the root
certificate on the FortiGate unit. The installed CA certificates are displayed in the CA
certificate list.
Figure 139:CA certificate list
Import
Name
Select to import a CA root certificate. See “Importing CA certificates” on
The names of existing CA root certificates. The FortiGate unit assigns
unique names (CA_Cert_1, CA_Cert_2, CA_Cert_3, and so on) to the
CA certificates when they are imported.
Subject
Information about the CA.
View Certificate Select to display certificate details.
Detail icon
Download icon Select if you want to save a copy of the CA root certificate to a local
computer.
Importing CA certificates
After you download the root certificate of the CA, save the certificate on a PC that has
management access to the FortiGate unit.
To import a CA root certificate
Go to VPN > Certificates > CA Certificates.
Select Import.
1
2
Figure 140:Importing a CA certificate
3
4
Browse to the location on the management PC where the certificate has been saved,
select the certificate, and then select OK.
Select OK.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
265
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IPSec configuration procedures
VPN
VPN configuration procedures
procedures needed to create different types of VPN configurations. The guide
contains the following chapters:
•
•
•
•
“Configuring IPSec VPNs” describes how to set up various IPSec VPN
configurations.
“Configuring PPTP VPNs” describes how to configure a PPTP tunnel between a
FortiGate unit and a PPTP client.
“Configuring L2TP VPNs” describes how to configure the FortiGate unit to operate
as an L2TP network server.
“Monitoring and Testing VPN Tunnels” outlines some general monitoring and
testing procedures for VPNs.
General high-level procedures are presented here. For details, see the FortiGate VPN
IPSec configuration procedures
The following configuration procedures are common to all IPSec VPNs:
1
2
3
Define the phase 1 parameters that the FortiGate unit needs to authenticate remote
Define the phase 2 parameters that the FortiGate unit needs to create a VPN tunnel
Define source and destination addresses for the IP packets that are to be transported
through the VPN tunnel, and create the firewall encryption policy, which defines the
scope of permitted services between the IP source and destination addresses. See
Note: Perform Steps 1 and 2 to have the FortiGate unit generate unique IPSec encryption and
authentication keys automatically. In situations where a remote VPN peer requires a specific
IPSec encryption and/or authentication key, you must configure the FortiGate unit to use
manual keys instead of performing Steps 1 and 2. For more information, see “Manual key” on
Adding firewall policies for IPSec VPN tunnels
Firewall policies control all IP traffic passing between a source address and a
destination address. A firewall encryption policy is needed to allow the transmission of
encrypted packets, specify the permitted direction of VPN traffic, and select the VPN
tunnel that will be subject to the policy. A single encryption policy is needed to control
both inbound and outbound IP traffic through a VPN tunnel.
Before you define the policy, you must first specify the IP source and destination
addresses.
To define an IP source address
1
Go to Firewall > Address and select Create New.
266
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VPN
IPSec configuration procedures
2
3
4
In the Address Name field, type a name that represents the local network, server(s),
or host(s) from which IP packets may originate on the private network behind the local
FortiGate unit.
In the IP Range/Subnet field, type the corresponding IP address and subnet mask (for
example, 172.16.5.0/24for a subnet, or 172.16.5.1/32for a server or host) or
IP address range (for example, 192.168.10.[80-100]).
Select OK.
To define an IP destination address
1
2
Go to Firewall > Address and select Create New.
In the Address Name field, type a name that represents the remote network, server(s),
or host(s) to which IP packets may be delivered.
3
4
In the IP Range/Subnet field, type the corresponding IP address and subnet mask (for
example, 192.168.20.0/24for a subnet, or 192.168.20.2/32for a server or
host), or IP address range (for example, 192.168.20.[10-25]).
Select OK.
To define the firewall encryption policy
Go to Firewall > Policy and select Create New.
Include appropriate entries as follows:
1
2
Interface/Zone
Source
Select the local interface to the internal (private) network.
Destination
Select the local interface to the external (public) network.
Address Name
Source
Select the name that corresponds to the local network, server(s), or
host(s) from which IP packets may originate.
Destination
Select the name that corresponds to the remote network, server(s), or
host(s) to which IP packets may be delivered. The name may correspond
to a VIP-address range for dialup clients.
Schedule
Service
Keep the default setting (always) unless changes are needed to meet
specific requirements.
Keep the default setting (ANY) unless changes are needed to meet your
specific requirements.
Action
Select ENCRYPT.
VPN Tunnel
Select the name of the phase 2 tunnel configuration to which this policy
will apply.
Select Allow inbound if traffic from the remote network will be allowed to
initiate the tunnel.
Select Allow outbound if traffic from the local network will be allowed to
initiate the tunnel.
Select Inbound NAT to translate the source IP addresses of inbound
decrypted packets into the IP address of the FortiGate internal interface.
Select Outbound NAT to translate the source address of outbound
encrypted packets into the IP address of the FortiGate public interface.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
267
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
PPTP configuration procedures
VPN
3
You may enable a protection profile, and/or event logging, or select advanced settings
to shape traffic or differentiate services. See the “Firewall” chapter of the FortiGate
Administration Guide.
4
5
Select OK.
Place the policy in the policy list above any other policies having similar source and
destination addresses.
PPTP configuration procedures
If the FortiGate unit will act as a PPTP server, perform the following tasks on the
FortiGate unit:
1
2
Create a PPTP user group containing one user for each PPTP client. See “Users and
Enable PPTP on the FortiGate unit and specify the range of addresses that can be
3
4
Configure the PPTP server.
Configure the PPTP clients.
To arrange for PPTP packets to pass through the FortiGate unit to an external PPTP
server instead, you must:
1
2
Create a PPTP user group containing one user for each PPTP client. See “Users and
Enable PPTP on the FortiGate unit and specify the range of addresses that can be
3
4
Configure PPTP pass through on the FortiGate unit.
Configure the PPTP clients.
L2TP configuration procedures
To configure a FortiGate unit to act as an L2TP network server, perform the following
tasks on the FortiGate unit:
1
2
Create an L2TP user group containing one user for each remote client. See “Users
Enable L2TP on the FortiGate unit and specify the range of addresses that can be
3
4
Configure the L2TP server.
Configure the remote clients.
268
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VPN
ipsec phase1
CLI configuration
This section provides information about features that must be configured through CLI
commands. CLI commands provide additional network options that cannot be
configured through the web-based manager. For complete descriptions and examples
of how to use CLI commands, see the FortiGate CLI Reference Guide.
ipsec phase1
In the web-based manager, the Dead Peer Detection option can be enabled when you
define advanced Phase 1 options. The config vpn ipsec phase1CLI command
supports additional options for specifying a long and short idle time, a retry count, and
a retry interval.
Command syntax pattern
config vpn ipsec phase1
edit <name_str>
set <keyword> <variable>
end
config vpn ipsec phase1
edit <name_str>
unset <keyword>
end
ipsec phase1 command keywords and variables
Keywords and
Description
Default
Availability
variables
dpd-idlecleanup
<seconds_integer>
The DPD long idle setting when dpdis set 300
to enable. Set the time, in seconds, that a seconds
link must remain unused before the local
VPN peer pro-actively probes its state. After
this period of time expires, the local peer
will send a DPD probe to determine the
status of the link even if there is no traffic
between the local peer and the remote
peer. The dpd-idlecleanuprange is 100
to 28 800 and must be greater than the
dpd-idleworrysetting.
All models.
dpdmust
be set to
enable.
dpd-idleworry
<seconds_integer>
The DPD short idle setting when dpdis set 10
to enable. Set the time, in seconds, that a seconds
link must remain unused before the local
VPN peer considers it to be idle. After this
period of time expires, whenever the local
peer sends traffic to the remote VPN peer it
will also send a DPD probe to determine
the status of the link. The dpd-idleworry
range is 1 to 300.
All models.
dpdmust
be set to
enable.
To control the length of time that the
FortiGate unit takes to detect a dead peer
with DPD probes, use the dpdretrycount
and dpd-retryintervalkeywords.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
269
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ipsec phase1
VPN
ipsec phase1 command keywords and variables (Continued)
Keywords and
Description
Default
Availability
variables
dpd-retrycount
<retry_integer>
The DPD retry count when dpdis set to
enable. Set the number of times that the
local VPN peer sends a DPD probe before
it considers the link to be dead and tears
down the security association (SA). The
dpd-retrycountrange is 0 to 10.
3
All models.
dpdmust
be set to
enable.
To avoid false negatives due to congestion
or other transient failures, set the retry
count to a sufficiently high value for your
network.
dpd-retryinterval The DPD retry interval when dpdis set to
5
All models.
enable. Set the time, in seconds, that the seconds
local VPN peer waits between sending DPD
probes. The dpd-retryintervalrange
is 1 to 60.
<seconds_integer>
dpdmust
be set to
enable.
Example
Use the following command to edit an IPSec VPN phase 1 configuration with the
following characteristics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Phase 1 configuration name: Simple_GW
Remote peer address type: Dynamic
Encryption and authentication proposal: des-md5
Authentication method: psk
Pre-shared key: Qf2p3O93jIj2bz7E
Mode: aggressive
Dead Peer Detection: enable
Long idle: 1000
Short idle: 150
Retry count: 5
Retry interval: 30
config vpn ipsec phase1
edit Simple_GW
set Type dynamic
set proposal des-md5
set authmethod psk
set psksecret Qf2p3O93jIj2bz7E
set mode aggressive
set dpd enable
set dpd-idlecleanup 1000
set dpd-idleworry 150
set dpd-retrycount 5
set dpd-retryinterval 30
end
270
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VPN
ipsec phase2
ipsec phase2
Use the config vpn ipsec phase2CLI command to add or edit an IPSec VPN
phase 2 configuration.
Command syntax pattern
config vpn ipsec phase2
edit <name_str>
set <keyword> <variable>
end
config vpn ipsec phase2
edit <name_str>
unset <keyword>
end
config vpn ipsec phase2
delete <name_str>
end
get vpn ipsec phase2 [<name_str>]
show vpn ipsec phase2 [<name_str>]
ipsec phase2 command keywords and variables
Keywords and variables
Description
Default Availability
bindtoif
<interface-name_str>
Bind the tunnel to the specified
network interface. Type the name of
the local FortiGate interface.
No
default.
All models.
dstaddr <name_str>
Enter the name of the firewall
destination IP address that
No
default.
All models.
selector
must be set
to
corresponds to the recipient or
network behind the remote VPN
peer. You must create the firewall
address before you can select it here.
For more information, see “Adding
specify.
dstport
<port_integer>
Enter the port number that the remote No
All models.
VPN peer uses to transport traffic
related to the specified service (see
protocol). The dstportrange is 1
to 65535. To specify all ports, type 0.
default.
selector
must be set
to
specify.
protocol
<protocol_integer>
Enter the IP protocol number for the
No
All models.
service. The protocolrange is 1to default.
255. To specify all services, type 0.
selector
must be set
to
specify.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
271
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ipsec vip
VPN
ipsec phase2 command keywords and variables (Continued)
Keywords and variables
Description
Default Availability
selector { policy |
wildcard | specify}
Enter the method for choosing
selectors for IKE negotiations:
• Select policyto choose a selector
from a firewall encryption policy. The
VPN tunnel referenced in the firewall
encryption policy will be referenced.
policy All models.
• Select wildcardto disable selector
negotiation for this tunnel. Use this
option to avoid negotiation errors
(such as invalid ID Information) that
may occur during quick mode when
the set of policies between the peers
is not symmetric.
• Select specifyto specify the
firewall encryption policy source and
destination IP addresses, ports, and
IP protocol to use for selector
negotiation. When you choose
specify, you must also enter
values for the srcaddr, dstaddr,
protocol, srcport, and dstport
keywords.
single-source
{disable | enable}
Enable or disable all dialup clients to disable All models.
connect using the same phase 2
tunnel definition.
srcaddr <name_str>
Enter the name of the firewall source No
All models.
IP address that corresponds to the
local sender or network behind the
local VPN peer. You must create the
firewall address before you can select
it here. For more information, see
default.
selector
must be set
to
specify.
srcport
<port_integer>
Enter the port number that the local
VPN peer uses to transport traffic
related to the specified service (see
protocol). The srcportrange is 1
to 65535. To specify all ports, type 0.
No
default.
All models.
selector
must be set
to
specify.
ipsec vip
A FortiGate unit can act as a proxy by answering ARP requests locally and forwarding
the associated traffic to the intended destination host over an IPSec VPN tunnel. The
feature is intended to enable IPSec VPN communications between two hosts that
coordinate the same private address space on physically separate networks. The IP
addresses of both the source host and the destination host must be unique. The
ipsec vipcommand lets you specify the IP addresses that can be accessed at the
remote end of the VPN tunnel. You must configure IPSec virtual IP (VIP) addresses at
both ends of the IPSec VPN tunnel.
Adding an IPSec VIP entry to the VIP table enables a FortiGate unit to respond to
ARP requests destined for remote servers and route traffic to the intended
destinations automatically. Each IPSec VIP entry is identified by an integer. An entry
identifies the name of the FortiGate interface to the destination network, and the IP
address of a destination host on the destination network. Specify an IP address for
every host that needs to be accessed on the other side of the tunnel—you can define
a maximum of 32 IPSec VIP addresses on the same interface.
272
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VPN
ipsec vip
Note: The interface to the destination network must be associated with a VPN tunnel through a
firewall encryption policy (actionmust be set to encrypt). The policy determines which VPN
tunnel will be selected to forward traffic to the destination. When you create IPSec VIP entries,
check the encryption policy on the FortiGate interface to the destination network to ensure that
it meets your requirements.
Command syntax pattern
config vpn ipsec vip
edit <vip_integer>
set <keyword> <variable>
end
config vpn ipsec vip
edit <vip_integer>
unset <keyword>
end
config vpn ipsec vip
delete <vip_integer>
end
get vpn ipsec vip [<vip_integer>]
show vpn ipsec vip [<vip_integer>]
ipsec vip command keywords and variables
Keywords and variables
Description
Default
Availability
ip <address_ipv4>
The IP address of the destination
host on the destination network.
0.0.0.0 All models.
out-interface
<interface-name_str>
The name of the FortiGate interface null
to the destination network.
All models.
Example
The following commands add IPSec VIP entries for two remote hosts that can be
accessed by a FortiGate unit through an IPSec VPN tunnel on the external
interface of the FortiGate unit. Similar commands must be entered on the FortiGate
unit at the other end of the IPSec VPN tunnel.
config vpn ipsec vip
edit 1
set ip 192.168.12.1
set out-interface external
next
edit 2
set ip 192.168.12.2
set out-interface external
end
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
273
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ipsec vip
VPN
Note: Typing nextlets you define another VIP address without leaving the vip shell.
This example shows how to display the settings for the vpn ipsec vipcommand.
get vpn ipsec vip
This example shows how to display the settings for the VIP entry named 1.
get vpn ipsec vip 1
This example shows how to display the current configuration of all existing VIP
entries.
show vpn ipsec vip
Configuring IPSec virtual IP addresses
Use the FortiGate unit’s IPSec VIP feature to enable hosts on physically different
networks to communicate with each other as if they were connected to the same
private network. This feature can be configured manually through CLI commands.
When the destination IP address in a local ARP request matches an entry in the
FortiGate unit’s virtual IP (VIP) table, the FortiGate unit responds with its own MAC
address and forwards traffic to the correct destination at the other end of the VPN
tunnel afterward.
Consider the following example, which shows two physically separate networks. The
IP addresses of the computers on both networks are in the 192.168.12.0/24 range,
but no two IP addresses are the same. An IPSec VPN has been configured between
FortiGate_1 and FortiGate_2. The FortiGate configuration permits Host_1 on the
Finance network to transmit data to Host_2 on the HR network through the IPSec
VPN tunnel.
Figure 141:A typical site-to-site configuration using the IPSec VIP feature
HR Network
192.168.12.0/24
Host_2
192.168.12.2
FortiGate_1
external
external
Esc
Enter
Esc
Enter
Internet
FortiGate_2
Host_1
192.168.12.1
Finance Network
192.168.12.0/24
274
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
VPN
ipsec vip
When Host_1 attempts to send a packet to Host_2 for the first time, Host_1 issues an
ARP request locally for the MAC address of Host_2. However, because Host_2
resides on a remote network, it does not respond. Instead, the FortiGate unit
responds with its own MAC address. From that point, Host_1 adds the MAC address
of the FortiGate unit to its ARP cache and the FortiGate unit will act as a proxy for
Host_2.
In the above example, the private IP addresses between the two sites have been
coordinated to protect against ambiguous routing (no two IP addresses are the same).
Setting up a configuration like this involves performing the following tasks at
FortiGate_1 and FortiGate_2.
To enable IPSec VPN communication between two network hosts that coordinate the
same private address space on physically separate networks, perform the following
tasks at the local and remote FortiGate units:
1
2
On both FortiGate units, define the gateway/tunnel on which to transmit VPN traffic to
On both FortiGate units, define the firewall encrypt policy that is needed to select and
enable communication through the defined VPN gateway/tunnel (see “Adding firewall
3
Using CLI commands to configure the local FortiGate unit, add VIP entries to define
which IP addresses can be accessed at the remote end of the VPN tunnel (see “ipsec
vip” on page 272). For example, to enable access to Host_2 on the HR network from
Host_1 on the Finance network, enter the following CLI commands on FortiGate_1:
config vpn ipsec vip
edit 1
set ip 192.168.12.2
set out-interface external
end
4
Using CLI commands to configure the remote FortiGate unit, add VIP entries to define
which IP addresses can be accessed at the local end of the VPN tunnel (see “ipsec
vip” on page 272). For example, to enable access to Host_1 on the Finance network
from Host_2 on the HR network, enter the following CLI commands on FortiGate_2:
config vpn ipsec vip
edit 1
set ip 192.168.12.1
set out-interface external
end
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
275
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ipsec vip
VPN
276
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide Version 2.80 MR7
IPS
The FortiGate Intrusion Prevention System (IPS) combines signature- and anomaly-
based intrusion detection and prevention with low latency and excellent reliability. The
FortiGate unit can record suspicious traffic in logs, can send alert email to system
administrators, and can log, pass, drop, reset, or clear suspicious packets or
sessions. You can adjust some IPS anomaly thresholds to work best with the normal
traffic on the protected networks. You can also create custom signatures to customize
the FortiGate IPS for diverse network environments.
You can configure the IPS globally and then enable or disable all signatures or all
and where to configure and access them. To access protection profile IPS options go
to Firewall > Protection Profile, select edit or Create New, and select IPS. See
Table 23: IPS and Protection Profile IPS configuration
Protection Profile IPS options
IPS setting
IPS Signature
IPS > Signature
Enable or disable IPS signatures for all
network services.
View and configure a list of predefined
signatures.
Create custom signatures based on the
network requirements.
IPS Anomaly
IPS > Anomaly
Enable or disable IPS anomalies for all
network services.
View and configure a list of predefined
anomalies.
Protection profile configuration
IPS updates and information
FortiProtect services are a valuable customer resource and include automatic updates
of virus and IPS (attack) engines and definitions through the FortiProtect Distribution
Network (FDN). The FortiProtect Center also provides the FortiProtect virus and
attack encyclopedia and the FortiProtect Bulletin.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
277
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Predefined
IPS
This chapter describes:
•
•
•
•
Signature
The FortiGate IPS matches network traffic against patterns contained in attack
signatures. Attack signatures reliably protect your network from known attacks.
Fortinet’s FortiProtect infrastructure ensures the rapid identification of new threats and
the development of new attack signatures.
You can configure the FortiGate unit to automatically check for and download an
updated attack definition file containing the latest signatures, or you can manually
download the updated attack definition file. You can also configure the FortiGate unit
to allow push updates of updated attack definition files as soon as they are available
from the FortiProtect Distribution Network. For details, see “Update center” on
When the FortiGate unit installs an updated attack definition file, it checks to see if the
default configuration for any existing signatures has changed. If the default
configuration has changed, the changes are preserved.
In addition to an extensive list of predefined attack signatures, you can also create
your own custom attack signatures for the FortiGate unit. See “Adding custom
Predefined
Predefined signatures are arranged into groups based on the type of attack. By
default, all signature groups are enabled while some signatures within groups are not.
Check the default settings to ensure they meet the requirements of your network
traffic.
You can enable or disable signature groups or individual signatures. Disabling
unneeded signatures can improve system performance and reduce the number of log
messages and alert emails that the IPS generates. For example, the IPS detects a
large number of web server attacks. If you do not provide access to a web server
behind your FortiGate unit, you can disable all web server attack signatures.
Some signature groups include configurable parameters. The parameters that are
available depend on the type of signatures in the signature group. When you
configure these parameters for a signature group, the parameters apply to all of the
signatures in the group.
For each signature, you can configure the action the FortiGate IPS takes when it
detects an attack. The FortiGate IPS can pass, drop, reset or clear packets or
sessions.
You can also enable or disable logging of the attack.
278
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IPS
Predefined
Predefined signature list
You can enable or disable groups of predefined signatures and configure the settings
for individual predefined signatures from the predefined signature list.
Figure 142:A portion of the predefined signature list
Group Name
Enable
The signature group names.
The status of the signature group. A white check mark in a green circle
indicates the signature group is enabled. A white X in a grey circle indicates
the signature group is disabled.
Logging
Action
The logging status for individual signatures. Click on the blue triangle to
show the signature group members. A white check mark in a green circle
indicates logging is enabled for the signature. A white X in a grey circle
indicates logging is disabled for the signature.
The action set for individual signatures. Click on the blue triangle to show
the signature group members. Action can be Pass, Drop, Reset, Reset
Client, Reset Server, Drop Session, Clear Session, or Pass Session. See
Revision
Modify
The revision number for individual signatures. To show the signature group
members, click on the blue triangle.
The Configure and Reset icons. Reset only appears when the default
settings have been modified. Selecting Reset restores the default settings.
Table 24: Actions to select for each predefined signature
Action
Description
Pass
The FortiGate unit lets the packet that triggered the signature pass
through the firewall. If logging is disabled and action is set to Pass, the
signature is effectively disabled.
Drop
The FortiGate unit drops the packet that triggered the signature. Fortinet
recommends using an action other than Drop for TCP connection based
attacks.
Reset
The FortiGate unit drops the packet that triggered the signature, sends a
reset to both the client and the server, and removes the session from the
FortiGate session table. Used for TCP connections only. If you set this
action for non-TCP connection based attacks, the action will behave as
Clear Session. If the Reset action is triggered before the TCP connection
is fully established it acts as Clear Session.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
279
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Predefined
IPS
Table 24: Actions to select for each predefined signature
Reset Client
The FortiGate unit drops the packet that triggered the signature, sends a
reset to the client, and removes the session from the FortiGate session
table. Used for TCP connections only. If you set this action for non-TCP
connection based attacks, the action will behave as Clear Session. If the
Reset Client action is triggered before the TCP connection is fully
established it acts as Clear Session.
Reset Server
The FortiGate unit drops the packet that triggered the signature, sends a
reset to the server, and removes the session from the FortiGate session
table. Used for TCP connections only. If you set this action for non-TCP
connection based attacks, the action will behave as Clear Session. If the
Reset Server action is triggered before the TCP connection is fully
established it acts as Clear Session.
Drop Session
Clear Session
Pass Session
The FortiGate unit drops the packet that triggered the signature and drops
any other packets in the same session.
The FortiGate unit drops the packet that triggered the signature, removes
the session from the FortiGate session table, and does not send a reset.
The FortiGate unit lets the packet that triggered the signature and all other
packets in the session pass through the firewall.
Configuring predefined signatures
To enable or disable predefined signature groups
1
2
Go to IPS > Signature > Predefined.
Select the Configure icon next to the predefined signature group that you want to
enable or disable.
Figure 143:Enabling or disabling a predefined signature group
3
4
Select the enable box to enable the predefined signature group or clear the enable
box to disable the predefined signature group.
Select OK.
To configure predefined signature settings
1
2
Go to IPS > Signature > Predefined.
Select the blue triangle next to a signature group name to display the members of that
group.
3
Select the Configure icon for the signature you want to configure.
Figure 144:Configuring predefined IPS signatures
280
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IPS
Predefined
4
5
6
7
Select the Enable box to enable the signature or clear the Enable box to disable the
signature.
Select the Logging box to enable logging for this signature or clear the Logging box to
disable logging for this signature.
Select the Action for the FortiGate unit to take when traffic matches this signature.
Select OK.
To restore the recommended settings of a signature
1
2
Go to IPS > Signature > Predefined.
Select the blue triangle next to a signature group name to display the members of that
group.
3
4
Select the Reset icon for the signature you want to restore to recommended settings.
The Reset icon is displayed only if the settings for the signature have been changed
from recommended settings.
Select OK.
Configuring parameters for dissector signatures
The following predefined dissector signatures have configurable parameters.
•
•
•
•
•
http_decoder
im
p2p
rpc_decoder
tcp_reassembler
Figure 145:Example of dissector signature parameters: tcp_reassembler
Figure 146:Example of dissector signature parameters: p2p
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
281
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Custom
IPS
idle_timeout
min_ttl
If a session is idle for longer than this number of seconds, the session will
not be maintained by tcp_reassembler.
A packet with a higher ttl number in its IP header than the number specified
here is not processed by tcp_reassembler.
port_list
A comma separated list of ports. The dissector can decode these TCP ports.
A comma separated list of bad TCP flags.
bad_flag_list
reassembly_
direction
Valid settings are from-server, from-client, or both.
codepoint
A number from 0 to 63. Used for differentiated services tagging. When the
action for p2p and im signatures is set to Pass, the FortiGate unit checks the
codepoint. If the codepoint is set to a number from 1 to 63, the codepoint for
the session is changed to the specified value. If the codepoint is set to -1
(the default) no change is made to the codepoint in the IP header.
Custom
You can create custom IPS signatures. The custom signatures you create are added
to a single Custom signature group.
Custom signatures provide the power and flexibility to customize the FortiGate IPS for
diverse network environments. The FortiGate predefined signatures cover common
attacks. If you are using an unusual or specialized application or an uncommon
platform, you can add custom signatures based on the security alerts released by the
application and platform vendors.
You can also use custom signatures to block or allow specific traffic. For example to
block traffic containing pornography, you can add custom signatures similar to the
following:
F-SBID (--protocol tcp; --flow established; --content "nude cheerleader"; --no_case)
When you add the signature set action to Drop Session.
For more information on custom signature syntax see the FortiGate IPS Custom
Signatures Technical Bulletin.
Note: Custom signatures are an advanced feature. This document assumes the user has
previous experience creating intrusion detection signatures.
Custom signature list
Figure 147:The custom signature group
Enable custom Select the Enable custom signature box to enable the custom signature
group or clear the Enable custom signature box to disable the custom
signature group.
signature
Create New
Select Create New to create a new custom signature.
282
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IPS
Custom
Clear all custom Remove all the custom signatures from the custom signature group.
signatures
Reset to
Reset all the custom signatures to the recommended settings.
recommended
settings?
Name
The custom signature names.
Revision
The revision number for each custom signature. The revision number is a
number you assign to the signature when you create or revise it.
Enable
The status of each custom signature. A white check mark in a green circle
indicates the signature is enabled. A white X in a grey circle indicates the
signature is disabled.
Selecting the box at the top of the Enable column enables all the custom
signatures. Clearing the box at the top of the Enable column disables all the
custom signatures.
Logging
The logging status of each custom signature. A white check mark in a green
circle indicates logging is enabled for the custom signature. A white X in a
grey circle indicates logging is disabled for the custom signature.
Action
Modify
The action set for each custom signature. Action can be Pass, Drop, Reset,
Reset Client, Reset Server, Drop Session, Clear Session, or Pass Session.
The Delete and Edit/View icons.
Adding custom signatures
To add a custom signature
1
2
Go to IPS > Signature > Custom.
Select Create New to add a new custom signature or select the Edit icon to edit an
existing custom signature.
Figure 148:Edit custom signature
3
Enter a name for the custom signature.
You cannot edit the name of an existing custom signature.
4
5
Enter the custom signature.
action descriptions.)
6
Select the Logging box to enable logging for the custom signature or clear the Logging
box to disable logging for the custom signature.
Backing up and restoring custom signature files
For information on backing up and restoring the custom signature list, see “Backing up
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
283
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Custom
IPS
Caution: Restoring the custom signature list overwrites the existing file.
!
Anomaly
The FortiGate IPS uses anomaly detection to identify network traffic that does not fit
known or preset traffic patterns. The FortiGate IPS identifies the four statistical
anomaly types for the TCP, UDP, and ICMP protocols.
Flooding
Scan
If the number of sessions targeting a single destination in one second is
over a threshold, the destination is experiencing flooding.
If the number of sessions from a single source in one second is over a
threshold, the source is scanning.
Source session If the number of concurrent sessions from a single source is over a
threshold, the source session limit is reached.
limit
Destination
session limit
If the number of concurrent sessions to a single destination is over a
threshold, the destination session limit is reached.
You can enable or disable logging for each anomaly, and you can control the IPS
action in response to detecting an anomaly. In many cases you can also configure the
thresholds that the anomaly uses to detect traffic patterns that could represent an
attack.
Note: It is important to know the normal and expected traffic on your network before changing
the default anomaly thresholds. Setting the thresholds too low could cause false positives, and
setting the thresholds too high could miss some attacks.
You can also use the command line interface (CLI) to configure session control based
on source and destination network address. See “Anomaly CLI configuration” on
The anomaly detection list can be updated only when the FortiGate firmware image is
upgraded.
Anomaly list
Figure 149:The Anomaly list
Name
The anomaly names.
Enable
The status of the anomaly. A white check mark in a green circle indicates the
anomaly is enabled. A white X in a grey circle indicates the anomaly is
disabled.
Logging
The logging status for each anomaly. A white check mark in a green circle
indicates logging is enabled for the anomaly. A white X in a grey circle
indicates logging is disabled for the anomaly.
284
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IPS
Custom
Action
Modify
The action set for each anomaly. Action can be Pass, Drop, Reset, Reset
Client, Reset Server, Drop Session, Clear Session, or Pass Session.
The Edit and Reset icons. If you have changed the settings for an anomaly,
you can use the Reset icon to change the settings back to the
recommended settings.
Configuring an anomaly
Each anomaly is preset with a recommended configuration. By default all anomaly
signatures are enabled. You can use the recommended configurations or you can
modify the recommended configurations to meet the needs of your network.
For more information on minimum, maximum, and recommended thresholds for the
anomalies with configurable thresholds, see the FortiGate IPS Anomaly Thresholds
and Dissector Values Technical Bulletin.
Figure 150:Editing the portscan IPS anomaly
Figure 151:Editing the syn_fin IPS anomaly
Name
The anomaly name.
Enable
Select the Enable box to enable the anomaly or clear the Enable box to
disable the anomaly.
Logging
Action
Select the Logging box to enable logging for the anomaly or clear the
Logging box to disable logging for the anomaly.
Select an action for the FortiGate unit to take when traffic triggers this
anomaly.
Pass
Drop
The FortiGate unit lets the packet that triggered the anomaly pass
through the firewall. If logging is disabled and action is set to Pass, the
anomaly is effectively disabled.
The FortiGate unit drops the packet that triggered the anomaly. Fortinet
recommends using an action other than Drop for TCP connection based
attacks.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
285
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Custom
IPS
Reset
The FortiGate unit drops the packet that triggered the anomaly, sends a
reset to both the client and the server, and removes the session from
the FortiGate session table. Used for TCP connections only. If you set
this action for non-TCP connection based attacks, the action will behave
as Clear Session. If the Reset action is triggered before the TCP
connection is fully established it acts as Clear Session.
Reset
Client
The FortiGate unit drops the packet that triggered the anomaly, sends a
reset to the client, and removes the session from the FortiGate session
table. Used for TCP connections only. If you set this action for non-TCP
connection based attacks, the action will behave as Clear Session. If the
Reset Client action is triggered before the TCP connection is fully
established it acts as Clear Session.
Reset
Server
The FortiGate unit drops the packet that triggered the anomaly, sends a
reset to the server, and removes the session from the FortiGate session
table. Used for TCP connections only. If you set this action for non-TCP
connection based attacks, the action will behave as Clear Session. If the
Reset Server action is triggered before the TCP connection is fully
established it acts as Clear Session.
Drop
Session
The FortiGate unit drops the packet that triggered the anomaly and
drops any other packets in the same session.
Clear
Session
The FortiGate unit drops the packet that triggered the anomaly, removes
the session from the FortiGate session table, and does not send a reset.
Pass
Session
The FortiGate unit lets the packet that triggered the anomaly and all
other packets in the session pass through the firewall.
threshold
Traffic over the specified threshold triggers the anomaly.
To configure the settings of an anomaly
Go to IPS > Anomaly.
1
2
3
Select the Edit icon for the signature you want to configure.
Select the Enable box to enable the anomaly or clear the Enable box to disable the
anomaly.
4
Select the Logging box to enable logging for this anomaly or clear the Logging box to
disable logging for this anomaly.
5
6
7
Select an action for the FortiGate unit to take when traffic triggers this anomaly.
Enter a new threshold value if required.
Select OK.
To restore the default settings of an anomaly
Go to IPS > Anomaly.
1
2
Select the Reset icon for the anomaly you want to restore to defaults.
The Reset icon is displayed only if the settings for the anomaly have been changed
from defaults.
3
Select OK.
286
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
IPS
Anomaly CLI configuration
Anomaly CLI configuration
Note: This guide only covers Command Line Interface (CLI) commands that are not
represented in the web-based manager. For complete descriptions and examples of how to use
CLI commands see the FortiGate CLI Reference Guide.
(config ips anomaly) config limit
Note: This command has more keywords than are listed in this Guide. See the FortiGate CLI
Reference Guide for a complete list of commands and keywords.
Access the config limit subcommand using the config ips anomaly
<name_str> command. Use this command for session control based on source and
destination network address. This command is available for tcp_src_session,
tcp_dst_session, icmp_src_session, icmp_dst_session,
udp_src_session, udp_dst_session.
You cannot edit the defaultentry. Addresses are matched from more specific to
more general. For example, if you define thresholds for 192.168.100.0/24 and
192.168.0.0/16, the address with the 24 bit netmask will be matched first.
Command syntax pattern
config limit
edit <name_str>
set <keyword> <variable>
end
config limit
edit <name_str>
unset <keyword>
end
config limit
delete <name_str>
limit command keywords and variables
Keywords and variables
Description
Default Availability
ipaddress
<address_ipv4mask>
The ip address and netmask of the
source or destination network.
No
default.
All models.
threshold
<threshold_integer>
Set the threshold that triggers this
anomaly.
No
default.
All models.
Example
Use the following command to configure the limit for the tcp_src_session
anomaly.
config ips anomaly tcp_src_session
config limit
edit subnet1
set ipaddress 1.1.1.0 255.255.255.0
set threshold 300
end
end
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
287
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Anomaly CLI configuration
IPS
Configuring IPS logging and alert email
Whenever the IPS detects or prevents an attack, it generates an attack message. You
can configure the FortiGate unit to add the message to the attack log and to send an
alert email to administrators. You can configure how often the FortiGate unit sends
alert email. You can also reduce the number of log messages and alerts by disabling
signatures for attacks that your system is not vulnerable to (for example, web attacks
when you are not running a web server). For more information on FortiGate logging
Default fail open setting
If for any reason the IPS should cease to function, it will fail open by default. This
means that crucial network traffic will not be blocked and the Firewall will continue to
operate while the problem is resolved.
You can change the default fail open setting using the CLI:
config sys global
set ips-open [enable | disable]
end
Enable ips_opento cause the IPS to fail open and disable ips_opento cause the
IPS to fail closed.
288
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide Version 2.80 MR7
Antivirus
Antivirus provides configuration access to most of the antivirus options you enable
when you create a firewall protection profile. While antivirus settings are configured for
system-wide use, you can implement specific settings on a per profile basis.
access protection profile antivirus options go to Firewall > Protection Profile, select
edit or Create New, and select Anti-Virus. See “Protection profile options” on
Table 25: Antivirus and Protection Profile antivirus configuration
Protection Profile antivirus options
Antivirus setting
Virus Scan
Antivirus > Config > Virus List
View a read-only list of current viruses.
Enable or disable virus scanning for each
protocol (HTTP, FTP, IMAP, POP3, SMTP).
File Block
Antivirus > File Block
Enable or disable file blocking for each
protocol.
Configure file patterns to block, enable or
disable blocking for each protocol.
Quarantine
Antivirus > Quarantine
Enable or disable quarantining for each
View and sort the list of quarantined files,
protocol. Quarantine is only available on units configure file patterns to upload automatically
with a local disk.
to Fortinet for analysis, and configure
quarantining options in AntiVirus.
Pass fragmented emails
Enable or disable passing fragmented emails.
Fragmented emails cannot be scanned for
viruses.
Oversized file/email
Antivirus > Config > Config
Configure the FortiGate unit to block or pass Set the size thresholds for files and emails for
oversized files and emails for each protocol.
each protocol in Antivirus. Go to Antivirus >
Config > Grayware to enable blocking
grayware programs.
Add signature to outgoing emails
Create and enable a signature to append to
outgoing emails (SMTP only).
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
289
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Antivirus
Protection profile configuration
For information about configuring Protection Profiles, see “Protection profile” on
Order of antivirus operations
Antivirus processing includes various modules and engines that perform separate
tasks. The FortiGate unit performs antivirus processing in the order the features
appear in the web-based manager menu: file block, virus scan, and grayware,
followed by heuristics, which is configurable only through the CLI.
Virus list updates and information
FortiProtect services are an excellent resource and include automatic updates of virus
and IPS (attack) engines and definitions, as well as the local spam RBL, through the
FortiProtect Distribution Network (FDN). The FortiProtect Center also provides the
FortiProtect virus and attack encyclopedia and the FortiProtect Bulletin.
This chapter describes:
•
•
•
•
File block
Configure file blocking to remove all files that are a potential threat and to prevent
active computer virus attacks. You can block files by name, by extension, or any other
pattern, giving you the flexibility to block potentially harmful content.
Note: File block entries are not case sensitive. For example, adding *.exeto the file block list
also blocks any files ending in .EXE.
For standard operation, you can choose to disable file blocking in the Protection
Profile, and enable it only to temporarily block specific threats as they occur. You can
also enable or disable file blocking by protocol for each file pattern you configure.
The FortiGate unit blocks files that match a configured file pattern and displays a
replacement message instead. The FortiGate unit also writes a message to the virus
log and sends an alert email if configured to do so.
If both file block and virus scan are enabled, the FortiGate unit blocks files that match
enabled file patterns and does not scan these files for viruses.
290
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Antivirus
File block list
This section describes:
•
•
File block list
The file block list is preconfigured with a default list of file patterns:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
executable files (*.bat, *.com, and *.exe)
compressed or archive files (*.gz, *.rar, *.tar, *.tgz, and *.zip)
dynamic link libraries (*.dll)
HTML application (*.hta)
Microsoft Office files (*.doc, *.ppt, *.xl?)
Microsoft Works files (*.wps)
Visual Basic files (*.vb?)
screen saver files (*.scr)
program information files (*.pif)
Figure 152:Default file block list
File block list has the following icons and features:
Create New
Apply
Select Create New to add a new file pattern to the file block list.
Select Apply to apply any changes to the file block configuration.
Pattern
The current list of blocked file patterns. You can create a pattern by using
? or * wildcard characters.
Check All
HTTP
Select a check box beside a file pattern to enable blocking that pattern for
all types of traffic. Select a check box beside a service (HTTP, FTP, IMAP,
POP3, and SMTP) to enable blocking all file patterns for that service.
Displays a check mark if file blocking is enabled to block the file pattern in
HTTP traffic.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
291
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Configuring the file block list
Antivirus
FTP
Displays a check mark if file blocking is enabled to block the file pattern in
FTP traffic.
IMAP
POP3
SMTP
Displays a check mark if file blocking is enabled to block the file pattern in
IMAP traffic.
Displays a check mark if file blocking is enabled to block the file pattern in
POP3 traffic.
Displays a check mark if file blocking is enabled to block the file pattern in
SMTP traffic.
The Delete and Edit/View icons.
Configuring the file block list
To add a file name or file pattern to the file block list
Go to Anti-Virus > File Block.
1
2
3
4
5
Enter the file name or file pattern you want to add.
Select Create New.
Select the protocols for which you want to block the file, or select Check All.
Select Apply.
Quarantine
FortiGate units with a local disk can quarantine blocked and infected files. You can
view the file names and status information about the file in the quarantined file list.
You can also submit specific files and add file patterns to the AutoSubmit list so they
will automatically be uploaded to FortiNet for analysis.
This section describes:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Quarantined files list
The quarantined files list displays information about each file that is quarantined
because of virus infection or file blocking. You can sort the files by any one of file
name, date, service, status, duplicate count (DC), or time to live (TTL). You can also
filter the list to view only quarantined files with a specific status or from a specific
service.
292
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Antivirus
Quarantined files list options
Figure 153:Sample quarantined files list
Quarantined files list options
The quarantined files list has the following features and displays the following
information about each quarantined file:
Apply
Select Apply to apply the sorting and filtering selections to the quarantined
files list.
Sort by:
Filter:
Sort the list. Choose from: status, service, file name, date, TTL, or duplicate
count. Click apply to complete the sort.
Filter the list. Choose from status (infected, blocked, or heuristics) or
service (IMAP, POP3, SMTP, FTP, or HTTP). Click apply to complete the
filtering. Heuristics mode is configurable through the CLI only. See “CLI
File Name
The processed file name of the quarantined file. When a file is quarantined,
all spaces are removed from the file name, and a 32-bit checksum is
performed on the file. The file is stored on the FortiGate hard disk with the
following naming convention: <32bit CRC>.<processed filename>
For example, a file named Over Size.exe is stored as
3fc155d2.oversize.exe.
Date
The date and time that the file was quarantined, in the format dd/mm/yyyy
hh:mm. This value indicates the time that the first file was quarantined if the
duplicate count increases.
Service
Status
The service from which the file was quarantined (HTTP, FTP, IMAP, POP3,
SMTP).
The reason the file was quarantined: infected, heuristics, or blocked.
Status
Description
Specific information related to the status, for example, “File is infected with
“W32/Klez.h”” or “File was stopped by file block pattern.”
DC
Duplicate count. A count of how many duplicates of the same file were
quarantined. A rapidly increasing number can indicate a virus outbreak.
TTL
Time to live in the format hh:mm. When the TTL elapses, the FortiGate unit
labels the file as EXP under the TTL heading. In the case of duplicate files,
each duplicate found refreshes the TTL.
Upload status
Y indicates the file has been uploaded to Fortinet for analysis, N indicates
the file has not been uploaded.
The Delete icon.
The Download icon. Download the corresponding file in its original format.
The Submit icon. Upload a suspicious file to Fortinet for analysis.
Note: Duplicates of files (based on the checksum) are not stored, only counted. The TTL value
and the duplicate count are updated each time a duplicate of a file is found.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
293
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
AutoSubmit list
Antivirus
AutoSubmit list
You can configure the FortiGate unit to automatically upload suspicious files to
Fortinet for analysis. You can add file patterns to the AutoSubmit list using wildcard
characters (* or ?). File patterns are applied for AutoSubmit regardless of file blocking
settings.
You can also upload files to Fortinet based on status (blocked or heuristics) or submit
individual files directly from the quarantined files list. The FortiGate unit uses
encrypted email to autosubmit files to an SMTP server through port 25.
Figure 154:Sample AutoSubmit list
AutoSubmit list options
AutoSubmit list has the following icons and features:
Create New
File Pattern
Select Create New to add a new file pattern to the AutoSubmit list.
The current list of file patterns that will be automatically uploaded. You can
create a pattern by using ? or * wildcard characters. Enable the check box
to enable all file patterns in the list.
The Delete and Edit/View icons.
Configuring the AutoSubmit list
To add a file pattern to the AutoSubmit list
1
2
Go to Anti-Virus > Quarantine > AutoSubmit.
Select Create New.
Figure 155:Adding a file pattern
3
Enter the file pattern or file name you want to automatically upload to Fortinet for
analysis.
4
5
Select Enable.
Select OK.
Note: To enable automatic uploading of the configured file patterns you must go to Anti-Virus >
Quarantine > Config, select Enable AutoSubmit, and select Use File Pattern.
294
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Antivirus
Config
Config
Go to Config to set quarantine configuration options including whether to quarantine
blocked or infected files and from which service. You can also configure the time to
live and file size values, and enable AutoSubmit settings.
Figure 156:Quarantine configuration
Quarantine configuration has the following options:
Options
Quarantine Infected Files: Select the protocols from which to quarantine
infected files identified by antivirus scanning.
Quarantine Suspicious Files: Select the protocols from which to quarantine
suspicious files identified by heuristics.
Quarantine Blocked Files. Select the protocols from which to quarantine
blocked files identified by antivirus file blocking. The Quarantine Blocked
Files option is not available for HTTP or FTP because a file name is blocked
before downloading and cannot be quarantined.
Age limit
The time limit in hours for which to keep files in quarantine. The age limit is
used to formulate the value in the TTL column of the quarantined files list.
When the limit is reached the TTL column displays EXP. and the file is
deleted (although a record is maintained in the quarantined files list).
Entering an age limit of 0 (zero) means files are stored on disk indefinitely
depending on low disk space action.
Max filesize to The maximum size of quarantined files in MB. Setting the maximum file size
too large may affect performance.
quarantine
Low disk space Select the action to take when the local disk is full: overwrite the oldest file or
drop the newest file.
Enable
AutoSubmit
Enable AutoSubmit: enables the AutoSubmit feature. Select one or both of
the options below.
Use file pattern: Enables the automatic upload of files matching the file
patterns in the AutoSubmit list.
Use file status: Enables the automatic upload of quarantined files based on
their status. Select either heuristics or block pattern.
Heuristics is configurable through the CLI only. See “CLI configuration” on
Apply
Select Apply to save the configuration.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
295
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Virus list
Antivirus
Config
Config displays a list of the current viruses blocked by the FortiGate unit. You can also
configure file and email size limits, and grayware blocking.
This section describes:
•
•
•
•
Virus list
The virus list displays the current viruses blocked in alphabetical order. You can view
the entire list or parts of the list by selecting the number or alphabet ranges. You can
update this list manually or set up the FortiGate unit to receive automatic updates
Figure 157:Virus list (partial)
Config
Oversize threshold configuration refers to the size limits you can apply to scan files
and email in memory.
The maximum file size allowed in memory is usually 10% of the FortiGate RAM size.
For example, a FortiGate unit with 256 MB of RAM could have a memory oversize
threshold range of 1 to 25 MB. The range for each FortiGate unit is displayed in the
web-based manager as shown in Figure 158.
Note: For email scanning, the oversize threshold refers to the final size of the email after
encoding by the email client, including attachments. Email clients may use a variety of encoding
types and some encoding types translate into larger file sizes than the original attachment. The
most common encoding, base64, translates 3 bytes of binary data into 4 bytes of base64 data.
So a file may be blocked or logged as oversized even if the attachment is several megabytes
less than the configured oversize threshold.
296
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Antivirus
Grayware
Figure 158:Example threshold configuration
You can enable oversized file blocking in a firewall protection profile. To access
protection profiles go to Firewall > Protection Profile, select Anti-Virus > Oversized
File/Email and choose to pass or block oversized email and files for each protocol.
Further file size limits for uncompressed files can be configured as an advanced
Grayware
Grayware programs are unsolicited commercial software programs that get installed
on computers, often without the user’s consent or knowledge. Grayware programs are
generally considered an annoyance, but these programs can cause system
performance problems or be used for malicious means.
The FortiGate unit scans for known grayware executable programs in each category
you enable. The category list and contents are added or updated whenever your
FortiGate unit receives a virus update package. New categories may be added at any
time and will be loaded with the virus updates. By default, all new categories are
disabled. Grayware is enabled in a protection profile when Virus Scan is enabled.
Grayware options
Grayware categories are populated with known executable files. Each time the
FortiGate unit receives a virus and attack definitions update, the grayware categories
and contents are updated.
Figure 159:Sample grayware options
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
297
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Grayware options
Antivirus
The categories may change or expand when the FortiGate unit receives updates. In
the example above you can choose to enable the following grayware categories.
Enabling a grayware category blocks all files listed in the category.
Adware
Select enable to block adware programs. Adware is usually embedded
in freeware programs and causes ads to pop up whenever the program
is opened or used.
Dial
Select enable to block dialer programs. Dialers allow others to use the
PC modem to call premium numbers or make long distance calls.
Game
Joke
P2P
Select enable to block games. Games are usually joke or nuisance
games that you may want to block from network users.
Select enable to block joke programs. Joke programs can include
custom cursors and programs that appear to affect the system.
Select enable to block peer to peer communications programs. P2P,
while a legitimate protocol, is synonymous with file sharing programs
that are used to swap music, movies, and other files, often illegally.
Spy
Select enable to block spyware programs. Spyware, like adware, is
often included with freeware. Spyware is a tracking and analysis
program that can report your activities, such as web browsing habits, to
the advertiser’s web site where it may be recorded and analyzed.
Keylog
Hijacker
Plugin
Select enable to block keylogger programs. Keylogger programs can
record every keystroke made on a keyboard including passwords, chat,
and instant messages.
Select enable to block browser hijacking programs. Browser hijacking
occurs when a ‘spyware’ type program changes web browser settings,
including favorites or bookmarks, start pages, and menu options.
Select enable to block browser plugins. Browser plugins can often be
harmless Internet browsing tools that are installed and operate directly
from the browser window. Some toolbars and plugins can attempt to
control or record and send browsing preferences.
NMT
RAT
Select enable to block network management tools. Network
management tools can be installed and used maliciously to change
settings and disrupt network security.
Select enable to block remote administration tools. Remote
administration tools allow outside users to remotely change and monitor
a computer on a network.
Misc
BHO
Select enable to block any programs included in the miscellaneous
grayware category.
Select enable to block browser helper objects. BHOs are DLL files that
are often installed as part of a software package so the software can
control the behavior of Internet Explorer 4.x and higher. Not all BHOs
are malicious, but the potential exists to track surfing habits and gather
other information.
Toolbar
Select enable block custom toolbars. While some toolbars are
harmless, spyware developers can use these toolbars to monitor web
habits and send information back to the developer.
Download
Select enable to block download programs. Download components are
usually run at Windows startup and are designed to install or download
other software, especially advertising and dial software.
298
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Antivirus
config antivirus heuristic
CLI configuration
Note: This guide only covers Command Line Interface (CLI) commands that are not
represented in the web-based manager. For complete descriptions and examples of how to use
CLI commands see the FortiGate CLI Reference Guide.
config antivirus heuristic
The FortiGate heuristic antivirus engine performs tests on files to detect virus-like
behavior or known virus indicators. Heuristic scanning is performed last, after file
blocking and virus scanning have found no matches. In this way, heuristic scanning
may detect new viruses, but may also produce some false positive results.
The heuristic engine is enabled by default to pass suspected files to the recipient and
send a copy to quarantine. Once configured in the CLI, heuristic is enabled in a
protection profile when Virus Scan is enabled.
Use the heuristic command to change the heuristic scanning mode.
Command syntax pattern
config antivirus heuristic
set <keyword> <variable>
end
config antivirus heuristic
unset <keyword>
end
get antivirus heuristic
show antivirus heuristic
Table 26: antivirus heuristic command keywords and variables
Keywords and variables
Description
Default Availability
pass All models.
mode
Enter passto enable heuristics
but pass detected files to the
recipient. Suspicious files are
quarantined if quarantine is
enabled.
{pass | block | disable}
Enter blockto enable heuristics
and block detected files. A
replacement message is
forwarded to the recipient. Blocked
files are quarantined if quarantine
is enabled.
Enter disableto disable
heuristics.
Example
This example shows how to disable heuristic scanning.
config antivirus heuristic
set mode disable
end
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
299
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
config antivirus quarantine
Antivirus
This example shows how to display the settings for the antivirus heuristic
command.
get antivirus heuristic
This example shows how to display the configuration for the antivirus heuristic
command.
show antivirus heuristic
config antivirus quarantine
The quarantine command also allows configuration of heuristic related settings.
Note: This command has more keywords than are listed in this Guide. See the FortiGate CLI
Reference Guide for a complete list of commands and keywords.
Command syntax pattern
config antivirus quarantine
set <keyword> <variable>
end
config antivirus quarantine
unset <keyword>
end
get antivirus quarantine
show antivirus quarantine
antivirus quarantine command keywords and variables
Keywords and variables
Description
Default
Availability
drop_heuristic
{ftp http imap pop3 smtp}
Do not quarantine files found by
imap
FortiGate
models
numbered
200 and
higher.
heuristic scanning in traffic for the smtp
specified protocols.
pop3
http
ftp
store_heuristic
{ftp http imap pop3 smtp}
Quarantine files found by heuristic No
scanning in traffic for the specified default.
protocols.
FortiGate
models
numbered
200 and
higher.
config antivirus service http
Use this command to configure how the FortiGate unit handles antivirus scanning of
large files in HTTP traffic and what ports the FortiGate unit scans for HTTP.
Command syntax pattern
config antivirus service http
set <keyword> <variable>
end
300
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Antivirus
config antivirus service http
config antivirus service http
unset <keyword>
end
get antivirus service [http]
show antivirus service [http]
antivirus service http command keywords and variables
Keywords and
Description
Default Availability
variables
memfilesizelimit Set the maximum file size (in megabytes)
<MB_integer>
10(MB) All models.
that can be buffered to memory for virus
scanning.
The maximum file size allowed is 10% of the
FortiGate RAM size. For example, a
FortiGate unit with 256 MB of RAM could
have a threshold range of 1 MB to 25 MB.
Note: For email scanning, the oversize
threshold refers to the final size of the email
after encoding by the email client, including
attachments. Email clients may use a variety
of encoding types and some encoding types
translate into larger file sizes than the
original attachment. The most common
encoding, base64, translates 3 bytes of
binary data into 4 bytes of base64 data. So a
file may be blocked or logged as oversized
even if the attachment is several megabytes
less than the configured oversize threshold.
port
<port_integer>
Configure antivirus scanning on a
nonstandard port number or multiple port
numbers for HTTP. You can use ports from
the range 1-65535. You can add up to 20
ports.
80
All models.
uncompsizelimit
<MB_integer>
Set the maximum uncompressed file size
that can be buffered to memory for virus
scanning. Enter a value in megabytes
between 1 and the total memory size. Enter
0 for no limit (not recommended).
10(MB) All models.
How file size limits work
The memfilesizelimitis applied first to all incoming files, compressed or
uncompressed. If the file is larger than the limit the file is passed or blocked according
to the user configuration in the firewall profile.
The uncompsizelimitapplies to the uncompressed size of the file. If other files are
included within the file, the uncompressed size of each one is checked against the
uncompsizelimitvalue. If any one of the uncompressed files is larger than the
limit, the file is passed without scanning, but the total size of all uncompressed files
within the original file can be greater than the uncompsizelimit.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
301
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
config antivirus service ftp
Antivirus
Example
This example shows how to set the maximum file size that can be buffered to memory
for scanning at 12 MB, the maximum uncompressed file size that can be buffered to
memory for scanning at 15 MB, and how to enable antivirus scanning on ports 70, 80,
and 443 for HTTP traffic.
config antivirus service http
set memfilesizelimit 12
set uncompsizelimit 15
set port 70
set port 80
set port 443
end
This example shows how to display the antivirus HTTP traffic settings.
get antivirus service http
This example shows how to display the configuration for antivirus HTTP traffic.
show antivirus service http
config antivirus service ftp
Use this command to configure how the FortiGate unit handles antivirus scanning of
large files in FTP traffic and how the FortiGate unit handles the buffering and
uploading of files to an FTP server.
Command syntax pattern
config antivirus service ftp
set <keyword> <variable>
end
config antivirus service ftp
unset <keyword>
end
get antivirus service [ftp]
show antivirus service [ftp]
302
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Antivirus
config antivirus service ftp
antivirus service ftp command keywords and variables
Keywords and
variables
Description
Default Availability
memfilesizelimit Set the maximum file size that can be
10(MB) All models.
buffered to memory for virus scanning.
<MB_integer>
The maximum file size allowed is 10% of the
FortiGate RAM size. For example, a
FortiGate unit with 256 MB of RAM could
have a threshold range of 1 MB to 25 MB.
Oversized files can be passed or blocked in a
firewall protection profile.
Note: For email scanning, the
memfilesizelimit refers to the final size of the
email after encoding by the email client,
including attachments. Email clients may use
a variety of encoding types and some
encoding types translate into larger file sizes
than the original attachment. The most
common encoding, base64, translates 3
bytes of binary data into 4 bytes of base64
data. So a file may be blocked or logged as
oversized even if the attachment is several
megabytes less than the memfilesizelimit.
port
<port_integer>
Configure antivirus scanning on a
21
All models.
nonstandard port number or multiple port
numbers for FTP. You can use ports from the
range 1-65535. You can add up to 20 ports.
uncompsizelimit
<MB_integer>
Set the maximum uncompressed file size that 10(MB) All models.
can be buffered to memory for virus scanning.
Enter a value in megabytes between 1 and
the total memory size. Enter 0 for no limit (not
recommended).
How file size limits work
Example
This example shows how to set the maximum file size buffered to memory for
scanning at 25 MB, the maximum uncompressed file size that can be buffered to
memory at 100 MB, and how to enable antivirus scanning on ports 20 and 21 for FTP
traffic.
config antivirus service ftp
set memfilesizelimit 25
set uncompsizelimit 100
set port 20 21
end
This example shows how to display the antivirus FTP traffic settings.
get antivirus service ftp
This example shows how to display the configuration for antivirus FTP traffic.
show antivirus service ftp
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
303
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
config antivirus service pop3
Antivirus
config antivirus service pop3
Use this command to configure how the FortiGate unit handles antivirus scanning of
large files in POP3 traffic and what ports the FortiGate unit scans for POP3.
Command syntax pattern
config antivirus service pop3
set <keyword> <variable>
end
config antivirus service pop3
unset <keyword>
end
get antivirus service [pop3]
show antivirus service [pop3]
antivirus service pop3 command keywords and variables
Keywords and
Description
Default
Availability
variables
memfilesizelimit Set the maximum file size that can be
10(MB)
All models.
buffered to memory for virus scanning.
<MB_integer>
The maximum file size allowed is 10% of the
FortiGate RAM size. For example, a
FortiGate unit with 256 MB of RAM could
have a threshold range of 1 MB to 25 MB.
Note: For email scanning, the
memfilesizelimit refers to the final size of the
email after encoding by the email client,
including attachments. Email clients may
use a variety of encoding types and some
encoding types translate into larger file sizes
than the original attachment. The most
common encoding, base64, translates 3
bytes of binary data into 4 bytes of base64
data. So a file may be blocked or logged as
oversized even if the attachment is several
megabytes less than the memfilesizelimit.
port
<port_integer>
Configure antivirus scanning on a
nonstandard port number or multiple port
numbers for POP3. You can use ports from
the range 1-65535. You can add up to 20
ports.
110
All models.
All models.
uncompsizelimit
<MB_integer>
Set the maximum uncompressed file size
that can be buffered to memory for virus
scanning. Enter a value in megabytes
between 1 and the total memory size. Enter
0 for no limit (not recommended).
10(MB)
How file size limits work
304
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Antivirus
config antivirus service imap
Example
This example shows how to set the maximum file size that can be buffered to memory
for scanning at 20 MB, the maximum uncompressed file size that can be buffered to
memory for scanning at 60 MB, and how to enable antivirus scanning on ports 110,
111, and 992 for POP3 traffic.
config antivirus service pop3
set memfilesizelimit 20
set uncompsizelimit 60
set port 110
set port 111
set port 992
end
This example shows how to display the antivirus POP3 traffic settings.
get antivirus service pop3
This example shows how to display the configuration for antivirus POP3 traffic.
show antivirus service pop3
config antivirus service imap
Use this command to configure how the FortiGate unit handles antivirus scanning of
large files in IMAP traffic and what ports the FortiGate unit scans for IMAP.
Command syntax pattern
config antivirus service imap
set <keyword> <variable>
end
config antivirus service imap
unset <keyword>
end
get antivirus service [imap]
show antivirus service [imap]
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
305
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
config antivirus service imap
Antivirus
antivirus service imap command keywords and variables
Keywords and
variables
Description
Default Availability
memfilesizelimi Set the maximum file size that can be buffered 10(MB) All models.
to memory for virus scanning.
t <MB_integer>
The maximum file size allowed is 10% of the
FortiGate RAM size. For example, a FortiGate
unit with 256 MB of RAM could have a
threshold range of 1 MB to 25 MB.
Note: For email scanning, the memfilesizelimit
refers to the final size of the email after
encoding by the email client, including
attachments. Email clients may use a variety
of encoding types and some encoding types
translate into larger file sizes than the original
attachment. The most common encoding,
base64, translates 3 bytes of binary data into
4 bytes of base64 data. So a file may be
blocked or logged as oversized even if the
attachment is several megabytes less than the
memfilesizelimit.
port
<port_integer>
Configure antivirus scanning on a
143
All models.
nonstandard port number or multiple port
numbers for IMAP. You can use ports from the
range 1-65535. You can add up to 20 ports.
uncompsizelimit Set the maximum uncompressed file size that 10(MB) All models.
can be buffered to memory for virus scanning.
Enter a value in megabytes between 1 and the
total memory size. Enter 0 for no limit (not
recommended).
<MB_integer>
How file size limits work
Example
This example shows how to set the maximum file size that can be buffered to memory
for scanning at 25 MB, the maximum uncompressed file size that can be buffered to
memory for scanning at 50 MB, and how to enable antivirus scanning on ports 143
and 993 for IMAP traffic.
config antivirus service http
set memfilesizelimit 25
set uncompsizelimit 50
set port 143
set port 993
end
This example shows how to display the antivirus IMAP traffic settings.
get antivirus service imap
This example shows how to display the configuration for antivirus IMAP traffic.
show antivirus service imap
306
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Antivirus
config antivirus service smtp
config antivirus service smtp
Use this command to configure how the FortiGate unit handles antivirus scanning of
large files in SMTP traffic, what ports the FortiGate unit scans for SMTP, and how the
FortiGate unit handles interaction with an SMTP server for delivery of email with
infected email file attachments.
Command syntax pattern
config antivirus service smtp
set <keyword> <variable>
end
config antivirus service smtp
unset <keyword>
end
get antivirus service [smtp]
show antivirus service [smtp]
antivirus service smtp command keywords and variables
Keywords and
Description
Default
Availability
variables
memfilesizelimit Set the maximum file size that can be
10(MB)
All models.
buffered to memory for virus scanning.
<MB_integer>
The maximum file size allowed is 10% of the
FortiGate RAM size. For example, a
FortiGate unit with 256 MB of RAM could
have a threshold range of 1 MB to 25 MB.
Note: For email scanning, the
memfilesizelimit refers to the final size of the
email after encoding by the email client,
including attachments. Email clients may use
a variety of encoding types and some
encoding types translate into larger file sizes
than the original attachment. The most
common encoding, base64, translates 3
bytes of binary data into 4 bytes of base64
data. So a file may be blocked or logged as
oversized even if the attachment is several
megabytes less than the memfilesizelimit.
port
<port_integer>
Configure antivirus scanning on a
nonstandard port number or multiple port
numbers for SMTP. You can use ports from
the range 1-65535. You can add up to 20
ports.
143
All models.
All models.
uncompsizelimit Set the maximum uncompressed file size
10(MB)
that can be buffered to memory for virus
scanning. Enter a value in megabytes
between 1 and the total memory size. Enter
0 for no limit (not recommended).
<MB_integer>
How file size limits work
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
307
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
config antivirus service smtp
Antivirus
Example
This example shows how to set the maximum file size that can be buffered to memory
for scanning at 100 MB, the maximum uncompressed file size that can be buffered to
memory for scanning at 1 GB (1000 MB), and how to enable antivirus scanning on
ports 25, and 465 for SMTP traffic.
config antivirus service smtp
set memfilesizelimit 100
set uncompsizelimit 1000
set port 25
set port 465
end
This example shows how to display the antivirus SMTP traffic settings.
get antivirus service smtp
This example shows how to display the configuration for antivirus SMTP traffic.
show antivirus service smtp
308
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide Version 2.80 MR7
Web filter
Web filter provides configuration access to the Web filtering and Web category filtering
options you enable when you create a firewall Protection Profile.
To access protection profile web filter options go to Firewall > Protection Profile, select
edit or Create New, and select Web Filtering or Web Category Filtering. See
Table 27: Web filter and Protection Profile web filtering configuration
Protection Profile web filtering options
Web Filter setting
Web Content Block
Web Filter > Content Block
Enable or disable web page blocking based
on the banned words and patterns in the
content block list for HTTP traffic.
Add words and patterns to block web pages
containing those words or patterns.
Web URL Block
Web Filter > URL Block
Enable or disable web page filtering for HTTP Add URLs and URL patterns to block web
traffic based on the URL block list.
pages from specific sources.
Web Exempt List
Web Filter > URL Exempt
Enable or disable web page filtering for HTTP Add URLs to exempt them from web and virus
traffic based on the URL exempt list. Exempt filtering.
URLs are not scanned for viruses.
Web Script Filter
Web Filter > Script Filter
Select the scripts to block.
Enable or disable blocking scripts from web
pages for HTTP traffic.
Web resume download block
Enable to block downloading parts of a file
that have already been partially downloaded.
Enabling this option will prevent the
unintentional download of virus files, but can
cause download interruptions.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
309
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Web filter
Table 28: Web filter and Protection Profile web category filtering configuration
Protection Profile web category filtering
Enable category block (HTTP only)
Enable FortiGuard web filtering.
Web Filter setting
Web Filter > Category Block > Configuration
Enable or disable FortiGuard and enable and
set the size limit for the cache.
Block unrated websites (HTTP only)
Block any web pages that have not been rated
by the FortiGuard.
Allow websites when a rating error occurs
(HTTP only)
Allow web pages that return a rating error
from FortiGuard.
Category / Action
FortiGuard web filtering service provides
many categories by which to filter web traffic.
You can set the action to take on web pages
for each category. Choose from allow,
monitor, or reject.
Protection profile configuration
For information about configuring Protection Profiles, see “Protection profile” on
Order of web filter operations
Web filtering includes various modules and engines that perform separate tasks. The
FortiGate unit performs web filtering in the order the filters appear in the web-based
manager menu: content block, URL block, URL exempt, category block (FortiGuard),
and script filter.
This chapter describes:
•
•
•
•
•
310
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Web filter
Web content block list
Content block
Control web content by blocking specific words or word patterns. The FortiGate unit
blocks web pages containing banned words and displays a replacement message
instead.
You can use Perl regular expressions or wildcards to add banned word patterns to the
Note: Perl regular expression patterns are case sensitive for Web Filter content block. To make
a word or phrase case insensitive, use the regular expression /i. For example,
/bad language/iwill block all instances of bad languageregardless of case. Wildcard
patterns are not case sensitive.
This section describes:
•
•
•
Web content block list
You can add one or more banned words or patterns to block web pages containing
those words. Banned words can be one word or a text string up to 80 characters long.
The maximum number of banned words in the list is 32.
Figure 160:Sample Web Content Block List, banned words
Note: Enable Web filtering > Web Content Block in your firewall Protection Profile to activate
the content block settings.
Web content block options
Web content block has the following icons and features:
Create new
total
Select Create New to add a banned word to the web content block list.
The number of banned words in the web content block list.
Page up, Page down, and Clear banned word list icons.
Banned word
Pattern type
Language
The current list of banned words and patterns. Select the check box to
enable all the banned words in the list.
The pattern type used in the banned word list entry. Choose from wildcard or
The character set to which the banned word belongs: Simplified Chinese,
Traditional Chinese, French, Japanese, Korean, Thai, or Western.
The Delete and Edit/View icons.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
311
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Configuring the web content block list
Web filter
Configuring the web content block list
Figure 161:Adding a banned word to the content block list
When you select Create New or Edit you can configure the following settings for the
banned word.
Banned word
Pattern type
Enter the word or pattern you want to include in the banned word list
Select the pattern type for the banned word. Choose from wildcard or
Language
Enable
Select the character set for the banned word. Choose from: Chinese
Simplified, Chinese Traditional, French, Japanese, Korean, Thai, or
Western.
Select Enable to activate the banned word in the list.
To add or edit a banned word
1
2
Go to Web Filter > Content Block.
Select Create New to add a banned word or select Edit for the banned word you want
to modify.
3
Enter the word or phrase.
If you enter a single word, the FortiGate unit blocks all web pages that contain that
word. If you enter a phrase, the FortiGate unit blocks all web pages containing any
word in the phrase. If you contain the phrase in quotation marks, the FortiGate unit
blocks all web pages containing the exact phrase.
4
5
6
7
Set the pattern type if required.
Select the language (character set).
Select Enable.
Select OK.
URL block
You can block access to specific URLs by adding them to the URL block list. You can
also add patterns using text and regular expressions (or wildcard characters) to block
URLs. The FortiGate unit blocks web pages matching any specified URLs or patterns
and displays a replacement message instead.
Note: Enable Web filtering > Web URL Block in your firewall Protection Profile to activate the
URL block settings.
312
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Web filter
Web URL block list
Note: URL blocking does not block access to other services that users can access with a web
browser. For example, URL blocking does not block access to ftp://ftp.badsite.com.
Instead, you can use firewall policies to deny FTP connections.
This section describes:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Web URL block list
You can add your own specific URLs to block or you can obtain one of several publicly
available lists of objectionable URLs. You can add the following items to the URL
block list:
•
•
•
complete URLs
IP addresses
partial URLs to block all sub-domains
If you want to use more than one URL block list, simply combine the lists in a text file
and upload them to the FortiGate unit by selecting the Upload URL block list icon.
URLs in a text file must be separated by hard returns to upload correctly.
Figure 162:Sample Web URL block list
Web URL block options
Web URL block has the following icons and features:
Create New
total
Select Create New to add a URL to the URL block list.
The number of URLs in the URL block list.
The Page up, Page down, and Clear URL block list icons.
URL
The current list of blocked URLs. Select the check box to enable all the
URLs in the list.
The Delete and Edit/View icons.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
313
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Configuring the web URL block list
Web filter
Configuring the web URL block list
Note: Do not use regular expressions in the web URL block list. You can use regular
expressions in the web pattern block list to create URL patterns to block. See “Web pattern
Note: You can type a top-level domain suffix (for example, “com” without the leading period) to
block access to all URLs with this suffix.
To add a URL to the web URL block list
Go to Web Filter > URL Block.
Select Web URL Block.
1
2
3
Select Create New.
Figure 163:Adding a new URL
4
Enter a URL or partial URL to add to the URL block list. (Do not include http://.)
Type a top-level URL or IP address to block access to all pages on a web site. For
example, www.badsite.comor 122.133.144.155blocks access to all pages at
this web site.
Enter a top-level URL followed by the path and filename to block access to a single
page on a web site. For example, www.badsite.com/news.htmlor
122.133.144.155/news.htmlblocks the news page on this web site.
To block all pages with a URL that ends with badsite.com, add badsite.comto
the block list. For example, adding badsite.comblocks access to
www.badsite.com, mail.badsite.com, www.finance.badsite.com, and so
on.
5
6
Select Enable.
Select OK.
Web pattern block list
In addition to blocking specific or partial URLs, you can block all URLs that match
patterns you create using text and regular expressions (or wildcard characters). For
example, badsite.*matches badsite.com, badsite.org, badsite.netand
so on.
FortiGate web pattern blocking supports standard regular expressions. You can add
up to 20 patterns to the web pattern block list.
Note: Enable Web filtering > Web URL Block in your firewall Protection Profile to activate the
web pattern block settings.
314
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Web filter
Web pattern block options
Figure 164:Sample web pattern block list
Web pattern block options
Web pattern block has the following icons and features:
Create New
Pattern
Select Create New to add a new pattern to the web pattern block list.
The current list of blocked patterns. Select the check box to enable all the
web patterns in the list.
The Delete and Edit/View icons.
Configuring web pattern block
To add a pattern to the web pattern block list
1
2
3
Go to Web Filter > URL Block.
Select Web Pattern Block.
Select Create New.
Figure 165:Adding a new pattern
4
5
6
Enter a pattern to add to the web pattern block list.
Select Enable.
Select OK.
URL exempt
Note: URLs in the URL exempt list bypass all security features, including virus scanning.
This section describes:
•
•
•
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
315
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
URL exempt list
Web filter
URL exempt list
You can configure specific URLs as exempt from web filtering. URLs on the exempt
list are not scanned for viruses. If users on your network download files through the
FortiGate unit from trusted website, you can add the URL of this website to the
exempt list so that the FortiGate unit does not virus scan files downloaded from this
URL.
Figure 166:Sample URL exempt list
Note: Enable Web filtering > Web Exempt List in your firewall Protection Profile to activate the
URL exempt settings.
URL exempt list options
URL exempt list has the following icons and features:
Create New
total
Select Create New to add a URL to the URL exempt list.
The number of URLs in the URL exempt list.
Select this icon to scroll the URL exempt list up.
Select this icon to scroll the URL exempt list down.
Page up icon
Page down icon
Clear URL exempt Select this icon to delete the entire URL exempt list.
list icon
URL Exempt List The current list of exempt URLs. Select the check box to enable all the
URLs in the list.
The Delete and Edit/View icons.
Configuring URL exempt
To add a URL to the URL exempt list
Go to Web Filter > URL Exempt.
Select Create New.
1
2
Figure 167:Adding a new exempt URL
3
4
5
Enter the URL to add to the URL exempt list.
Select Enable.
Select OK.
316
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Web filter
FortiGuard managed web filtering service
Category block
You can filter http content by specific categories using the FortiGuard managed web
filtering service.
This section describes:
•
•
•
•
•
•
FortiGuard managed web filtering service
FortiGuard is a managed web filtering solution provided by Fortinet. FortiGuard sorts
hundreds of millions of web pages into a wide range of categories that users can
allow, block, or monitor. The FortiGate unit accesses the nearest FortiGuard Service
Point to determine the category of a requested web page and then follows the firewall
policy configured for that user or interface.
FortiGuard categories and ratings
FortiGuard includes over 60 million individual ratings of web sites applying to
hundreds of millions of pages. Pages are rated into 56 categories that users can
allow, block, or monitor. Categories may be added to or updated as the Internet
evolves. Users can also choose to allow, block, or monitor entire groups of categories
to make configuration simpler. Blocked pages are replaced with a message indicating
that the page is not accessible according to the Internet usage policy.
FortiGuard ratings are performed by a combination of proprietary methods including
text analysis, exploitation of the Web structure, and human raters. Users can notify
the FortiGuard Service Points if they feel a web page is not categorized correctly, and
new sites are quickly rated as required.
FortiGuard web filter categories.
FortiGuard Service Points
FortiGuard Service Points provide worldwide coverage. By default, the FortiGate unit
will communicate with the closest Service Point. If the Service Point becomes
unreachable for any reason, the FortiGate unit will contact another Service Point and
rating information will be available within seconds. FortiGuard Service Points are
highly scalable and new Service Points are added as required. The FortiGate unit
communicates with the Service Point over UDP on port 8888. You can change the
FortiGuard hostname if required, using the CLI. See “Category block CLI
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
317
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Category block configuration options
Web filter
FortiGuard licensing
Every FortiGate unit comes with a free 30-day FortiGuard trial license. FortiGuard
license management is done by Fortinet servers, so there is no need to enter a
license number. The FortiGate unit will then automatically contact a FortiGuard
Service Point when you enable FortiGuard category blocking.
When you want to renew your FortiGuard license after the free trial, contact Fortinet
Technical Support.
FortiGuard configuration
Once selected, FortiGuard category blocking is enabled globally. After enabling
FortiGuard you can configure different categories for each firewall protection profile
you create.
configure FortiGuard category blocking in a protection profile.
Category block configuration options
If you have ordered FortiGuard through Fortinet technical support or are using the free
30-day trial, you only need to enable the service to start configuring and using
FortiGuard.
Figure 168:Category block configuration
You can configure the following options to enable and help maintain FortiGuard web
filtering:
Enable Service Select to enable FortiGuard web filtering.
FortiGuard
Status: Select Check Status to test the connection to the FortiGuard server.
Status should change from a flashing red/yellow indicator to a solid green
indicator when the server is contacted successfully.
License Type: The FortiGuard license type.
Expiration: The date the FortiGuard license expires.
Enable Cache Select to enable caching of category ratings for accessed URLs. This
means that the FortiGate unit does not have to contact the server each time
a commonly requested URL is accessed. The cache is configured to use 6%
of the of the FortiGate RAM. When the cache is full, the least recently
accessed URL is deleted.
318
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Web filter
Configuring web category block
TTL
Time to live. The number of seconds to store URL ratings in the cache
before contacting the server again.
To have a
URL’s...
To have a URL's category rating re-evaluated, please click here. Select the
link to have a web site re-evaluated if you think the category rating is
incorrect. You must provide a complete valid URL.
Configuring web category block
To enable FortiGuard web filtering
1
2
3
Go to Web Filter > Category Block.
Select Enable Service.
Select Check status to make sure the FortiGate unit can access the FortiGuard
server.
After a moment, the FortiGuard status should change from Unknown to Available. If
the FortiGuard status is unavailable, wait and try again.
4
5
Enable and set a TTL (time to live) for the cache.
Select Apply.
You can now enable web category blocking and configure categories for any firewall
protection profile you create. See “Configuring web category filtering options” on
Once you select Apply, the FortiGuard license type and expiration date appears on
the configuration screen (Web Filter > Category Block).
Category block reports
Note: Category block reports are only available on FortiGate units with a local disk.
You can generate a text and pie chart format report on web filtering for any profile.
The FortiGate unit maintains statistics for allowed, blocked and monitored web pages
for each category. You can view reports for a range of hours or days, or you can view
a complete report of all activity.
Figure 169:Sample report
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
319
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Category block reports options
Web filter
Category block reports options
The following table describes the options for generating reports:
Profile
Select the profile for which you want to generate a report.
Report Type
Select the time frame for which you want to generate the report. Choose
from hour, day, or all historical statistics.
Report Range Select the time range (24 hour clock) or day range (from six days ago to
today) for which you want the report. For example, if you select report type
hour and enter the range 13 – 16 you will get a category block report for 1
pm to 4 pm today. If you select report type day and enter range 0 – 3 you will
get a category block report for 3 days ago to today.
Get Report
Select Get Report to generate the report.
The following table describes the features of a generated report:
Category
Allowed
The category for which the statistic was generated.
The number of allowed web addresses accessed in the selected time frame.
The number of blocked web addresses accessed in the selected time frame.
Blocked
Monitored
The number of monitored web addresses accessed in the selected time
frame.
Generating a category block report
To generate a category block report
1
2
3
4
5
6
Go to Web filter > Category block.
Select Reports.
Select a profile for which to generate the report.
Select a report type.
Enter a report range.
Select Get Report.
The report is generated, including a pie chart and a list of web pages blocked by
category.
Category block CLI configuration
Use the ftgd_hostnamekeyword for the webfilter catblock command if you
ever need to change the default hostname (URL) for the FortiGuard Service Point.
The FortiGuard Service Point name cannot be changed using the web-based
manager. You can configure all the FortiGuard settings using from the CLI. See the
FortiGate CLI Reference Guide for descriptions of all webfilter catblock
keywords.
Note: This command has more keywords than are listed in this Guide. See the FortiGate CLI
Reference Guide for a complete list of commands and keywords.
320
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Web filter
Category block CLI configuration
Command syntax pattern
config webfilter catblock
set <keyword> <variable>
end
config webfilter catblock
unset <keyword>
end
get webfilter catblock
show webfilter catblock
catblock command keywords and variables
Keywords and
Description
Default
Availability
variables
ftgd_hostname The hostname of the FortiGuard guard.fortinet.com All models.
Service Point. The FortiGate
comes preconfigured with the
host name. Use this command
only if you need to change the
host name.
<url_str>
service
fortiguar
donly.
Example
This example shows how to change the FortiGuard Service Point name.
config webfilter catblock
set ftgd_hostname guard.example.net
end
This example shows how to display the catblock settings.
get webfilter catblock
This example shows how to display the configuration for the catblock settings.
show webfilter catblock
If the show command returns you to the prompt, the settings are at default.
Script filter
You can configure the FortiGate unit to filter certain web scripts. You can filter Java
applets, cookies, and ActiveX controls from web pages.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
321
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Web script filter options
Web filter
Figure 170:Script filtering options
Note: Blocking any of these items may prevent some web pages from functioning and
displaying correctly.
Note: Enable Web filtering > Web Script Filter in your firewall Protection Profile to activate the
script filter settings.
Web script filter options
You can configure the following options for script filtering:
Javascript
Cookies
Select Javascript to block all Javascript-based pages or applications.
Select Cookies to block web sites from placing cookies on individual
computers.
ActiveX
Select ActiveX to block all ActiveX applications.
322
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide Version 2.80 MR7
Spam filter
Spam filter provides configuration access to the spam filtering options you enable
when you create a firewall protection profile. While spam filters are configured for
system-wide use, you can enable the filters on a per profile basis. Spam filter can be
configured to manage unsolicited commercial email by detecting spam email
messages and identifying spam transmissions from known or suspected spam
servers.
To access protection profile spam filter options go to Firewall > Protection Profile, edit
Table 29: Spam Filter and Protection Profile spam filtering configuration
Protection Profile spam filtering options
Spam filter setting
IP address FortiShield check
Spam Filter > FortiShield
Enable or disable Fortinet’s antispam service: Check the status of the FortiShield server,
FortiShield. This service works like an RBL
server and is continuously updated to block
spam sources.
view the license type and expiry date, and
configure the cache.
IP address BWL check
Spam Filter > IP Address
Black/white list check. Enable or disable
Add to and edit IP addresses to the list. You
can configure the action to take as spam,
checking incoming IP addresses against the
configured spam filter IP address list. (SMTP clear, or reject for each IP address. You can
only.)
place an IP address anywhere in the list. The
filter checks each IP address in sequence.
(SMTP only.)
RBL & ORDBL check
Spam Filter > RBL & ORDBL
Enable or disable checking SMTP traffic
against configured Real-time Blackhole List
and Open Relay Database List servers.
Add to and edit RBL and ORDBL servers to
the list. You can configure the action to take
as spam or reject for email identified as spam
from each server. (SMTP only.)
HELO DNS lookup
Enable or disable checking the source domain
name against the registered IP address in the
Domain Name Server. If the source domain
name does not match the IP address the
email is marked as spam and the action
selected in the protection profile is taken.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
323
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Spam filter
Table 29: Spam Filter and Protection Profile spam filtering configuration
Protection Profile spam filtering options
E-mail address BWL check
Spam filter setting
Spam Filter > E-mail Address
Enable or disable checking incoming email
Add to and edit email addresses to the list,
addresses against the configured spam filter with the option of using wildcards and regular
email address list.
expressions. You can configure the action to
take as spam or reject for each email address.
You can place an email address anywhere in
the list. The filter checks each email address
in sequence.
Return e-mail DNS check
Enable or disable checking incoming email
return address domain against the registered
IP address in the Domain Name Server. If the
return address domain name does not match
the IP address the email is marked as spam
and the action selected in the protection
profile is taken.
MIME headers check
Spam Filter > MIME Headers
Enable or disable checking source MIME
headers against the configured spam filter
MIME header list.
Add to and edit MIME headers to the list, with
the option of using wildcards and regular
expressions. You can configure the action to
take as spam or clear for each MIME header.
Banned word check
Spam Filter > Banned Word
Enable or disable checking source email
against the configured spam filter banned
word list.
Add to and edit banned words to the list, with
the option of using wildcards and regular
expressions. You can configure the language
and whether to search the email body,
subject, or both. You can configure the action
to take as spam or clear for each word.
Spam Action
The action to take on email identified as
spam. POP3 and IMAP messages are tagged.
Choose Tagged or Discard for SMTP
messages. You can append a custom word or
phrase to the subject or MIME header of
tagged email. You can choose to log any
spam action in the event log.
Append to:
Choose to append the tag to the subject or
MIME header of the email identified as spam.
Append with:
Enter a word or phrase (tag) to append to
email identified as spam. The maximum
length is 63 characters.
Add event into the system log
Enable or disable logging of spam actions to
the event log.
Protection profile configuration
For information about configuring protection profiles, see “Protection profile” on
324
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Spam filter
Order of spam filter operations
Generally, incoming email is passed through the spam filters in the order the filters
FortiShield, IP address, RBL & ORDBL, HELO DNS lookup, email address, return
email DNS check, MIME header, and banned word (content block). Each filter passes
the email to the next if no matches or problems are found. If the action in the filter is
Mark as Spam, the FortiGate unit will tag or discard (SMTP only) the email according
to the settings in the protection profile. If the action in the filter is Mark as Clear, the
email is exempt from any remaining filters. If the action in the filter is Mark as Reject,
the email session is dropped. Rejected SMTP email messages are substituted with a
The order of spam filter operations may vary between SMTP and IMAP or POP3 traffic
because some filters only apply to SMTP traffic (IP address and HELO DNS lookup).
Also, filters that require a query to a server and a reply (FortiShield and RBL/ORDBL)
are run simultaneously. To avoid delays, queries are sent while other filters are
running. The first reply to trigger a spam action will take effect as soon as the reply is
received.
This chapter describes:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
FortiShield
FortiShield is an antispam system from Fortinet that uses an IP address black list and
spam filtering tools. FortiShield compiles the IP address list from email captured by
spam probes located around the world. Spam probes are email addresses purposely
configured to attract spam and identify known spam sources to create the antispam IP
address list. FortiShield combines IP address checks with other spam filter techniques
in a two-pass process.
On the first pass, FortiShield checks the SMTP mail server source address against the
antispam IP address list. If the source address matches the list of known spammers,
FortiShield terminates the session. If FortiShield does not find a match, the mail server
sends the email to the recipient.
As each email is received, FortiShield performs the second antispam pass by
checking the header, subject, and body of the email for common spam content. If
FortiShield finds spam content, the email is tagged or dropped according to the
configuration in the firewall protection profile.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
325
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiShield options
Spam filter
Both FortiShield antispam processes are completely automated and configured by
Fortinet. With constant monitoring and dynamic updates, FortiShield is always current.
You can enable or disable FortiShield in a firewall protection profile. See “Configuring
FortiShield options
If you have ordered FortiShield through Fortinet technical support or are using the free
30-day trial, you only need to enable the service to start configuring and using
FortiShield.
Figure 171:FortiShield configuration
You can configure or view the following settings for the FortiShield service:
Enable Service Select to enable the FortiShield service.
Status
Select Check Status to test the connection to the FortiShield server. Status
should change from a flashing red/yellow indicator to a solid green indicator
when the server is contacted successfully.
License Type
The FortiShield license type.
Expiration
The date the FortiShield license expires.
Enable Cache Select to enable caching of listings from the IP address block list in
FortiShield. This means that the FortiGate unit does not have to contact the
server each time the same IP address appears as the source of an email.
The cache is configured to use 6% of the of the FortiGate RAM. When the
cache is full, the least recently used IP address is deleted.
TTL
Time to live. The number of seconds to store blocked IP addresses in the
cache before contacting the server again.
Configuring the FortiShield cache
1
2
Go to Spam Filter > FortiShield.
Select Check status to make sure the FortiGate unit can access the FortiShield
server.
After a moment, the FortiShield status should change from Unknown to Available. If
the FortiShield status is unavailable, wait and try again.
3
Enable and set a TTL (time to live) for the cache.
326
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Spam filter
IP address list
4
Select Apply.
You can now enable FortiShield for any firewall protection profile you create. See
Once you select Apply, the FortiShield license type and expiration date appears on the
configuration screen (Spam Filter > FortiShield).
IP address
The FortiGate unit uses the IP address list to filter incoming email. The FortiGate unit
compares the IP address of the sender to the list in sequence. If a match is found, the
corresponding protection profile action is taken. If no match is found, the email is
passed on to the next spam filter.
You can enter an IP address and mask in two formats:
•
•
x.x.x.x/x.x.x.x, for example 62.128.69.100/255.255.255.0
x.x.x.x/x, for example 62.128.69.100/24
This section describes:
•
•
•
IP address list
You can configure the FortiGate unit to filter email from specific IP addresses. You
can mark each IP address as clear, spam, or reject. You can filter single IP
addresses, or a range of addresses at the network level by configuring an address
and mask.
Figure 172:Sample IP address list
IP address options
IP address list has the following icons and features:
Create New
Total
Select Create New to add an IP address to the IP address list.
The number if items in the list.
The Page up, Page down, and Remove all entries icons.
IP address/Mask The current list of IP addresses.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
327
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Configuring the IP address list
Spam filter
Action
The action to take on email from the configured IP address. Actions are:
Mark as Spam to apply the spam action configured in the protection
profile, Mark as Clear to let the email pass to the next filter, or Mark as
Reject (SMTP only) to drop the session.
The Delete and Edit/View icons.
Configuring the IP address list
To add an IP address to the IP address list
1
2
Go to Spam Filter > IP Address.
Select Create New.
Figure 173:Adding an IP address
3
4
Enter the IP address/mask you want to add.
If required, select before or after another IP address in the list to place the new IP
address in the correct position.
5
6
Select the action to take on email from the IP address.
Select OK.
RBL & ORDBL
Using RBLs (Real-time Blackhole Lists) and ORDBLs (Open Relay Database Lists) is
an effective way to tag or reject spam as it enters your system. These lists act as
domain name servers that match the domain of incoming email to a list of IP
addresses known to send spam or allow spam to pass through. RBLs keep track of
reported spam source addresses and ORDBLs keep track of unsecured third party
SMTP servers, known as open relays, which some spammers use to send unsolicited
bulk email.
There are also several free and subscription servers available that provide reliable
access to continually updated RBLs and ORDBLs. Check with the service you are
using to confirm the correct domain name for connecting to the server.
The FortiGate unit communicates with RBL servers using UDP through port 53. The
FortiGate unit compares the IP address or domain name of the sender to any
database lists you configure. The FortiGate unit checks all the servers in the list
simultaneously. If a match is found, the corresponding protection profile action is
taken. If no match is found, the email is passed on to the next spam filter.
328
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Spam filter
RBL & ORDBL list
Note: Because the FortiGate unit uses the server domain name to connect to the RBL or
ORDBL server, it must be able to look up this name on the DNS server. For information on
This section describes:
•
•
•
RBL & ORDBL list
You can configure the FortiGate unit to filter email by accessing RBL or ORDBL
servers. You can mark a match by each server as spam or reject.
Figure 174:Sample RBL & ORDBL list
RBL & ORDBL options
RBL & ORDBL list has the following icons and features:
Create New
Total
Select Create New to add a server to the RBL & ORDBL list.
The number of items in the list.
The Page up, Page down, and Remove all entries icons.
RBL Server
Action
The current list of servers. Select the check box to enable all the RBL and
ORDBL servers in the list
The action to take on email matched by the RBLs and ORDBLs. Actions
are: Mark as Spam to apply the spam action configured in the protection
profile, or Mark as Reject to drop the session.
The Delete and Edit/View icons.
Configuring the RBL & ORDBL list
To add a server to the RBL & ORDBL list
1
2
Go to Spam Filter > RBL & ORDBL.
Select Create New.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
329
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Email address list
Spam filter
Figure 175:Adding an RBL or ORDBL server
3
4
5
6
Enter the domain name of the RBL or ORDBL server you want to add.
Select the action to take on email matched by the server.
Select Enable.
Select OK.
Email address
The FortiGate unit uses the email address list to filter incoming email. The FortiGate
unit compares the email address or domain of the sender to the list in sequence. If a
match is found, the corresponding protection profile action is taken. If no match is
found, the email is passed on to the next spam filter.
You can use Perl regular expressions or wildcards to add email address patterns to
This section describes:
•
•
•
Email address list
The FortiGate unit can filter email from specific senders or all email from a domain
(such as sample.net). You can mark each email address as clear or spam.
Figure 176:Sample email address list
Email address options
Email address list has the following icons and features:
Create New
Total
Select Create New to add an email address to the email address list.
The number of items in the list.
The Page up, Page down, and Remove all entries icons.
330
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Spam filter
Configuring the email address list
Email address
Pattern Type
The current list of email addresses.
The pattern type used in the email address entry. Choose from wildcard or
Action
The action to take on email from the configured address. Actions are:
Mark as Spam to apply the spam action configured in the protection
profile, or Mark as Clear to let the email pass to the next filter.
The Delete and Edit/View icons.
Configuring the email address list
To add an email address or domain to the list
1
2
Go to Spam Filter > E-mail Address.
Select Create New.
Figure 177:Adding an email address
3
4
5
Enter the email address or pattern you want to add.
Select a pattern type for the list entry.
If required, select before or after another email address in the list to place the new
email address in the correct position.
6
7
Select the action to take on email from the configured address or domain.
Select OK.
MIME headers
MIME (Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) headers are added to email to describe
content type and content encoding, such as the type of text in the email body or the
program that generated the email. Some examples of MIME headers include:
•
•
•
•
X-mailer: outgluck
X-Distribution: bulk
Content_Type: text/html
Content_Type: image/jpg
The first part of the MIME header is called the header key, or just header. The second
part is called the value. Spammers will often insert comments into header values or
leave them blank. These malformed headers can fool some spam and virus filters.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
331
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
MIME headers list
Spam filter
You can use the MIME headers list to mark email from certain bulk mail programs or
with certain types of content that are common in spam messages. You can choose to
mark the email as spam or clear for each header you configure.
The FortiGate unit compares the MIME header key-value pair of incoming email to the
list pair in sequence. If a match is found, the corresponding protection profile action is
taken. If no match is found, the email is passed on to the next spam filter.
You can use Perl regular expressions or wildcards to add MIME header patterns to
Note: MIME header entries are case sensitive.
This section describes:
•
•
•
MIME headers list
You can configure the FortiGate unit to filter email with specific MIME header
key-value pairs. You can mark each MIME header as clear or spam.
Figure 178:Sample MIME headers list
MIME headers options
MIME headers list has the following icons and features:
Create New
Total
Select Create New to add a MIME header to the MIME headers list.
The number of items in the list.
The Page up, Page down, and Remove all entries icons.
The list of MIME headers (keys).
Header
Value
The list of MIME header values for each key.
Pattern Type
The pattern type used in the MIME header list entry. Choose from wildcard
Action
The action to take on email with the configured MIME header. Actions are:
Mark as Spam to apply the spam action configured in the protection
profile, Mark as Clear to let the email pass to the next filter, or Mark as
Reject (SMTP only) to drop the session.
The Delete and Edit/View icons.
332
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Spam filter
Configuring the MIME headers list
Configuring the MIME headers list
To add a MIME header to the list
1
2
Go to Spam Filter > MIME headers.
Select Create New.
Figure 179:Adding a MIME header
3
4
5
6
7
Enter the MIME header key.
Enter the MIME header value.
Select a pattern type for the list entry.
Select the action to take on email with that MIME header key-value.
Select OK.
Banned word
Control spam by blocking email containing specific words or patterns. The FortiGate
unit searches for banned words in email messages. If a match is found, the
corresponding protection profile action is taken. If no match is found, the email is
passed to the recipient.
You can use Perl regular expressions or wildcards to add banned word patterns to the
Note: Perl regular expression patterns are case sensitive for Spam Filter banned words. To
make a word or phrase case insensitive, use the regular expression /i. For example,
/bad language/iwill block all instances of bad languageregardless of case. Wildcard
patterns are not case sensitive.
This section describes:
•
•
•
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
333
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Banned word list
Spam filter
Banned word list
You can add one or more banned words to sort email containing those words in the
email subject, body, or both.
Words can be marked as spam or clear. Banned words can be one word or a phrase
up to 127 characters long.
If you enter a single word, the FortiGate unit blocks all email that contain that word. If
you enter a phrase, the FortiGate unit blocks all email containing the exact phrase. To
block any word in a phrase, use Perl regular expressions. See “Using Perl regular
Figure 180:Sample banned word List
Banned word options
Banned word has the following icons and features:
Create new
Total
Select Create New to add a word or phrase to the banned word list.
The number of items in the list.
The Page up, Page down, and Remove all entries icons.
Pattern
The list of banned words. Select the check box to enable all the banned
words in the list.
Pattern Type
Language
Where
The pattern type used in the banned word list entry. Choose from wildcard or
The character set to which the banned word belongs: Simplified Chinese,
Traditional Chinese, French, Japanese, Korean, Thai, or Western.
The location which the FortiGate unit searches for the banned word: subject,
body, or all.
Action
The selected action to take on email with banned words.
The Delete and Edit/View icons.
When you select Create New or Edit you can configure the following settings for the
banned word.
334
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Spam filter
Configuring the banned word list
Figure 181:Adding a banned word
Pattern
Enter the word or phrase you want to include in the banned word list.
Pattern Type
Select the pattern type for the banned word. Choose from wildcard or
Language
Select the character set for the banned word. Choose from: Chinese
Simplified, Chinese Traditional, French, Japanese, Korean, Thai, or
Western.
Where
Action
Select the location to search for the banned word. Choose from: subject,
body, or all.
Select the action to perform on email containing the banned word. Choose
from: Mark as Spam to apply the spam action configured in the protection
profile, or Mark as Clear to allow the email (since Banned Word is the last
filter).
Enable
Select to enable scanning for the banned word.
Configuring the banned word list
To add or edit a banned word
1
2
Go to Spam Filter > Banned Word.
Select Create New to add a banned word or select Edit for the banned word you want
to modify.
3
4
5
6
7
8
Enter the word or phrase.
Select the language (character set).
Select the location.
Select the action to take on email containing the banned word.
Select Enable.
Select OK.
Using Perl regular expressions
Email address list, MIME headers list, and banned word list entries can include
wildcards or Perl regular expressions.
See http://www.perldoc.com/perl5.8.0/pod/perlre.html for detailed information about
using Perl regular expressions.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
335
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Configuring the banned word list
Spam filter
Regular expression vs. wildcard match pattern
In Perl regular expressions, ‘.’ character refers to any single character. It is similar to
the ‘?’ character in wildcard match pattern. As a result:
•
fortinet.com not only matches fortinet.com but also matches fortinetacom,
fortinetbcom, fortinetccom and so on.
To match a special character such as '.' and ‘*’ use the escape character ‘\’. For
example:
•
To mach fortinet.com, the regular expression should be: fortinet\.com
In Perl regular expressions, ‘*’ means match 0 or more times of the character before it,
not 0 or more times of any character. For example:
•
forti*\.com matches fortiiii.com but does not match fortinet.com
To match any character 0 or more times, use ‘.*’ where ‘.’ means any character and
the ‘*’ means 0 or more times. For example, the wildcard match pattern forti*.com
should therefore be fort.*\.com.
Word boundary
In Perl regular expressions, the pattern does not have an implicit word boundary. For
example, the regular expression “test” not only matches the word “test” but also
matches any word that contains the “test” such as “atest”, “mytest”, “testimony”,
“atestb”. The notation “\b” specifies the word boundary. To match exactly the word
“test”, the expression should be \btest\b.
Case sensitivity
Regular expression pattern matching is case sensitive in the Web and Spam filters. To
make a word or phrase case insensitive, use the regular expression /iFor example,
/bad language/iwill block all instances of “bad language” regardless of case.
Table 30: Perl regular expression formats
Expression
abc
Matches
abc (that exact character sequence, but anywhere in the string)
abc at the beginning of the string
^abc
abc$
abc at the end of the string
a|b
either of a and b
^abc|abc$
ab{2,4}c
ab{2,}c
ab*c
the string abc at the beginning or at the end of the string
an a followed by two, three or four b's followed by a c
an a followed by at least two b's followed by a c
an a followed by any number (zero or more) of b's followed by a c
an a followed by one or more b's followed by a c
an a followed by an optional b followed by a c; that is, either abc or ac
an a followed by any single character (not newline) followed by a c
a.c exactly
ab+c
ab?c
a.c
a\.c
[abc]
any one of a, b and c
336
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Spam filter
Configuring the banned word list
Table 30: Perl regular expression formats
[Aa]bc
[abc]+
[^abc]+
\d\d
/i
either of Abc and abc
any (nonempty) string of a's, b's and c's (such as a, abba, acbabcacaa)
any (nonempty) string which does not contain any of a, b and c (such as defg)
any two decimal digits, such as 42; same as \d{2}
makes the pattern case insensitive. For example, /bad language/iblocks
any instance of bad languageregardless of case.
\w+
a “word”: a nonempty sequence of alphanumeric characters and low lines
(underscores), such as foo and 12bar8 and foo_1
100\s*mk
the strings 100 and mk optionally separated by any amount of white space
(spaces, tabs, newlines)
abc\b
perl\B
\x
abc when followed by a word boundary (e.g. in abc! but not in abcd)
perl when not followed by a word boundary (e.g. in perlert but not in perl stuff)
tells the regular expression parser to ignore white space that is neither
backslashed nor within a character class. You can use this to break up your
regular expression into (slightly) more readable parts.
/x
used to add regexps within other text. If the first character in a pattern is
forward slash '/', the '/' is treated as the delimiter. The pattern must contain a
second '/'. The pattern between ‘/’ will be taken as a regexp, and anything
after the second ‘/’ will be parsed as a list of regexp options ('i', 'x', etc). An
error occurs If the second '/' is missing. In regular expressions, the leading
and trailing space is treated as part of the regular expression.
Examples
To block any word in a phrase
/block|any|word/
To block purposely misspelled words
Spammers often insert other characters between the letters of a word to fool spam
blocking software.
/^.*v.*i.*a.*g.*r.*a.*$/i
/cr[eéèêë][\+\-\*=<>\.\,;!\?%&§@\^°\$£€\{\}()\[\]\|\\_01]dit/i
To block common spam phrases
The following phrases are some examples of common phrases found in spam
messages.
/try it for free/i
/student loans/i
/you’re already approved/i
/special[\+\-\*=<>\.\,;!\?%&~#§@\^°\$£€\{\}()\[\]\|\\_1]offer/i
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
337
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Configuring the banned word list
Spam filter
338
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide Version 2.80 MR7
Log & Report
FortiGate units provide extensive logging capabilities for traffic, system and network
protection functions. You can set the severity level of the messages that are logged,
and you can choose the types of events that are logged.
All types of log messages except traffic and content can be saved in internal memory.
FortiGate units support external logging to a FortiLog unit, WebTrends and other
Syslog servers. For each log location you can configure log setting options including
addressing information, logging severity level and log format. Log filters define the
types of log messages saved to each location.
You can configure the FortiGate unit to send alert email to up to three recipients when
selected events occur. It is not necessary for an event to be logged to trigger an alert
email.
The FortiGate unit will collect and send log messages in alert emails according to the
level and time intervals you configure in the alert email options. All collected
messages are assembled in one alert email which is sent as soon the time interval is
reached for a message at or above the configured level.
For example, if you set the level as Alert and the time interval for Emergency and Alert
to 3 minutes, then all Alert and Emergency log messages collected are sent in a single
email every three minutes. Log filters define the types of log messages sent as alert
emails.
In the following example alert email, the alert email level is set to Alert. The two Alert
level messages collected since the last Alert interval are sent in a single email.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
339
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Log Setting options
Log & Report
Figure 182:Example alert email
From: admin@example.com
Sent: Tuesday, April 27, 2004 5:30 PM
To: example@test.com
Subject: Message meets Alert condition
Message meets Alert condition
2004-04-27 13:28:52 device_id=APS3012803033139 log_id=0101023002
type=event subtype=ipsec pri=notice loc_ip=172.16.81.2 loc_port=500
rem_ip=172.16.81.1 rem_port=500 out_if=dmz vpn_tunnel=ToDmz action=negotiate
init=local mode= stage=-112 dir=inbound status=success msg="Initiator: tunnel
172.16.81.1, transform=ESP_3DES, HMAC_SHA1"
Message meets Alert condition
2004-04-27 13:28:54 device_id=APS3012803033139 log_id=0101023004
type=event subtype=ipsec pri=notice loc_ip=172.16.81.2 loc_port=500
rem_ip=172.16.81.1 rem_port=500 out_if=dmz vpn_tunnel=ToDmz action=negotiate
init=local mode=quick stage=2 dir=outbound status=success msg="Initiator: sent
172.16.81.1 quick mode message #2 (DONE)"
For descriptions of log formats and specific log messages see the FortiGate Log
Message Reference Guide.
This chapter describes:
•
•
•
Log config
Use Log Config to configure log storage, alert emails and log filters.
This section describes:
•
•
•
•
•
Log Setting options
You can enable and configure the storing of log messages to one or more of the
following locations:
.
FortiLog
A FortiLog unit. The FortiLog unit is a log analyzer and manager that can
combine the log information from various FortiGate units and other firewall
to select the FortiLog option and define its IP address.
340
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Log & Report
Log Setting options
Memory
The FortiGate system memory. The FortiGate system memory has a limited
capacity and only displays the most recent log entries. Traffic and content
logs cannot be stored in the memory buffer. When the memory is full, the
FortiGate unit begins to overwrite the oldest messages. All log entries are
deleted when the FortiGate unit restarts.
Syslog
A remote computer running a syslog server.
WebTrends
A remote computer running a NetIQ WebTrends firewall reporting server.
FortiGate log formats comply with WebTrends Enhanced Log Format (WELF)
and are compatible with NetIQ WebTrends Security Reporting Center 2.0 and
Firewall Suite 4.1.
Figure 183:Log setting options for all log locations
To configure Log Setting
1
2
3
Go to Log&Report > Log Config > Log Setting.
Select the check box to enable logging to a location.
Select the blue arrow beside the location.
The setting options appear.
4
5
6
Enter the settings the logging location requires.
Repeat steps 2 through 8 to configure other logging locations.
Select Apply.
FortiLog settings
IP:
The IP address of the FortiLog unit that manages the logs.
Level:
The FortiGate unit logs all messages at and above the logging severity
level you select. For example, if you select Error, the unit logs Error,
Critical, Alert and Emergency level messages. See Table 31, “Logging
severity levels,” on page 342.
Enable encryption
Local ID:
Select to enable encryption of file transfer.
The identifier for the FortiGate unit. This must match the device name
assigned to this unit on the FortiLog unit.
Pre-shared key
The pre-shared key used for encryption.
Table 31 describes the FortiGate logging severity levels.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
341
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Log Setting options
Log & Report
Table 31: Logging severity levels
Level
Description
Emergency
Alert
The system has become unstable.
Immediate action is required.
Critical
Functionality is affected.
Error
An error condition exists and functionality could be affected.
Functionality could be affected.
Notification of normal events.
Warning
Notification
Information
General information about system operations.
Disk settings
Maximum size of log The maximum size of the log file that is saved to the disk. When the log
file
file reaches the specified maximum size, the current log file is saved and
a new active log file is started. The default maximum log file size is 10 MB
and the maximum log file size allowed is 10 GB.
Roll log time
At the specified time of day, the current log file is saved and a new active
log file is started.
Roll Log Frequency The number of times the current log should be saved and a new active
log started: each minute, hour, or day (as selected in the Unit drop down
list).
Unit
The unit of time that corresponds to the specified Roll Log Frequency:
minute, hour, or day.
Roll log day
The day of the week when the log should be saved and a new log started.
At midnight on the specified day the current log file is saved and a new
active log file is started.
Roll log policy
Level
The policy to follow for saving the current log and starting a new active
log. Overwritten deletes the oldest log entry when the disk is full. Block
traffic stops all network traffic when the disk is full. Do not log stops
logging messages when the disk is full.
The FortiGate unit logs all messages at and above the logging severity
level you select. For example, if you select Error, the unit logs Error,
Critical, Alert and Emergency level messages. See Table 31, “Logging
severity levels,” on page 342.
Log file upload settings
Upload When Rolling Select to upload log files to an FTP server whenever a log file rolls.
Configure settings for the FTP server and select the type of log files to
upload.
Upload Server IP
Port
Enter the IP address of the FTP server to which to upload the log files.
Enter the port number used by the FTP server. The default port is 21,
which is the standard FTP port.
Username
Enter the user name required to connect to the FTP server.
Enter the password required to connect to the FTP server.
Password
Remote Directory
Enter the name of the path on the FTP server into which to transfer the
log files. If you do not specify a remote directory, the log files are
uploaded to the root directory of the FTP server.
Log files to upload
Select the log files to upload to the FTP server. You can upload the Traffic
Log file, Event Log file, Antivirus Log file, Web Filter Log file, Attack Log
file, Spam Filter Log file, and Content Archive file.
342
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Log & Report
Log Setting options
To configure log file uploading
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Select the blue arrow to expand Log file upload settings.
Select Upload When Rolling.
Enter the IP address of the logging server.
Enter the port number on the logging server. The default is 21 (FTP).
Enter the Username and Password required on the logging server.
Enter the remote directory in which to save the log files.
Select the types of log files to upload.
Select Apply.
Memory settings
Level
The FortiGate unit logs all messages at and above the logging severity
level you select. For example, if you select Error, the unit logs Error,
Critical, Alert and Emergency level messages. See Table 31, “Logging
severity levels,” on page 342.
Syslog settings
Name/IP
Port
The domain name or IP address of the syslog server that stores the logs.
The port number for communication with the syslog server.
Level
The FortiGate unit logs all messages at and above the logging severity
level you select. For example, if you select Error, the unit logs Error,
Critical, Alert and Emergency level messages. See Table 31, “Logging
severity levels,” on page 342.
Facility
Facility indicates the source of a log message. By default, FortiGate
reports Facility as local7. You might want to change Facility to distinguish
log messages from different FortiGate units.
Enable CSV Format If you enable CSV format, the FortiGate unit produces the log in Comma
Separated Value (CSV) format. If you do not enable CSV format the
FortiGate unit produces plain text files.
WebTrends settings
Name/IP
Level
The domain name or IP address of the WebTrends server that stores the
logs.
The FortiGate unit logs all messages at and above the logging severity
level you select. For example, if you select Error, the unit logs Error,
Critical, Alert and Emergency level messages. See Table 31, “Logging
severity levels,” on page 342.
Note: To record traffic log messages, you must set the logging severity level to Notification
when configuring the logging location. Traffic log messages do not generally have a severity
level higher than Notification.
Also, you must enable traffic logging for specific interfaces or firewall policies.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
343
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Alert E-mail options
Log & Report
Alert E-mail options
In Alert E-mail options you specify the mail server and recipients for email messages
and you specify the severity level and frequency of the messages.
Figure 184:Alert email configuration settings
Authentication
Enable
Select the Authentication Enable check box to enable SMTP
authentication.
SMTP Server
SMTP User
Password
Email To
Test
The name/address of the SMTP server for email.
The SMTP user name.
The SMTP password.
Enter one to three email recipients for alert email.
Select Test to send a test alert email to the configured recipients.
Level
The FortiGate unit sends alert email for all messages at and above the
logging severity level you select.
Emergency
Alert
The interval to wait before sending an alert e-mail for emergency level
log messages.
The interval to wait before sending an alert e-mail for alert level log
messages.
Critical
The interval to wait before sending an alert e-mail for critical level log
messages.
Error
The interval to wait before sending an alert e-mail for error level log
messages.
Warning
Notification
Information
Apply
The interval to wait before sending an alert e-mail for warning level log
messages.
The interval to wait before sending an alert e-mail for notification level
log messages.
The interval to wait before sending an alert e-mail for information level
log messages.
Select Apply to activate any additions or changes to configuration.
344
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Log & Report
Log filter options
Note: If more than one log message is collected before an interval is reached, the messages
are combined and sent out as one alert email.
You can select specific events to trigger alert email in Log Filter, described in “Log
To configure alert email
Note: Before configuring alert email make sure you configure at least one DNS server. The
FortiGate unit uses the SMTP server name to connect to the mail server, and must look up this
name on your DNS server.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Go to Log&Report > Alert E-mail.
Select Enable to enable SMTP Authentication if required.
Configure the SMTP server, user, and password information if required.
Type up to three email addresses, one per Email To field.
Configure the time limit in which to send email for each logging severity level.
Select the logging severity level for which you want to send alert email.
Select Apply.
Log filter options
For each logging location you enable, you can create a customized log filter based on
the log types described in the following sections.
Note: Log locations must be enabled in Log Setting to be available for selection in the Log
Filter.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
345
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Log filter options
Log & Report
Figure 185:Example traffic and event log filter settings
Traffic log
The Traffic Log records all the traffic to and through the FortiGate interfaces. You can
configure logging for traffic controlled by firewall policies and for traffic between any
source and destination addresses. You can also apply global settings, such as
session or packet log. You can apply the following filters:
Policy allowed
traffic
The FortiGate unit logs all traffic that is allowed according to the firewall
policy settings.
Policy violation
traffic
The FortiGate unit logs all traffic that violates the firewall policy settings.
traffic logging” on page 348 for more information.
Event log
The Event Log records management and activity events, such as when a
configuration has changed or a routing gateway has been added. You can apply the
following filters:
346
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Log & Report
Log filter options
System Activity
event
The FortiGate unit logs all system-related events, such as ping server
failure and gateway status.
IPSec negotiation
event
The FortiGate unit logs all IPSec negotiation events, such as progress
and error reports.
DHCP service
event
The FortiGate unit logs all DHCP-events, such as the request and
response log.
L2TP/PPTP/PPPoE The FortiGate unit logs all protocol-related events, such as manager and
socket creation processes.
service event
Admin event
The FortiGate unit logs all administrative events, such as user logins,
resets, and configuration updates.
HA activity event
The FortiGate unit logs all high availability events, such as link, member,
and state information.
Firewall
authentication event
The FortiGate unit logs all firewall-related events, such as user
authentication.
Pattern update
event
The FortiGate unit logs all pattern update events, such as antivirus and
IPS pattern updates and update failures.
Anti-virus log
The Anti-virus Log records virus incidents in Web, FTP, and email traffic, such as
when the FortiGate unit detects an infected file, blocks a file type, or blocks an
oversized file or email. You can apply the following filters:
Virus infected
Filename blocked
File oversized
The FortiGate unit logs all virus infections.
The FortiGate unit logs all instances of blocked files.
The FortiGate unit logs all instances of oversized files.
Web filter log
The Web Filter Log records HTTP content blocks, URL blocks, and URL exempt
events. You can apply the following filters:
Content block
URL block
The FortiGate unit logs all instances of blocked content (specified in the
banned words list).
The FortiGate unit logs all instances of blocked URLs (specified in the
URL block list).
URL exempt
The FortiGate unit logs all instances of allowed URLs (specified in the
URL exempt list).
Blocked category
ratings
The FortiGate unit logs all access attempts to URLs blocked because of
web category filtering settings.
Monitored category The FortiGate unit logs all access attempts to URLs monitored because
of web category filtering settings.
ratings
Category rating
errors
The FortiGate unit logs all instances of web category filtering rating
errors.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
347
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Configuring log filters
Log & Report
Attack log
The Attack Log records attacks detected and prevented by the FortiGate unit. You can
apply the following filters:
Attack Signature
Attack Anomaly
The FortiGate unit logs all detected and prevented attacks based on the
attack signature, and the action taken by the FortiGate unit.
The FortiGate unit logs all detected and prevented attacks based on
unknown or suspicious traffic patterns, and the action taken by the
FortiGate unit.
Spam filter log
The Spam Filter Log records blocking of address patterns and content in IMAP and
POP3 traffic. You can apply the following filters:
SMTP
POP3
IMAP
The FortiGate unit logs all instances of blocked email in SMTP traffic.
The FortiGate unit logs all instances of blocked email in POP3 traffic.
The FortiGate unit logs all instances of blocked email in IMAP traffic.
Configuring log filters
Configure log filters for each location to which you are saving logs.
To configure log filters
1
2
3
4
Go to Log&Report > Log Config > Log Filter.
Enable the logging type for each location to which you want to log messages.
Select the specific log sub-types to log for each location.
Select Apply.
Enabling traffic logging
To enable traffic logging for an interface or VLAN subinterface
You can enable traffic logging for an interface or VLAN subinterface. All connections
to and through the interface are recorded in the traffic log.
Note: To record traffic log messages you must set the logging severity level to Notification when
configuring the logging location. Traffic log messages do not generally have a severity level
higher than Notification.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Go to System > Network > Interface.
Select the Edit icon for an interface.
Select Log.
Select OK.
Repeat steps 1 through 4 for each interface for which you want to enable logging.
Make sure you enable traffic logs for a logging location and set the logging severity
level to Notification or lower.
348
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Log & Report
Viewing log messages
To enable traffic logging for a firewall policy
You can enable traffic logging for a firewall policy. All connections accepted by the
firewall policy are recorded in the traffic log.
1
2
3
4
5
Go to Firewall > Policy.
Select the Edit icon for a policy.
Select Log Traffic.
Select OK.
Make sure you enable traffic log under Log Filter for a logging location and set the
logging severity level to Notification or lower.
Log access
Log Access provides access to log messages saved to the memory buffer. You can
view and search logs.
This section describes:
•
•
Figure 186:Sample list of logs stored on the FortiGate disk
Viewing log messages
You can view log messages saved to the memory buffer.
Figure 187:Viewing log messages
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
349
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Viewing log messages
Log & Report
The following table describes the features and icons you can use to navigate and
search the logs when viewing logs through the web-based manager.
Type
The location of the log messages: memory.
Go to previous page icon. View to the previous page in the log file.
Go to next page icon. View to the next page in the log file.
Select the number of log messages displayed on each page.
View per page
Line: /
Type the line number of the first line you want to display. The number
following the slash (“/”) is the total number of lines in the log.
Search
Type a search word and select Go.
Advanced Search Select to search log messages by date, time and keywords.
Column settings button. Select to choose columns for log display.
Raw or
Formatted
Select Raw to switch to an unformatted log message display. Select
Formatted to switch to a log message display organized into columns.
To view log messages in the FortiGate memory buffer
Go to Log&Report > Log Access.
1
2
3
Select the log type you wish to view.
Select Memory from the Type list.
The log messages are displayed.
You can change the displayed columns or see the raw log messages, go to the
previous or next log page, or search the log by selecting the corresponding icon.
Choosing columns
You can customize your log messages display using the Column Settings window.
The column settings apply only when the formatted (not raw) display is selected.
Figure 188:Column settings for viewing log messages
Available fields The fields that you can add to the log message display.
->
Right arrow button. Select to move selected fields from Available fields list to
Show these fields list.
350
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Log & Report
Searching log messages
<-
Left arrow button. Select to move selected fields from the Show these fields
list to the Available fields list.
Show these
fields in this
order
The fields that are displayed as columns in the log messages list. The fields
are listed in order with the first column at the top of the list.
Move up
Move selected field up one position in the Show these fields list.
Move selected field down one position in the Show these fields list.
Move down
The Detailed Information column provides the entire raw log entry and is not needed
unless the log contains information not available in any of the other, more specific
columns.
To change the columns in the log message display
1
While viewing log messages, select the Column Settings icon.
The Column Settings window opens.
2
3
To add fields, select them in the Available fields list and select the right arrow button.
To remove fields, select them in the Show these fields list and select the left arrow
button.
4
5
To change the position of a column, select the field in the Show these fields list and
then select Move Up or Move Down as necessary.
Select OK.
Searching log messages
There are two ways to search log messages: a simple keyword search or an
advanced search that enables you to use multiple keywords and specify a time range.
To perform a simple keyword search
1
2
Display the log messages you want to search. For more information, see “Viewing log
In the Search field, type a keyword and select Go.
The log message list shows only the logs containing the keyword.
To perform an advanced search
1
2
Display the log messages you want to search. For more information, see “Viewing log
Select Advanced Search.
The Log Search window is displayed.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
351
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
fortilog setting
Log & Report
Figure 189:Search for log messages
3
4
If you want to search for log messages in a particular date range, select the From and
To dates.
Select one of the following options:
all of the following
any of the following
none of the following
The message must contain all of the keywords
The message must contain at least one of the keywords
The message must contain none of the keywords
5
6
In the Keywords field, type the keywords for the search.
Select OK.
The log message list shows only the logs that meet your log search criteria.
CLI configuration
This guide only covers Command Line Interface (CLI) commands and command
keywords that are not represented in the web-based manager. For complete
descriptions of working with CLI commands see the FortiGate CLI Reference Guide.
fortilog setting
Note: The command keywords for fortilog settingthat are not represented in the web-
based manager are localidand psksecret.
Use this command to configure log settings for logging to a FortiLog unit.
The FortiLog unit is a log analyzer and manager that can combine the log information
from various FortiGate units.
Command syntax pattern
config log fortilog setting
set <keyword> <variable>
config log fortilog setting
unset <keyword>
352
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Log & Report
fortilog setting
get log fortilog setting
show log fortilog setting
log fortilog setting command keywords and variables
Keywords and
variables
Description
Default
Availability
All models.
All models.
encrypt
{enable | disable}
Enter enable to enable encrypted
communication with the FortiLog unit.
disable
localid <str_id>
Enter the local ID for an IPSec VPN tunnel No
to a FortiLog unit. You can create an IPSec default.
VPN tunnel if one or more FortiGate units
are sending log messages to a FortiLog
unit across the Internet. Using an IPSec
VPN tunnel means that all log messages
sent by the FortiGate are encrypted and
secure.
psksecret
<str_psk>
Enter the pre-shared key for the IPSec
VPN tunnel to a FortiLog unit. You can
create an IPSec VPN tunnel if one or more
FortiGate units are sending log messages
to a FortiLog unit across the Internet. Using
an IPSec VPN tunnel means that all log
messages sent by the FortiGate are
encrypted and secure.
No
All models.
All models.
default.
server
<address_ipv4>
Enter the IP address of the FortiLog unit.
No
default.
status
{disable | enable}
Enter enableto enable logging to a
FortiLog unit.
disable All models.
Note: The IPSec VPN settings for the FortiGate unit must match the VPN settings on the
FortiLog unit.
Example
This example shows how to enable logging to a FortiLog unit, set the FortiLog IP
address, add a local ID, and add a pre-shared key for an IPSec VPN tunnel.
config log fortilog setting
set status enable
set server 192.168.100.1
set localid net_host_c
set psksecret J7fram54AhTWmoF5
end
This example shows how to display the log setting for logging to a FortiLog unit.
get log fortilog setting
This example shows how to display the configuration for logging to a FortiLog unit.
show log fortilog setting
If the showcommand returns you to the prompt, the settings are at default.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
353
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
syslogd setting
Log & Report
syslogd setting
Note: The only command keyword for syslog settingthat is not represented in the web-
based manager is the facilitykeyword.
Use this command to configure log settings for logging to a remote syslog server.
You can configure the FortiGate unit to send logs to a remote computer running a
syslog server.
Command syntax pattern
config log syslogd setting
set <keyword> <variable>
config log syslogd setting
unset <keyword>
get log syslogd setting
show log syslogd setting
log syslogd setting command keywords and variables
Keywords and
variables
Description
Default
Availability
csv
Enter enable to enable the FortiGate unit disable All models.
to produce the log in Comma Separated
Value (CSV) format. If you do not enable
CSV format the FortiGate unit produces
plain text files.
{disable | enable}
facility {alert | Enter the facility type. Also known as
local7
All models.
message category, facility indicates from
which part of the system a log message
originated. Facility can also be used to
route messages to different files. Facility
audit | auth |
authpriv | clock |
cron | daemon |
ftp | kernel |
local0 | local1 |
local2 | local3 |
local4 | local5 |
local6 | local7 |
lpr | mail | news
| ntp | syslog |
user | uucp}
port
<port_integer>
Enter the port number for communication 514
with the syslog server.
All models.
server
<address_ipv4>
Enter the IP address of the syslog server No default. All models.
that stores the logs.
status
{disable | enable}
Enter enableto enable logging to a
remote syslog server.
disable All models.
354
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Log & Report
syslogd setting
Table 32: Facility types
Facility type
alert
Description
audit
auth
security/authorization messages
security/authorization messages (private)
clock daemon
authpriv
clock
cron
cron daemon performing scheduled commands
daemon
ftp
system daemons running background system processes
File Transfer Protocol (FTP) daemon
kernel messages
kernel
local0– local7
lpr
reserved for local use
line printer subsystem
mail
email system
news
network news subsystem
ntp
Network Time Protocol (NTP) daemon
messages generated internally by the syslog daemon
syslog
Example
This example shows how to enable logging to a remote syslog server, configure an IP
address and port for the server, and set the facility type to user.
config log syslogd setting
set status enable
set server 220.210.200.190
set port 601
set facility user
end
This example shows how to display the log setting for logging to a remote syslog
server.
get log syslogd setting
This example shows how to display the configuration for logging to a remote syslog
server.
show log syslogd setting
If the showcommand returns you to the prompt, the settings are at default.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
355
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
syslogd setting
Log & Report
356
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide Version 2.80 MR7
FortiGuard categories
FortiGuard is a web filtering solution provided by Fortinet. FortiGuard sorts thousands
of Web pages into a wide variety of categories that users can allow, block, or monitor.
The FortiGate unit accesses the nearest FortiGuard server to determine the category
of a requested Web page and then follows the policy configured for that user or
interface.
works and how to configure it.
Table 33 describes each FortiGuard category.
Table 33: FortiGuard categories
Category name
Potentially Liable
1. Abused Drugs
Description
Sites that promote or provide information about the
use of prohibited drugs, or the abuse or
unsanctioned use of controlled or regulated drugs;
also, paraphernalia associated with such use or
abuse, and sites that provide information about or
promote the cultivation, preparation, or use of
marijuana.
2. Cult or Occult
Sites that provide information about or promote
religions not specified in Traditional Religions or
other unconventional, cultic, or folkloric beliefs and
practices. Sites that promote or offer methods,
means of instruction, or other resources to affect or
influence real events through the use of spells,
curses, magic powers, satanic or supernatural
beings.
3. Hacking
Sites that provide information about or promote
illegal or questionable access to or use of computer
or communication equipment, software, or
databases.
Proxy Avoidance -- sites that provide information
about how to bypass proxy server features or to gain
access to URLs in any way that bypasses the proxy
server.
URL Translation Sites -- sites that offer online
translation of URLs. These sites access the URL to
be translated in a way that bypasses the proxy
server, potentially allowing unauthorized access.
4. Illegal or Questionable
Sites that provide instruction in or promote
nonviolent crime or unethical or dishonest behavior
or the avoidance of prosecution.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
357
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGuard categories
Table 33: FortiGuard categories
Category name
Description
5. Racism or Hate
Sites that promote the identification of racial groups,
the denigration or subjection of groups, or the
superiority of any group.
6. Violence
Sites that feature or promote violence or bodily
harm, including self-inflicted harm; or that
gratuitously display images of death, gore, or injury;
or that feature images or descriptions that are
grotesque or frightening and of no redeeming value.
Objectionable or Controversial
7. Abortion
Sites with neutral or balanced presentation of the
issue.
Pro-Choice -- Sites that provide information about or
are sponsored by organizations that support legal
abortion or that offer support or encouragement to
those seeking the procedure.
Pro-Life -- Sites that provide information about or are
sponsored by organizations that oppose legal
abortion or that seek increased restriction of
abortion.
8. Adult Materials
Sites that display full or partial nudity in a sexual
context, but not sexual activity; erotica; sexual
paraphernalia; sex-oriented businesses as clubs,
nightclubs, escort services; and sites supporting
online purchase of such goods and services.
Sex Education -- Sites that offer information about
sex and sexuality, with no pornographic intent.
9. Advocacy Groups
10. Alcohol and Tobacco
11. Gambling
Sites that promote change or reform in public policy,
public opinion, social practice, economic activities
and relationships.
Sites that provide information about, promote, or
support the sale of alcoholic beverages or tobacco
products or associated paraphernalia
Sites that provide information about or promote
gambling or support online gambling, involving a risk
of losing money.
12. Militancy and Extremist
13. Nudity
Sites that offer information about or promote or are
sponsored by groups advocating anti government
beliefs or action.
Lingerie and Swimsuit -- Sites that offer images of
models in suggestive but not lewd costume, with
semi nudity permitted. Includes classic 'cheese-
cake,' calendar, and pin-up art and photography.
Includes also sites offering lingerie or swimwear for
sale.
Nudity -- Sites that offer depictions of nude or semi
nude human forms, singly or in groups, not overtly
sexual in intent or effect
14. Pornography
15. Tasteless
Sites that depict or graphically describe sexual acts
or activity, including exhibitionism; also sites offering
direct links to such sites.
Sites with content that is gratuitously offensive or
shocking, but not violent or frightening. Includes
sites devoted in part or whole to scatology and
similar topics or to improper language, humor, or
behavior.
358
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGuard categories
Table 33: FortiGuard categories
Category name
Description
16. Weapons
Sites that provide information about, promote, or
support the sale of weapons and related items.Sport
Hunting and Gun Clubs -- Sites that provide
information about or directories of gun clubs and
similar groups, including war-game and paintball
facilities.
Potentially Non-productive
17. Advertisement
Sites that provide advertising graphics or other ad
content files.
18. Brokerage and Trading
19. Freeware and Software Download
20. Games
Sites that support active trading of securities and
management of investments.
Sites whose primary function is to provide freeware
and software downloads.
Sites that provide information about or promote
electronic games, video games, computer games,
role-playing games, or online games. Includes
sweepstakes and giveaways.
21. Internet Communication
Web Chat -- Sites that host Web chat services or
that support or provide information about chat via
HTTP or IRC.Instant Messaging -- Sites that enable
instant messaging. Message Boards and Clubs --
Sites for online personal and business clubs,
discussion groups, message boards, and list
servers; includes 'blogs' and 'mail magazines.'
Digital post cards - Sites for sending/viewing digital
post cards.
22. Pay to Surf
Sites that pay users to view Web sites,
advertisements, or email
23. Web-based Email
Sites that host Web-based email.
Potentially Bandwidth Consuming
24. File Sharing and Storage
Peer-to-Peer File Sharing -- Sites that provide client
software to enable peer-to-peer file sharing and
transfer. Personal Network Storage and Backup --
Sites that store personal files on Internet servers for
backup or exchange.
25. Streaming Media
MP3 -- Sites that support downloading of MP3 or
other sound files or that serve as directories of such
sites.
Internet Radio and TV -- Sites whose primary
purpose is to provide radio or TV programming on
the Internet.
Internet Telephony -- Sites that enable users to
make telephone calls via the Internet or to obtain
information or software for that purpose.
Potentially Security Violating
26. Malicious Web Sites
Sites that contain code that may intentionally modify
end-user systems without their consent and cause
harm.
27. Spyware
Sites or pages that download software that, without
the user's knowledge, generates http traffic (other
than simple user identification and validation).
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
359
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGuard categories
Table 33: FortiGuard categories
Category name
Description
General Interest
28. Arts and Entertainment
Sites that provide information about or promote
motion pictures, non-news radio and television,
music and programming guides, books, humor,
comics, movie theatres, galleries, artists or review
on entertainment, and magazines.
29. Cultural Institutions
30. Education
Sites sponsored by museums, galleries, theatres
(but not movie theatres), libraries, and similar
institutions; also, sites whose purpose is the display
of artworks.
Educational Institutions -- Sites sponsored by
schools and other educational facilities, by non-
academic research institutions, or that relate to
educational events and activities.
Educational Materials -- Sites that provide
information about or that sell or provide curriculum
materials or direct instruction; also, learned journals
and similar publications. Sites for children
31. Financial Data and Services
Financial Data and Services -- Sites that offer news
and quotations on stocks, bonds, and other
investment vehicles, investment advice, but not
online trading. Includes banks, credit unions, credit
cards, and insurance.
32. Gay or Lesbian or Bisexual Interest Gay or Lesbian or Bisexual Interest -- Sites that
provide information about or cater to gay, lesbian, or
bisexual lifestyles, including those that support
online shopping, but excluding those that are
sexually or issue-oriented.
33. Health
Sites that provide information or advice on personal
health or medical services, procedures, or devices,
but not drugs. Includes self-help groups.
34. Job Search
35. Medicine
Sites that offer information about or support the
seeking of employment or employees.
Prescribed Medications -- Sites that provide
information about approved drugs and their medical
use.
Supplements and Unregulated Compounds -- Sites
that provide information about or promote the sale or
use of chemicals not regulated by the FDA (such as
naturally occurring compounds).
36. News and Media
Sites that offer current news and opinion, including
those sponsored by newspapers, general-circulation
magazines, or other media.
Alternative Journals -- Online equivalents to
supermarket tabloids and other fringe publications.
37. Personals and Dating
38. Political Organizations
Personals and Dating -- Sites that assist users in
establishing interpersonal relationships, excluding
those intended to arrange for sexual encounters and
excluding those of exclusively gay or lesbian or
bisexual interest.
Political Organizations -- Sites sponsored by or
providing information about political parties and
interest groups focused on elections or legislation.
360
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGuard categories
Table 33: FortiGuard categories
Category name
Description
39. Reference Materials
Sites that offer reference-shelf content such as
atlases, dictionaries, encyclopedias, formularies,
white and yellow pages, and public statistical data.
40. Religion
Traditional Religions -- Sites that provide information
about or promote Buddhism, Bahai, Christianity,
Christian Science, Hinduism, Islam, Judaism,
Mormonism, Shinto, and Sikhism, as well as
atheism.
41. Search Engines and Portals
42. Shopping and Auction
Search Engines and Portals -- Sites that support
searching the Web, news groups, or indices or
directories thereof.
Sites that support the online purchase of consumer
goods and services except: sexual materials,
lingerie, swimwear, investments, medications,
educational materials, computer software or
hardware, alcohol, tobacco, travel, vehicles and
parts, weapons.
Internet Auctions -- Sites that support the offering
and purchasing of goods between individuals.
Real Estate -- Sites that provide information about
renting, buying, selling, or financing residential real
estate.
43. Social Organizations
Professional and Worker Organizations -- Sites
sponsored by or that support or offer information
about organizations devoted to professional
advancement or workers interests.
Service and Philanthropic Organizations -- Sites
sponsored by or that support or offer information
about organizations devoted to doing good as their
primary activity.
Social and Affiliation Organizations -- Sites
sponsored by or that support or offer information
about organizations devoted chiefly to socializing or
common interests other than philanthropy or
professional advancement.
44. Society and Lifestyles
Sites that provide information about matters of daily
life, excluding entertainment, health, jobs, sex, and
sports.
Restaurants and Dining -- Sites that list, review,
advertise, or promote food, dining, or catering
services.
Hobbies -- Sites that provide information about or
promote private and largely sedentary pastimes, but
not electronic, video, or online games.
Personal Web Sites -- Sites published and
maintained by individuals for their personal self-
expression and ends.
45. Special Events
46. Sports
Sites devoted to a current event that requires
separate categorization.
Sites that provide information about or promote
sports, active games, and recreation.
47. Travel
Sites that provide information about or promote
travel-related services and destinations.
48. Vehicles
Sites that provide information about or promote
vehicles, including those that support online
purchase of vehicles or parts.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
361
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGuard categories
Table 33: FortiGuard categories
Category name
Description
Business Oriented
49. Business and Economy
Sites sponsored by or devoted to business firms,
business associations, industry groups, or business
in general.
50. Computer Security
Computer Security -- Sites that provide information
about or free downloadable tools for computer
security.
51. Government and Legal
Organizations
Sites sponsored by branches, bureaus, or agencies
of any level of government, except for the armed
forces.Sites that discuss or explain laws of various
government entities.
52. Information Technology
53. Military Organizations
Sites sponsored by or providing information about
computers, software, the Internet, and related
business firms, including sites supporting the sale of
hardware, software, peripherals, and services.
Military -- Sites sponsored by branches or agencies
of the armed services.
Others
54. Dynamic Content
Dynamic Content -- URLs that are generated
dynamically by a Web server.
55. Miscellaneous
Content Delivery Networks -- Commercial hosts that
deliver content to subscribing Web sites.
Image Servers -- Web servers whose primary
function is to deliver images. Images (Media) --
URLs ending with image file names.
Network Errors -- URLs with hosts that do not
resolve to IP addresses.
Private IP Addresses -- IP addresses defined in RFC
1918, 'Address Allocation for Private Intranets.
56. Web Hosting
Web Hosting -- Sites of organizations that provide
hosting services, or top-level domain pages of Web
communities.
362
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
Glossary
address: An IP address (logical address) or the
address of a physical interface (hardware address). An
Ethernet address is sometimes called a MAC address.
See also IP address.
Diffie-Hellman group: FortiGate units support Diffie-
Hellman groups 1, 2 and 5. The size of the modulus
used to calculate the key varies according to the group:
•
•
•
Group 1: 768-bit modulus
Group 2: 1024-bit modulus
Group 5: 1536-bit modulus
aggressive mode: A way to establish a secure
channel during IPSec phase 1 negotiations when the
VPN peer uses its identity as part of the authentication
process. See also main mode.
digital certificate: A digital document that guarantees
the identity of a person or entity and is issued by a CA.
AH, Authentication Header: An IPSec security
protocol. Fortinet IPSec uses ESP in tunnel mode, not
AH. See ESP.
DMZ, Demilitarized Zone: An untrusted area of a
private network, usually used to host Internet services
without allowing unauthorized access to an internal
(private) network. Typically, the DMZ contains servers
accessible to Internet traffic, such as Web, FTP, SMTP,
and DNS servers.
ARP, Address Resolution Protocol: A protocol that
resolves a logical IP address to a physical Ethernet
address.
DMZ interface: The FortiGate interface that connects
to a DMZ network.
authentication: A process whereby a server
determines whether a client may establish a
connection and access private resources.
DNS, Domain Name System: A service that converts
symbolic node names to IP addresses. A domain name
server (DNS server) implements the protocol.
CA, Certificate Authority: A company that issues
digital certificates to validate the identity of a person or
entity in an online exchange.
DoS, Denial-of-Service: An attempt to disrupt a
service by flooding the network with fake requests that
consume network resources.
CHAP, Challenge Handshake Authentication
Protocol: An authentication protocol supported by
PPP. See also PPP.
DSL, Digital Subscriber Line: A way to access the
Internet at higher speeds using existing copper
telephone lines. Users can maintain a continuous
connection to the Internet and use the phone
simultaneously.
client: An application that requires and requests
services from a server.
cluster: A group of servers configured to act as a
single fault-tolerant unit.
encapsulate: Add a header to a packet to create a unit
of transmission that matches the unit of transmission
on a different network layer.
connection: A link between computers, applications,
or processes that can be logical, physical, or both.
encryption: A method of encoding a file so that it
cannot be understood. The information must be
decrypted before it can be used.
decryption: A method of decoding an encrypted file
into its original state.
endpoint: The IP address or port number that defines
one end of a connection.
DHCP, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol: An
Internet protocol that assigns IP addresses to network
clients, usually when the client connects to the Internet.
ESP, Encapsulated Security Protocol: An IPSec
security protocol that provides encapsulation of
encrypted data—IP packets are embedded in other IP
packets so that the originating source and destination
IP addresses cannot be seen on the Internet.
Diffie-Hellman: An algorithm for establishing a shared
secret key over an insecure medium. See Diffie-
Hellman group.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
363
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
Ethernet: Can refer to the IEEE 802.3 signaling
protocol, or an Ethernet controller (also known as a
Media Access Controller or MAC).
Internet: The network that encompasses the world. As
a generic term, it refers to any collection of
interdependent networks.
IP, Internet Protocol: The component of TCP/IP that
external interface: The FortiGate interface that
handles routing.
connects to the Internet.
IP address: The point of attachment to a TCP/IP
network. An IP address is a 32-bit quantity written in
dotted decimal notation (four numbers separated by
periods). See also netmask.
FTP, File Transfer Protocol: A protocol used to
transfer files between computers that have different
operating systems.
gateway: A combination of hardware and layer-3
(network-layer) software that relays packets from one
network to another.
IPSec, Internet Protocol Security: A set of protocols
that support secure exchange of packets at the IP
layer. IPSec is most often used to support VPNs. See
VPN.
hash algorithm: A procedure that renders a text
message as a unique number.
ISP, Internet Service Provider: A company that
provides customers with access to the Internet.
header: The part of a packet that includes the source
and destination address of the associated data. This
addressing information is used to route packets.
KB, kilobyte: A unit of storage (1 024 bytes).
L2TP, Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol: A security protocol
that enables ISPs to establish VPN tunnels on behalf of
dialup clients.
hop: The segment of packet transmission that occurs
between two routers. A packet may make several hops
as it travels to its destination.
LAN, Local Area Network: A computer network that
spans a relatively small area.
host: A network entity that has an IP address.
HTTP, Hypertext Transmission Protocol: The
protocol used by the World Wide Web. HTTP defines
how messages are formatted and transmitted, and
what actions Web servers and browsers should take in
response to various commands.
Layer 2: The data-link layer of the OSI model. Layer 2
is responsible for transmission, framing, and error
control over a single link.
Layer 3: The network layer of the OSI model. Layer 3
is responsible for examining each network packet and
sending them to the proper destination over the
Internet.
HTTPS: The secure HTML protocol for transmitting
encrypted information to web servers using SSL. See
also SSL.
local: The near end point (an IP address or port
number) of a connection.
hub: A device where communication links are brought
together to exchange data between several computers.
MAC address, Media Access Control address: A
layer-2 hardware address that uniquely identifies a
network node.
ICMP, Internet Control Message Protocol: An IP
message control protocol that supports error
messages, test packets, and information messages
related to IP. This protocol is used by the ping
generator to send ICMP echo requests to a host.
main mode: A way to hide the identities of VPN peers
from passive eavesdroppers during IPSec phase 1
negotiations. See also aggressive mode.
IKE, Internet Key Exchange: A method of
automatically exchanging IPSec authentication and
encryption keys between two secure servers.
MB, Megabyte: A unit of storage (1 048 576 bytes).
MIB, Management Information Base: A database of
objects that can be monitored by an SNMP network
manager.
IMAP, Internet Message Access Protocol: An
Internet email protocol that allows access to an email
server from any IMAP-compatible browser.
modem: A device that converts digital signals into
analog signals and back again for transmission over
telephone lines.
internal interface: The FortiGate interface that
connects to an internal (private) network.
364
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
MTU, Maximum Transmission Unit: The largest
physical packet size, measured in bytes, that a network
can transmit. Any packets larger than the MTU are
divided into smaller packets before they are sent.
PPTP, Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol: A security
protocol that creates a VPN by encapsulating PPP
packets.
protocol: A standard format for transmitting data. The
protocol determines the type of error checking to be
used, the data compression method (if any), how the
sending device indicates that it has finished sending a
message, and how the receiving device indicates that it
has received a message.
NAT, Network Address Translation: A way of routing
IPv4 packets transparently. Using NAT, a router or
FortiGate unit between a private and public network
translates private IP addresses to public addresses
and the other way around.
RADIUS, Remote Authentication Dial-In User
Service: A user authentication and network-usage
accounting system. When users dial into an ISP they
enter a user name and password. This information is
passed to a RADIUS server, which authenticates the
user and authorizes access to the network.
netmask, network mask: Also sometimes called
subnet mask. A 32-bit quantity that indicates which bits
of an IP address refer to the network portion.
NTP, Network Time Protocol: Used to synchronize
the time of a computer to an NTP server. NTP provides
accuracies to within tens of milliseconds across the
Internet relative to coordinated universal time.
remote: The far end point (an IP address or port
number) of a connection.
OSI, Open Systems Interconnection: A standard that
defines network communication protocols using a
seven-layer model.
replay detection: A way to determine whether a replay
attack is underway in an IPSec tunnel. A replay attack
occurs when an unauthorized party intercepts a series
of IPSec packets and changes them in an attempt to
flood a tunnel or access a VPN.
packet: A piece of data transmitted over a packet-
switched network. A packet contains a payload, the
source and destination addresses, and a checksum. In
IP networks, packets are often called datagrams.
Packets are passed between the OSI data-link and
network layers.
RFC, Request for Comments: Internet Standards
Committee documentation.
RIP, Routing Information Protocol: An Internet
protocol for sharing routing information within an
autonomous system.
PAP, Password Authentication Protocol: An
authentication protocol supported by PPP. See also
PPP.
router: A hardware device that connects computers on
the Internet together and routes traffic between them. A
router may connect a LAN and/or DMZ to the Internet.
ping, packet Internet grouper: A utility for
determining whether the device at a specific IP address
is accessible. The utility sends a packet to the specified
address and waits for a reply.
routing: The process of determining which path to use
for sending packets to a destination.
routing table: A list of possible paths that a packet can
take to reach a destination.
POP3, Post Office Protocol: A protocol used to
transfer email from a mail server to a mail client across
the Internet. Most email clients use POP.
SA, Security Association: SAs protect tunneled
packets. They contain the information needed to create
an IPSec VPN tunnel. An SA is uniquely identified by a
security parameter index, an IP destination address,
and a security protocol identifier. The Internet Security
Association and Key Management Protocol (ISAKMP)
is used to manage SAs.
port: The part of an interface on which application
traffic is carried. By convention, the port number
identifies the type of traffic. For example, port 80 is
used for HTTP traffic.
PPP, Point-to-Point Protocol: A protocol for
transmitting IP packets over serial point-to-point links
(that is, across any DTE/DCE interface).
server: An application that answers requests from
clients. Used as a generic term for any device that
provides services to the rest of the network such as
printing, storage, and network access.
PPPoE, PPP over Ethernet: A protocol that specifies
how to encapsulate PPP packets over Ethernet.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
365
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Glossary
SMTP, Simple Mail Transfer Protocol: A protocol that
supports email delivery services.
TCP, Transmission Control Protocol: One of the
main protocols in TCP/IP networks. TCP guarantees
delivery of data and also guarantees that packets are
delivered in the same order sent.
SNMP, Simple Network Management Protocol: A set
of protocols for managing networks. SNMP agents
store and return data about themselves to SNMP
requesters.
trojan horse: A harmful program that disguises itself
as another program.
UDP, User Datagram Protocol: A connectionless
protocol that runs on IP networks and is used primarily
for broadcasting messages throughout the network.
spam: Unsolicited email.
SSH, Secure Shell: An application that enables users
to log into a remote computer and run commands
securely.
virus: A computer program that replicates and spreads
itself through computers or networks, usually with
harmful intent.
VPN, Virtual Private Network: A secure logical
network created from physically separate networks.
VPNs use encryption and other security mechanisms
to ensure that only authorized users can access the
network and that data transmitted between VPN
devices cannot be intercepted.
SSL, Secure Sockets Layer: An Internet security
protocol that uses private and public encryption keys
and certificates to keeps transactions private.
subnet, subnetwork: A logical network comprising
devices whose IP addresses have the same network
prefix. For example, all devices having IP addresses in
the 192.168.10.0/24 range can be accessed on the
same subnet. See also netmask.
worm: A harmful program that replicates itself until it
fills a computer or network, which can shut the system
down.
366
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide Version 2.80 MR7
Index
browsing
A
active sessions
C
administrator account
alert email
cluster
cluster ID
cluster members
attack updates
configuration
configuring
contact information
B
bandwidth
content block
CPU usage
banned word
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
367
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
E
Encryption
D
expire
F
debug log
default heartbeat device configuration
failover
FDN
FDS
destination IP address
firewall
firewall policies for IPSec VPN
device failover
dialup VPN
firewall policy
firmware
from IP
from port
dynamic DNS
G
dynamic IP pool
368
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
go
high availability
group ID
groups
hub
I
H
idle timeout
Internet browsing
intrusion detected
IP pool
IP port
HA cluster
HA monitor
IPSec VPN
heartbeat
K
heartbeat device IP addresses
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
369
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
monitor
monitor priorities
L
language
Least-Connection
link failover
N
NAT
NAT/Route mode
netmask
network address translation
network utilization
logs
none
M
manage cluster units
manual key IPSec configuration
matching
O
one-time schedule
options
memory usage
override master
MIB
P
password
mode
370
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
R
random
read & write access level
read only access level
recurring schedule
ping generator
policy
refresh every
remote peer
port forward
port forwarding
Pre-shared key
priorities of heartbeat device
reverting
Round-Robin
router
routing
S
push update
scheduled updates
Q
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
371
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
system date and time
system options
T
TCP
time
timeout
SNMP
to IP
to port
total bytes
total packets
traps
source IP address
spam
split tunneling
trusted host
SSL
static IP
U
UDP
unit priority
up time
update
upgrade
upgrading
372
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
user groups
VPN certificates
W
web content filtering
web-based manager
weighted round-robin
V
virtual domain
virus detected
virus protection
VLAN
VLAN subinterface
weighted-round-robin
X
VPN
FortiGate-100A Administration Guide
01-28007-0068-20041203
373
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
374
01-28007-0068-20041203
Fortinet Inc.
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|
Compaq Personal Computer 4 1 DA 10021 01 001 User Manual
Country Home Products Vacuum Cleaner DR LEAF LAWN VACUUM User Manual
Craftsman Saw 28626829 User Manual
Cuisinart Cookware HT 188R User Manual
Dantax Flat Panel Television 32LCD V9 User Manual
Delta Electronics Power Supply E E 18 User Manual
Delta Electronics Power Supply Series E48SH User Manual
Euro Pro Carpet Cleaner SC618HD User Manual
Fedders Humidifier AC1A Series User Manual
Fisher Price Motorized Toy Car T6137 User Manual